Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 36620 (2)- - -· c CITY SECRETARY~· CONTRACT NO ..... _______ ___ . rt :;, • SPECIFICATIONS D.0.E. FILE CONSTRUCT:.: DOCUMENTS . FOR CONTRACTOR'S BONDING CO. CONSTRUCTION'S COPY SYCAMORE PARK C:_I.J,F 2)FPAPTl\fl.E Nl gpRA YGROUND ADDITION PROJECT NAME PROJECT NUMBER SYCAMORE PARK SPRA YGROUND ADDITION IN THE CITY OF FORT WORTH TEXAS D.O.E.NO. 5721 MIKE MONCRIEF MAYOR CHARLES R. BOSWELL CITY MANAGER RICHARD ZAVALA, DIRECTOR PARKS AND COMMUNITY SERVICES PARKS AND COMMUNITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT PLANNING AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT DIVISION FUNDING OF PROJECT BY CITY OF FORT WORTH · September 2007 02-12-08 P02 :5 4 I N Pagel of 2 City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 1/22/2008 -Ordinance No. 17954-01-2008 DATE: Tuesday, January 22, 2008 LOG NAME: 80SPRAYGROUND SUBJECT: REFERENCE NO.: **C-22633 Authorize Execution of a Contract with Northstar Construction, Inc., for Splash Pad Improvements at Sycamore Park and Adopt Appropriation Ordinance RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council: 1. Authorize the City Manager to execute a contract with Northstar Construction, Inc., in the amount of $670,000 for Splash Pad Improvements at Sycamore Park; and 2. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations by $206,174 in the Park Gas Lease Project Fund from the Gas Well Royalty Revenues . DISCUSSION: The purpose of this M&C is to award a contract to Northstar Construction, Inc., for the construction of a Splash Pad at Sycamore Park . Originally , this project was to be funded entirely from Gas Well Royalty funds, but on December 18, 2007, (M&C G-16004) Council authorized the appropriation and reallocation of $552,187 .89 in Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds for the development of the Sycamore Park Splash Pad in order to expedite the expenditure of those funds by the federal deadline. Design and preparation of construction documents are completed with the construction scheduled to begin upon execution of the contract with completion prior to the traditional opening of the existing Sycamore Pool on Memorial Day of 2008. This project was advertised for bid on September 27 and October 4, 2007, in the Fort Worth Star- Telegram . On October 25, 2007, the following bids were received: Bidders Northstar Construction, Inc. Sunbelt Pools, Inc . Base Bid $624,000 .00 $722 ,809 .00 Recommended Bid Alts. $46,000 .00 $20,975.00 Total $670,000.00 $743,784 .00 The base bid consists of all necessary site work , utilities, landscaping, paving and amenities for the construction of a Splash Pad at Sycamore Park. Bid Alternate No . 2 -Installation of Interactive Splash Pad Control Package to make the Splash Pad complete and fully operational, in the amount of $46,000. It is recommended that the Base Bid in the amount of $624,000 and Bid Alternate No . 2 in the amovJ1:1ti:J f $46 ,000, totaling $670 ,000, as submitted by Northstar Construction be accepted for award of contract. The contract time is 120 calendar days. Project funding is comprised of $552,187.89 of CDBG funds, reallocated per M&C G-16004 as mentioned above and $206,174 comprised of Gas Well Royalty Revenues, totaling $758,361 .89 . Included in that http ://www.cfwnet.org/council _packet/Reports/me _print.asp l/22/200R Page 2 of 2 amount is $88,361.89 to be used for construction contingency funding . M/WBE -Northstar Construction, Inc. is in compliance with the City's M/WBE Ordinance by committing to 12 percent M/WBE participation . The City's goal on this project is 12 percent. There will be an annual budget impact associated with this project, in the amount of $5,000. Sycamore Park is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 8. FISCAL INFORMATION/CERTIFICATION: The Finance Director certifies that funds are available in the current capital budget , as appropriated, in the Grants Fund, and the Park Gas Lease Project Fund . TO Fund/Account/Centers m C282 541600 801929990100 m C282 446200 801929990100 $206.174 .00 $206,174 .00 Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Originating Department Head: Additional Information Contact: FROM Fund/Account/Centers ill GR76 541600 080206697880 ill GR76 541600 080206771190 ill GR76 541600 080206845770 ill GR76 541600 080206005160 ill GR76 541600 080206929180 ill C282 541600 808580061380 Libby Watson (6183) Richard Zavala (5704) Scott E. Penn (5750) http ://www .cfwnet.org/council_packet/Reports/mc print.aso $103,858 .43 $175,000.00 $10,429.46 $42,900.00 $220,000 .00 $117,812 .11 ~ ,,..._ , .................... 111""1-H Kirnley-Horn llllai....J-LJ and Associates, Inc. CITY OF FORT WORTH, TEXAS PARKS AND COMMUNITY SERVICES DEPARTMENT October 22 , 2007 ADDENDUM NO. 1 One (1) Page Total SYCAMORE PARK To: All Plan Holders of Record From: City of Fort Worth -Parks and Community Services Department and Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc . Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by inserting its number and date in the Proposal Form. This Addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies, amends, deletes , and/or adds to the Drawings and Project Manual as follows : GENERAL For Clarification/Corrections: 1. The Contractor is responsible for patching any holes created in the parking lot paving as a result of construction fence installation and must match the existing concrete paving profile and subgrade preparation. Coring into existing concrete paving is not required. It is up to the discretion of the Contractor whether surface mounted fence posts or posts cored in existing concrete will be used as part of the construction fencing installation . 2. Winterization and City staff training to occur immediately upon construction completion. The contract will be closed out following winterization. 3. Pier foundation details for the Mariner Shade Structure are illustrative . Foundation designs to be supplied by the shade structure manufacturer. 4 . Select Fill is to be installed, per geotechnical investigation report, beneath the mechanical enclosure foundation . PLANS · 1. Sheet L-1, EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REMOVAL ITEMS, -For Clarification/Corrections: a) Detail #2 TREE PROTECTION DETAIL -Omit bubble callout note #7 and boxed notes I and 2 . No root pruning is required. 2 . Sheet L-6, SITE DETAILS -3, -For Clarification/Corrections : a) Omit repeated note on sheet that reads, "CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS AND FOUNDATION DRAWINGS BY A LICENSED ENGINEER (TEXAS) FOR REVIEW TO THE PROJECT ARCHITECT I ENGINEER." 3 . Sheet C-5, WATER AND WA STEW ATER PLAN, -for Clarification/Corrections: a) On waterline callout at station 1+75.74, revise note to read "BEND" in lieu of"WYE" and omit callout for "1-4" CLEANOUT." 4 . Sheet SP3 .0. MECHANICAL ROOM & BALANCE TANK PLANS. -for Clarification/Corrections: a) GENERAL POOL MECHANICAL ROOM NOTES, PIPING , #4, All spray ground piping shall be pressure tested and remain under pressure during construction . This is to ensure that all piping (particularly the unexposed) will remain unbroken . If a pipe is damaged, the contactor will realize which pipe is damaged and will be able to plan for the repairs accordingly. The only pipes which could be excluded would be system piping where the operating pressure is less than 5 psig . For example, vent piping and/or gravity waste lines . 5. Sheet SP4.0. SPRA YGROUND SYSTEM SCHEMA TIC. -for Clarification/Corrections: a) The balance tank is shown in two (2) different locations for clarity. There is only one (1) balance tank in the project. PROJECT MANUAL 1. SECTION 13150-2 / 1.02.B .9 -Revise note to read, "Furnish and install a stained and sandblasted concrete finish in the spray ground with a slip resistant surface." 2 . SECTION 13150-2 / 1.02.C.5 -Delete this item . Rules and regulations sign will be handled by Owner prior to park opening. 3. SECTION 13150-11 / 2.01.B -ADD ... "_Balance Tank i. The Balance tank shall be fabricated and pre-assembled at the factory from food grade fiberglass using a single wall construction and have a capacity ofno less than 4,000 gallons. ii. The Balance tank shall be 72 inches in diameter and have a length of 256 inches . iii. The tank shall be buried on site using anchoring straps with u-bolt embedded in concrete. 1v . The balance tank shall be a Model VOR-5313.0000 as manufactured by Vortex International or equal." 4. SECTION 13150-26 / 2 .08.C -Regarding reference to backwash tank , the system does not require the use of a backwash tank. 5. SECTION 13150-26 / 2.08 .C . -Revise ... "backwash tank" to "backwash funnel." END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Issued by: Scott E . Penn Project Manager Date: ------ TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3. GEOTECHNICAL STUDY 4. PROPOSAL 5. CITY OF FORT WORTH l\'L'WBE ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS 6. FEDERAL WAGE RATES-CONTRACTOR'S PACKET 7. WEATHER TABLE 8. VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW 9. CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION 10. PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN 11. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01100 -Summary of Work SECTION 01135 -Contract Time SECTION 01140 -Alternatives SECTION 01150 -Payment to Contractor SECTION 01300 -Submittals SECTION 0140.0 -Quality Control SECTION 01410 -Testing SECTION 01500 -Temporary Facilities and Controls SECTION 01640 -Substitutions and Product Options SECTION 01700 -Project Closeout SECTION 01800 -Contractor's Responsibility for Damage Claims DIVISION 2 -SITE WORK Section 02100 -Site Preparation / Tree Protection Fencing Section 02200 -Earthwork Section 02220 -Excavation, Trenching, and Backfilling Section 02550 -Water Supply System Section 02870 -Site Furnishings Section 02930 -Turfgrass Planting DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE Section 03100 -Concrete Formwork Section 03200 -Concrete Reinforcement Section 03250 -Metal Fasteners and Bolts for Concrete Section 03310 -Cast-in-Place Concrete DIVISION 5 -METALS Section 05120 -Structural Steel Section 05500 -Metal Fabrications DIVISION 7 -THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07900 -Caulking and Sealants DIVISION 9 -FINISHES Section 09920 -Painting DIVISION 13 -. SPRA YGROUNDS Section 13150 -Swimming Pools Section 13158 -Water Spraygrounds DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL Section 13150 -Swimming Pools Section 13158 -Water Spraygrounds Section 16010 -General Requirements Section 16111-Raceways and Fittings Section 16120 -Wire and Cable Section 16130 -Boxes Section 16141 -Wiring Devices Section 16160 -Cabinets and Enclosures Section 16195 -Electrical Identification Section 16450 -Grounding Section 16471 -Panelboards 12. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 13. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS 14. PERFORMANCE BOND 15. PAYMENT BOND 16. MAINTENANCE BOND 17. CONTRACT NOTICE TO BIDDERS NOTICE TO BIDDERS Sealed Proposals for the following: (Project) PROJECT NO. DOE NO. Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition # 5721 Addressed to Mr. Charles R. Boswell, City Manager of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, will be received at the Purchasing Division Office until 1:30 p.m., Thurs., October 25th, and then publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 p.m. in Council Chambers 2nd floor-N.E. corner of City Hall. Plans, Specifications and Contract Documents for this project may be obtained at the Park Planning section, Parks and Community Services Department, 4200 South Freeway, Suite 2200, Fort Worth, Texas 76115-1499. Documents will be provided to prospective bidders for a deposit of $50 per set; deposits shall be made in the form of a check or money order. Each prospective bidder shall receive a deposit refund on the first two plan sets if the documents are returned in good condition within 1 O days after bids are opened . Any additional plan sets shall require a non-refundable deposit. These documents contain additional information for prospective bidders. · All Bidders will be required to comply with Provision 5159a of 'Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of the prevailing wage rates, and City Ordinance No .. 7278, as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code , Section 13-A-21 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. 1. Minority / Women's Business Enterprise Participation Goals In accordance with the City of Fort Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goals for the participation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts . A copy of the Ordinance can be obtained from the M/WBE Office or from the Office of the City Secretary. The bidder shall submit the MBE / WBE UTILIZATION FORM, SUBCONTRACTOR/ SUPPLIER UTILIZATION FORM, PRIME CONTRACTOR WAIVER FORM, GOOD FAITH EFFORT FORM and/ or the JOINT VENTURE FORM ("Documentation) as appropriate and must be received no later than 5:00 P.M., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. The bidder (a) shall submit documentation at the reception area of the managing department, Department of Engineering, 2nd floor, City Hall, and shall obtain a receipt in person. Such receipt shall be evidence that the documentation was received by the City. (b) Electronic submittal of MWBE documentation will not be accepted. Failure to comply with (a) and (b) shall render the bid non-responsive. The following list is provided to assist bidders in obtaining the services of M/WBE vendors qualified to provide such services/materials for this project. A listing of qualified M/WBE vendors may be obtained at the City of Fort Worth M/WBE office, 3rd floor City Hall. ,;:, 't( ·1::·' 0rr \:;.'J -:fr. .. .s~ '"C\-:r • ,; L.: :L ••• ------- Services/materials for this project are as follows: • demolition/site prep • clearing/grubbing • grading/earthwork • utilities • electrical • sprayground equipment installation • sprayground mechanical installation • shade canopy installation • tubular steel fencing • tubular steel • standing seam roofing • steel rebar • concrete • handrails • seeding • sodding • site furnishings The City's minimum M/WBE goal on this project is _Jl._ % of the total dollar value of this contract. 2. Prime Bidder Qualification Requirements The City will evaluate all submitted bids based on criteria and qualifications to determine award of contract as noted in Item 14. -Bidder's Statement Of Qualifications -Special Instructions To Bidders and upon receipt of Bidder's Statement Of Qualifications form included in this construction document. In general: • The Prime Bidder, as general contractor or sub-contractor, must demonstrate similar project scope experience on three (3) projects within the last three (3) years. All subcontractors intended for use on this project shall also demonstrate similar project scope experience necessary to successfully perform on their respective portion of work ori this project. • The Prime Bidder must provide a list the surety company(s) which issued bonds for projects listed above. Additionally, the Prime bidder shall list the surety company intended for use on this project. • The Prime Bidder must submit a current certified financial statement prepared by an independent Certified Public Accountant. • The Prime Bidder shall perform with its own organization and with the assistance of work crews under its superintendence work of a value not less than fifty percent (50%) of the project scope of work as per Section 8.1 of. the standard specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction for the City of Fort worth. Bidder Qualifications submitted to the Parks and Community Service Department Project Manager must be received no later than 5:00 P.M., five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 3. Bid Addendum Bidders are responsible for obtaining all addenda to the contract documents and acknowledging receipt of the addenda by initialing the appropriate spaces on the Proposal form . Bids that do not acknowledge receipt of all addenda may . be rejected as being non-responsive. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting the Project Manager. · 4. Pre -Bid Conference A pre-bid conference will be held with prospective bidders at the Parks and Community Services Offices Conference Room -112,._ on October 16th at 9:00 a .m. 5. AWARD OF CONTRACT The City reserves the right to reject any or all bids and waive any or all formalities . The City will award one contract with a combination of base bids and/or alternates which is most advantageous to the City . No bid may be withdrawn until the expiration of 70 calendar days from the day bids are opened. The award of contract, if made, will be within 70 calendar days after the opening of bids, but in no case will the award be made until all necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility of the bidder to whom the contract will be awarded . RICHARD ZAVALA, DIRECTOR PARKS AND ;f MMUNITY S~ICES DEPARTMENT vz~- By: s1Penn, Project Manager (817) 871-5750 Thursday, September 27th Thursday, October 4th CHARLES R. BOSWELL CITY MANAGER MARTY HENDRIX CITY SECRETARY SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS I. BID SECURITY: Cashier's check or an acceptable bidder's bond payable to the City of Fort Worth, in an amount of not less than 5 percent of the largest possible total of the bid submitted must accompany the bid, and is subject to forfeit in the event the successful bidder fails to execute the contract documents within ten days after the contract has been awarded. To be an acceptable surety on the bid bond, the surety must be authorized to do business in the state of Texas. In addition, the surety must (1) hold a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations pe!mitted or required under federal law; or (2) have obtained reinsurance for any liability irt excess of $100,000 from a reinsurer that is authorized and admitted as a reinsurer in the state of Texas and is the holder of a certificate of authority from the Untied States secretary of the treasury to qualify as a surety on obligations permitted or required under federal law. Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City upon request. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proof required herein. 2. PROPOSAL: After proposals have been opened and read aloud, the proposals will be tabulated on the basis of the quoted prices, the quantities shown in the proposal, and the application of such formulas or other methods of bringing items to a common basis as may be established in the Contract Documents . The total obtained by taking the sum of the products of unit prices quoted and the estimated quantities plus any lump sum items and such other quoted amounts as may enter into the cost of the completed project will be considered as the amount of the bid. Until the award of the contract is made by the Owner, the right will be reserved to reject any or all proposals and waive technicalities, to re-advertise for new proposals, or to proceed with the work in any manner as maybe considered for the best interest of the Owner. The quantities of work and materials to be furnished as may be listed in the proposal forms or other parts of the Contract Documents will be considered as approximate only and will be used for the purpose of comparing bids on a uniform basis. Payment will be made to the Contractor for only the actual quantities of work performed or materials furnished in strict accordance with the Contract Documents and Plans. The quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished may be increased or decreased as hereinafter provided, without in any way invalidating the unit prices bid or any other requirements of the Contract Documents. 3. ADDENDA: Bidders are .responsible for obtaining all addenda to the Contract Documents prior to the bid receipt. Information regarding the status of addenda may be obtained by contacting Parks and Community Services Department telephone number indicated in the Notice to Bidders. Bids that do not acknowledge all applicable addenda will be rejected as non-responsive. (See Item Gin the Proposal.) 4. AW ARD OF CONTRACT: The Contract may not necessarily be awarded to the lowest bidder of the Base Bid. The Parks and Community Services Department shall evaluate and recommend to the City Council the best bid based on the combined benefits of total SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - 1 - bid price and number of contract days allotted, as specified in the Proposal, and which is considered to be in the best interest of the City. Regardless of the Alternative chosen, the Contractor agrees to complete the Contract within the allotted number of days. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the number of days specified in the Construction Documents, liquidated damages shall be charged as outlined in General Provisions, Item 8.6 Failure to Complete Work on Time, found in the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. 5. PAYMENT, PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE BONDS: The successful bidder · entering into a contract for the work will be required to give the City surety in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awatded. The successful bidder shall be requireu to furnish bonding as applicable in a sum equal to the amount of the contract awarded. The form of the bond shall be as herein provided and the surety shall be acceptable to the City. All bonds furnished hereunder shall meet the requirements of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. A. If the total contract price is $25,000 or less, payment to the contractor shall be made in one lump sum. Payment shall not be made for a period of 45 calendar days from the date the work has been completed and accepted by the City. B. If the contract amount is in excess of $25,000, a Payment Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract, solely for the protection of all claimants supplying labor and material in the prosecution of the work. C. If the contract amount is in excess of $100,000, a Performance Bond shall be executed, in the amount of the contract conditioned on the faithful performance of the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents. Said bond shall solely be for the protection of the City of Fort Worth. D. A Maintenance Bond shall be required for all Parks and Community Services Department projects to insure the prompt, full and faithful performance of the general guarantee as set forth in Division 1, Section 01150-Item 1.14: Warranty In order for a surety to be acceptable to the City, the surety must meet the requirements of V. A. T. S Insurance Code, art. 7.19-l(c). Satisfactory proof of any such reinsurance shall be provided to the City as outlined in the Notice To Bidders. The City, in its sole discretion, will determine the adequacy of the proofrequired herein. No sureties will be accepted by the City that are at the time in default or delinquent on any bonds or which are interested in any litigation against the City. Should any surety on the contract be determined unsatisfactory at any time by the City, notice will be given to the contractor to that effect and the contractor shall immediately provide a new surety satisfactory to the City 6. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: The Contractor's attention is called to Part 1 -General Provisions, Item 8, Paragraph 8.6, Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, concerning liquidated damages for late completion of projects. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - 2 - 7 · EMPLOYMENT: All bidders will be required to comply with City Ordinance No. 7278 as amended by City Ordinance No. 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Section 13-A-21 through 13-A-29) prohibiting discrimination in employment practices. 8 . WAGE RATES: All bidders will be required to comply with provision 5159a of "Vemons Annotated Civil Statutes" of the State of Texas with respect to the payment of ·prevailing wage rates ·as established by the City of Fort Worth1 Texas, and set forth in Contract Documents for this ··project. Disregard if Federal Wage Rates are applicable to this project. If Federal Wage Rates are applicable to a project, the Contractor shall comply with all items identified in the attached Contractor's Packet. For further information regarding this packet, contact the Intergovernmental Affairs / Grants Management Division, Finance Department at (S17) 871-8365 or 871-8387 9. FINANCIAL STATEMENT: A current certified financial statement shall be provided to the City as outlined in the Notice to Bidders for use by the CITY OF FORT WORTH in determining the successful bidder. This statement is to be prepared by an independent Public Accountant holding a valid permit issued by an appropriate State Licensing Agency. 10. INSURANCE: Within ten days of receipt of notice of award of contract, the Contractor must provide, along with executed contract documents and appropriate bonds, proof of insurance for Workers Compensation (statutory); Comprehensive General Liability ($1,000,000 per occurrence, $2,000,000 aggregate); and Automobile Insurance ($1,000,000 each accident on a combined single basis or $250,000 property damage/$500,000 bodily injury per person per occurr~nce. A commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "any auto", defined as autos owned, hired, and non- owned). Additional lines of coverage may be requested. If such a request is made after bid opening, Contractor shall be entitled to additional compensation equal to 110% of the additional premium cost. For worker's compensation insurance requirements, see Special Instructions to Bidders -Item 16. ADDITIONAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: A. The City, its officers, employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's workers' compensation insurance policy. B. Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to the City of Fort Worth, contract administrator in the respective department as specified in the bid documents, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth, TX 76102, prior to commencement of work on the contracted project. C. Any failure on part of the City to request required insurance documentation shall not constitute a waiver of the insurance requirements specified herein. D. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide the City a minimum thirty days notice of cancellation, non-renewal, and/or material change in policy terms or coverage. A ten days notice shall be acceptable in the event of non-payment of preilllum. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -1 - . ····· ·-.. .. E. Insurers must be authorized to do business in the State of Texas and have a current A.M. Best rating of A: VII or equivalent measure of financial strength and solvency. F. Deductible limits, or self-funded retention limits, on each policy must not exceed $10,000.00 per occurrence unless other.vise approved by the City . G. Other than worker's compensation insurance, in lieu of traditional insurance, . City may consider alternative coverage or risk treatment measures through insurance pools or risk retention groups. The City must approve in wfiting any alternative coverage. H. Workers' compensation insurance policy(s) covering employees employed on the project shall be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation providing rights of recovery in favor of the City. I. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for contractor's insurance. J. Contractor's insurance policies shall each be endorsed to provide that such insurance is primary protection and any self-funded or commercial coverage maintained by City shall not be called upon to contribute to loss recovery. K. In the course of the project, Contractor shall report, in a timely manner, to City's officially designated contract administrator any known loss occurrence which could give rise to a liability claim or lawsuit or which could result in a property loss. L. Contractor's liability shall not be limited to the specified amounts of insurance required herein. M. Upon the request of City, Contractor shall provide complete copies of all insurance policies required by these contract documents. 11. NON-RESIDENT BIDDERS: Pursuant to Texas Government Code, art. 2252.002, the City of Fort Worth will not award this contract to a non-resident bidder unless the non- resident's bid is lower than the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the non- resident's principal place of business is located. "Non-resident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is not in this state, but excludes a contractor whose ultimate parent company of majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. "Texas resident bidder" means a bidder whose principal place of business is in this state, and includes a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -4 - This provision does not apply if the project is funded in whole or in part with fe~eral funds. The appropriate blanks of the Proposal must be filled out by all non-resident bidders in order for its bid to meet specifications. The failure of a non-resident contractor to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. 12 .-· · MINORITY/WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE: In accor<lanccwith City of Fort · Worth Ordinance No. 15530, the City of Fort Worth has goais for the pa'1:icipation of minority business enterprises and women business enterprises in City contracts. You may obtain a copy of the Ordinance from the Office of the City Secretary. The MEB/WBE Utilization F orm, Subcontractor/ Supplier Utilization Fun n, Prime Contractor/Waiver Form and the Good Faith Effort Form and or the Joint Venture Form, as applicable, must be submitted no later than 5:00 p. m. five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. The bidder shall submit the documentation at the reception area of the Department of Engineering ("Managing Department"), 2nd floor, City Hall, and shall obtain a receipt. Failure to comply shall render your bid non-responsive. Upon contract execution between the City of Fort Worth and the successful bidder, now known as Contractor, a pre-construction meeting will be scheduled at which time the Contractor is required to submit either Letters of Intent or executed agreements with the M/WBE firm(s) to be utilized on this project. Such Letters of Intent or executed agreements shall include the following information: 1. Name of Contract 2. Name of M/WBE firm utilized 3 . Scope of Work to be performed by the M/WBE firm 4 . Monetary amount of work to be performed by the M/WBE firm 5 . Signatures of all parties A notice to proceed will not be issued until the signed letter(s) or executed agreement(s) have been received. Throughout the duration of this project, the Contractor comply with the M/WBE Ordinance by complying with the following procedures: • A M/WBE Participation Report Form must be submitted monthly until the contract is completed. The first report will be due 30 days after commencement of work. The monthly report MUST have an original signature to ensure accountability for audit purposes. • Reports are to be submitted monthly to the M/WBE Office, regardless of whether or not the M/WBE firm has been utilized. If there was no activity by an M/WBE in a particular month, place a "O" or "no participation" in the spaces provided, and provide a brief explanation. • The Contractor shall provide the M/WBE Office proof of payment to the M/WBE subcontractors and suppliers only . The M/WBE Office will accept the following as SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -~ - proof of payment: 1. Copies of submitted invoices with front and back copies of canceled check(s), OR 2. A notarized letter explaining, in detail: a Subcontractor/supplier Scope of Work , --b. Date when services ·were received from subcontractor/supplier c. Amounts paid to the subcontractor/supplier d. Original signatures from both parties must be included on this letter. • If the Contractor foresees a problem with submitting participation reports and/or proof of payment on a monthly basis, the M/WBE Office should be notified. If the Contractor wishes to change or delete an M/WBE subcontractor or supplier, adhere to the following: 1. Immediately submit a Request for Approval of Change Form to the M/WBE Office explaining the request for the change or deletion. 2. If the change affects the committed M/WBE participation goal, state clearly how and why in documentation. a. All requests for changes must be reviewed and pre-approved by the M/WBE Office. b. If the Contractor makes change(s) prior to approval, the change will not be considered when performing a post compliance review on this project. • Upon the Contractor's successful completion of this project, and within ten days after receipt of final payment from the City of Port Worth, The Contractor will provide the M/WBE Office with a Final Participation Report Form to reflect the total participation from ALL subcontractors/suppliers utilized on the project. • All forms are available at the M/WBE Office, 3rd floor -City Hall. For additional information regarding compliance to the M/WBE Ordinance, call (817) 871-6104. Upon request, Contractor agrees to provide to Owner Complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a Minority/Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE) on the contract and payment therefore. Contractor further agrees to permit an audit and/or examination of any books, records or files in its possession that will substantiate the actual work performed by an M/WBE. The misrepresentation of facts ( other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or the commission of fraud by the Contractor will be grounds for termination of the contract and/or initiating action under appropriate federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to false statements; further, any such misrepresentation (other than a negligent misrepresentation) and/or commission of fraud will result on the Contractor being determined to be irresponsible and barred from participating in City work for a period of time of not less than three years. 13. PROTECTION OF TREES, PLANTS AND SOIL: All property along and adjacent to the Contractor's operations including lawns, yards, shrubs, trees, etc., shall be preserved SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -6 - 14. or restored, after completion of the work, to a condition equal or better than existed prior to start of work. By Ordinance, the Contractor must obtain a permit from the City Forester before any work (trimming, removal, or root pruning) can be done on trees or shrubs growing on public property including street Rights-Of-Way and designated alleys. This permit can be obtained by calling the Forestly Office at 871-5705. All tree work shall be in compliance ,vith pnming standards for Class II Pruning as described by the National Ar.borist Association. A copy of these standards can be provided by ·calling the above number. Any damage to public trees due to negligence by the Contractor shall be assessed using the current formula for Shade Tree Evaluation as defined by the International Society of Arboriculture. Payment for negligent damage to public trees shall be made to the City of Fort Worth and may be withheld from funds due the Contractor by the City. To prevent the spread of the Oak Wilt fungus, all wounds on Live Oak and Red Oak trees shall be immediately sealed using a commercial pruning paint. This is the only instance when pruning paint is recommended. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS A. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS: Prime Bidder and all sub-contractors to be used by the bidder in the performance of this project shall be required to demonstrate experience necessary to successfully perform the proposed scope of work. The Prime Bidders' specific (1) experience, (2) stability and (3) history of performance on projects of a similar nature and scope will be considered. The BIDDERS STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS shall be provided to the City as outlined in the Notice To Bidders and as noted in the specifications for the purpose of evaluating the Prime bidder / subcontractors qualifications. B. PRIME BIDDER I SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS 1. Demonstrate experience as either general or sub-contractor on a minimum of three (3) projects similar in scope within the last three (3) years. 2. Provide listing of surety company(s) which issued bonds for previous projects identified as demonstrated experience. 3. Provide name of surety company to be used for this project. 4. Provide a current certified financial statement as prepared by an independent Certified Public Accountant. 5. Name and qualifications for the site superintendence of the work. 6. Identify at least 50% of work which is to performed by the Prime Bidder with its own organization and work crews under its superintendence. 7. All sub-contractors intended for use on this project shall also demonstrate similar project scope experience (three similar projects in scope within last three years) necessary to successfully perform their respective portion of work on this project. 8. Submittal of Letters Of Intent for the use of specific subcontractors listed on the Bidders Statement Of Qualification form. The Prime Bidder shall submit such Letters of Intent to the City no later than five (5) working days upon being recognized as the overall qualified bidder by the City. Should the Prime Bidder subsequently desire to substitute a subcontractor, the Prime Bidder shall notify the SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - 7 - .. -~· ·~-. - Project Manager in writing along with Letter Of Intent and experience qualifications for approval prior to commencement of construction. The documentation required herein shall be received by the Project Manager of the Parks and Community Services Department no later than five (5) City business days after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. Recommendation of award of contract shail be contingent upon the Bidder and / or sub-contractors meeting such ·qualification requiremehts. Location and responsive ability of the firm will be considered. If your fin:ii anticipates entering into a joint venture with' any other firm to conduct all or part of the performance required under the proposed project, that firin should be specified in your response. For each firm included in the joint venture, please provide the information required above. Under the Contract executed for this work the City will require your firm to be completely 100 percent responsible for fulfilling all aspects of the contract bonds. Other firms and employees that may be involved in their joint venture will be treated by the City under the contract as if they were employees or subcontractors of your firm. Other than those firms noted in the contract as a part of the joint venture, no other firms will be allowed to participate in the joint venture without written consent from the City .. B. SPRA YGROUND INSTALLATION AS PRIME PROJECT SCOPE 1. For projects in which the construction of sprayground area is the prime scope of work, ·bidders must be able to demonstrate the following. Failure to adequately demonstrate that the bidder meets these requirements may result in a · recommendation that the bid be rejected as non -responsive. 2. The prime bidder shall submit such documents as are necessary to establish that the bidder has successfully and satisfactorily completed the construction and installation of at least three (3) sprayground facilities within the immediate past three (3) years for the state of Texas or other municipalities within the Dallas/ Fort Worth metroplex, such work to have included grading, and sprayground equipment. The documentation shall also demonstrate that the bidder completed · the projects within the contract time without the assessment of liquidated damages. 3. If the prime bidder has not performed work for the state of Texas or municipalities within the Dallas / Fort Worth metroplex, the bidder may still be considered if it has completed three (3) park playgrounds within the last three (3) years for private entities which included work as noted in B. l. 4. The prime bidder in addition shall provide information that discloses or demonstrates the following: a. Name and qualifications for the site superintendence of the work. b. Knowledge in appropriate task sequencing. c. Intended staffing requirements to construct the work within the contract time allowed. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -8 - 15. OZONE ALERT DAYS: The Contractor shall be required to observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites on days designated as "OZONE ALERT DAYS". Typically, the Ozone Alert season within the Metroplex area runs from May through September, with 6:00 a.m. -10 :00 a.m. being critical ozone forming periods each day. The Texas Natural Resource Conservation Commissi0n (TNRCC) in coordination with the National Weather Service, will issue the Ozone Alert by 3:00 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the alert day. On designated Ozone Alert Days, the Contraetor shall bear the responsibility of being aware that such days have been designated Ozone Alert Days and as such shall not begin work until 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires substantial use of motorized equipment. However, the Contractor may begin work earlier if such work minimizes·the use of motorized equipment prior to 10:00 a .m. If the Contractor is unable to perform continuous work for a period of at least seven hours between the hours of 7:00 a.m. -6:00 p.m., on a designated Ozone Alert Day, that day will be considered as a weather day and added onto the allowable weather days of a given month. 16. WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE: Contractors compliance with Workers Compensation shall be as follows: A. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project -includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in. 406.096) -includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -0 - C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. · D. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the City: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project , so the City will have on file certificates of coverage showing coveragt:: for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. E. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. G . The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. H. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to : (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting on classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (4) obtain from each other person or entity with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -10 - (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person or entity beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file .for the duration of the project \ and for one year thereafter. (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services· on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) -(7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers'· compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self- insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. The providing of false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties or other civil actions. K. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the City to declare the contract terminated if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the City. "The contractor shall post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Act or other Texas Workers' Compensation commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30 point bold type and text in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text, without any additional words or changes: SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 11 REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services relat ed to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at (512) 440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an .employer's failure to provide coverage." END OF SECTION SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS -12 - GEOTECHNICALSTUDY June 18, 2007 Mr. Darin B. Tubbs, RLA, ASLA Kimley-Horn & Associates, Inc. 12700 Park Central Drive, Suite 1800 Dallas, Texas 75251 Re : Geotechni<;:al Investigation Sycamore Park Splash Pad Fort Worth, Texas MTE Project No. E07-0517 Dear Mr. Tubbs: MAS•TEK Engineering & Associates, Inc. Phn: (972) 770-1300 . Fax: (972) 239-3820 E-mail: darin.tubbs@kimley-horn.com Please find enclosed our report summarizing the results of the geotechnical investigation performed for the above referenced project. We trust the . recommendations derived from this investigation·will provide you with the information necessary to complete your proposed project successfully. For your future geotechnical investigations and construction materials testing and related quality control requirements, it is recommended that the work be performed by Mas-Tek Engineering & Associates, Inc. (MTE) in order to maintain continuity of inspection and testing services for the project under the direction of the geotechnical project engineer. We thank you for the opportunity to provide you with our geotechnical services . If we can be of further assistance, please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned at (972) 709-7384. Sincerely, MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. ~,/CL µ_{L- M1chae10. Roland, P.E . Project Manager Mark J. Farrow, P.E. Principal _ ... ,,,,,, --'.tE Op-,, --e:"\~ .•.. ~ .... ,.,ti, ,. -V. •• •• ~·-t. •. , ~ ... • *•.,:,-.,.,. la "1 * .. • '•l'.ft Ila ·-'••• ·.• . . •.v· '• •••••• . "'. II, ' ... ·~··· • ,. '.J v. •vi,4llv '•••• • ~ l'•••••• l"ll\ J ~A ;.;•••4,-•: "J} ~ ~ : .•••••••.... r,.,,,.Ro .••••• .,.. ~ -o '• 4· . ·••••• ,... ii .... """ Bo ........ vv "' ,,. 'a\ (.· · 59 ::•, .• _, :.t ~ •• /C, . ••• . "" Geotechnical Consult,~. ·if~~-testing 3228 Halifax, Suite B Dallas, · W,t~~-..JJ'72 709-7384 ,' ,,,,,- TABLE OF CONTENTS SYCAMORE PARK SPLASH PAD FORT WORTH, TEXAS PAGE 1. INTRODUCTION-------------· ------------------------· --------------.---·--· ---------------1 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION-----------------------.,.--------..---------------------.,.-------1 1.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE---------.,.------------------------------.----------------------- 1 2. 0 FIE LO INVESTIGATION ------------------------------------------------'-----------------.:------1 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING----------------------------------------· · ---------- ------2 4.0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS --------------------------------,.-------.----.. ------2 4.1 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS----------------------------------------------------------2 4.2 SITE GEOLOGY------------------------------------------------------------------.. ---2 4. 3 EXISTING FI LL SO I LS---------------------------------------------------.;.: _________ 2 4.4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS -------------------------------------------'-------------3 4. 5 G ROU NOW ATER CONDITIONS----------------------------------------------------3 5.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS--------------,-----... ··-------------------------------3 5.1 SOIL MOVEMENT ---------------------------------------------------------------3 5.2 DRILLED PIER FOUNDATIONS-----------------------------------------~---------4 5.2 .1. ALLOWABLE BEARING VALUES-STRAIGHT SHAFT PIERS-------4 5. 2. 2 GROUP EFFECTS ---------------------------------------------'"'·----------------5 5.2.3 DRILLED SHAFT SOIL INDUCED UPLIFT LOADS-------------------------5 5.2.4 LATERAL MODULUS OF SUBGRADE REACTION FOR DR I LL ED SHAFTS----------------------------------------------------------5 5.2.5 ALLOWABLE LATERAL PRESSURE ON DRILLED SHAFTS -----------6 5.2.6 PIER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS-------------------------------------------6 5.2.7 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS-DRILLED SHAFTS------------6 5. 3 GRADE BEAMS --------------------------------------------------------------------------7 5. 4 CONCRETE SLABS---------------------------------------------------------------7 5.4.1 STRUCTURALLY SUPPORTED FLOOR SLAB--------~--------------------8 5.4.2 SLAB-ON-GRADE CONSTRUCTION---------------'"----------------------8 5.4.3 EXCAVATION AND MOISTURE CONDITIONING--------------------------9 5.4.4 FLOOR SLAB CONSIDERATIONS ------------------------------------------10 5.5 FLAT WORK CONSIDERATIONS -------------.,.-------------------.,.------------------10 6. 0 EARTHWORK GU I DELI N ES--------.. ------,----------------------------------------------------1 0 6.1 SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE -----------------------------------------------------10 MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7 · 6.8 6.9 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION--------------------------------------.:-----------11 PROOFROLLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION--------------------------11 ON-SITE CLAY FILL PLACEMENT IN PAVEMENT AND LANDSCAPING AREAS--------------------------. -. -... · ------------·-· -· -. ---· --. ·----;; · · ----------12 ON-SITE CLAY FILL PLACEMENT IN BUILDING AREAS---,--------------12 MOISTURE CONDITIONING PRIOR TO coMPACllON-;..;;. __________ "~-.,~-:--12 QUALITY ASSURANCE .REQUIREMENTS ----------"-------~-«------------------13· SELECT FI LL · · · ---------· · ---· · · ---------· «------------------------------------------13 CRUSHED CONCRETE AND CRUSHED STONE BASE---------------------13 7. 0 Fl ELD SU PERVIS I ON -------------------------------------------------------,-:.----,------,-,.-----14 · 8.0 LIMITATIONS--------------------· -· -------·-----------------------' ·-----·-· · ----------· · 14 ILLUSTRATIONS FIGURE PLAN OF BORINGS---· -· ---------------· ---· ------------· -· -------------···--·· _____ ... ________ . · ·· -· · ·. 1 LOGS OF s ·oRINGS--------------------·-· ·----·: -------·----------------·· -·-----· · .. · ·-·-----·-··--· 2 LEGEND -KEY TO LOG TERMS & SYMBOLS-------------------------------------------"----------3 SWELL TEST RESULTS-----------------------------------.------·---· -· ---· ·. · · · · ---------------------4 MAS-TEK ENGINEERING &ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION SYCAMORE PARK SPLASH PAD FORT WORTH, TEXAS 1. INTRODUCTION 1.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION We understand the proposed project will consist of a canopy covered pavilion with a large sprayground. Based on foundation loading requirements, it is anticipated that maximum column loads will be limited to less than 50 kips. 1.2 PURPOSE AND SCOPE The purposes of this geotechnical investigation were to: 1) explore the subsurface , . conditions at the site, 2) evaluate the pertinent engineering properties of the subsurface materials, 3) provide foundation recommendations, 4) provide recommendations for subgrade preparation and slab-on-grade construction , 5) provide comments and recommendations for site grading and drainage. 2.0 FIELD INVESTIGATION The field investigation consisted of drilling one (1) test boring within the proposed sprayground. A truck-mounted auger drill rig was used to advance these borings and to obtain samples for laboratory evaluation. The borings were located at the approximate locations shown on the Plan of Borings (Figure 1). Undisturbed samples of cohesive soils were obtained at intermittent intervals with standard, thin-wa ll ed, seamless tube samplers . These samples were extruded in the field, logged, sealed, and packaged to protect them from disturbance and maintain their in-situ moisture content during transportation to our laboratory. The bearing capacity characteristics of the limestone strata were eva luated by cone penetration tests. The results of the boring program are presented on the Log of Boring, Figure 2. A key to the descriptive terms and symbols used on the log is presented on Figure 3. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 3.0 LABORATORY TESTING Laboratory tests were performed on representative samples of the soil to aid in classification of the soil materials . The tests included Atterberg limits tests, moisture ·content tests , and dry un it weight determinations. Hand penetrometer tests were performed on the cohesive soil samples to provide indications of the swell potential and the foundation bearing properties of the subsurface strata . To provide additional information about the swell characteristics of these soils at their in -situ moisture cond itions, absorption swell tests were performed on selected samples of the clay soils . The results of our testing program are presented on the Log of Boring, Figure 2 and on the Swell Test Summary on Figure 4 . 4 .0 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS 4.1 GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS We understand the proposed proj ect will consist of a canopy covered pavilion with a large sprayground .. Based on foundation loading requirements, it is anticipated that maximum column loa d s will be limited to less than 50 kips . 4.2 SITE GEOLOGY As shown on the Tarrant sheet of the Geologic Atlas of Texas, the site is located in an area underlain by undivided limestone and marl formations . The formation consists of mode rately hard to hard limestone. Soils derived from this formation are typically moderately to highly plastic clays exhibiting a moderate to high shrink/swell potential with variations in moisture content. 4.3 EXISTING FILL SOILS Existing fill soils were not encountered at the boring location . MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE2 4.4 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions encountered in the borings, including descriptions of the various strata and their depths and thickness, are presented on the Logs of Borings . Note that depth on all borings refers to the depth from the existing grade or ground surface present at the time of the investigation . Boundaries between the various soil types are approximate. 4.5 GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS The borings were advanced using continuous flight auger methods. Advancement of the borings using these methods allows observation of the initial zones of _seepage. Water level readings were obtained during drilling , at completion of drilling and at end of day. Groundwater was not encountered at the time of this investigation. The results of the water level readings are presented on the Log of Boring (Figure 2). It is not possible to accurately predict the magnitude of subsurface water fluctuations that might occur based upon short-term observations. The subsurface water conditions are subject to change with variations in climatic conditions and are functions of subsurface soil conditions, rainfall and water levels within nearby creeks. 5.0 ANALYSES AND RECOMMENDATIONS 5.1 SOIL MOVEMENT The subsurface exploration revealed the presence of highly expansive clay soils . The clay soils will have a moderate to high shrink/swell potential depending upon the soil moisture condition at the time of construction. It should be noted that the clay soils were generally in a dry condition at the time of this investigation due to soil moisture absorption by existing tree roots and surface vegetation. Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) calculations were performed using swell test results, pocket penetrometer readings , and moisture content tests to estimate the swell potential of the soil. Potential Vertical Rise (PVR) values based upon the current grades and current dry conditions have been estimated to be 6 inches of anticipated "active zone" swell based on current grades and existing dry soil conditions. The assumed "active zone" swell values are upward soil movements that could occur due to typical seasonal moisture changes and soil swelling within the upper ten (10) feet as measured from finished floor grade . Deep-seated MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE3 swell values are additional upward soil movements that could occur due to moisture changes and soil swelling below a typical ten (10) foot deep "active-zone." At this site, the potential for deep-seated swell is negligible due to the presence of deeper limestone strata. 5.2 DRILLED PIER FOUNDATIONS 5.2.1 ALLOWABLE BEARING VALUES-STRAIGHT SHAFT PIERS It is recommended that straight shaft piers be founded in the hard gray limestone encountered at depths of ·14 feet below the existing ground surface. Straight shafted piers bearing in hard gray limestone will develop their load carrying capacity by end bearing and skin friction. Field monitoring requirements for pier installations at this site are also summarized below. TABLE 1 ...... SUMMARY OF ALLOWABLE BEARING PENETRATIO~ INTO ALLOWABLE BEARING (ksf) BEARING STRATUM* SKIN FRIC'.f:ION *" !:NO l3f:ARI.NG 6 40 .. *The bearing stratum is or hard gray limestone. Note: Precautions should be taken to assure that the upper layer of gray and tan weathered limestone is not counted on during construction for the specified design penetration as verified by MTE. **For compression loading. For sustained uplift loads, the recommended allowable skin friction is 50% of the values indicated above. Skin friction load transfer should not be counted on during design for the upper 2 feet of penetration into hard gray limestone . A minimum penetration of 2 feet into hard gray limestone is recommended. If excavation and moisture conditioning is not performed to reduce the soil swell PVR to one inch, a minimum penetration of 4 feet into hard gray limestone is recommended. All drilled shafts should have a minimum penetration depth into the hard gray limestone of 2 feet (4 feet if excavation and moisture conditioning is not performed). Skin friction and uplift resistance may be considered after a penetration of 2 feet into the hard gray limestone. It should be verified during pier installations that the specified design penetration is into continuous hard gray limestone . The upper layer of gray and tan weathered limestone should not be counted on during construction for the specified design penetration as verified by MTE. All design penetrations should be measured from the bottom of the temporary MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE4 casings seated in the hard gray limestone, if required. Specified pier penetrations should not be counted on within the cased length of any pier. 5.2.2 GROUP EFFECTS In order to develop full load carrying capacity in skin friction, adjacent shafts should . have a minimum clear spacing of 2 times the diameter of the larger shaft. This applies to both new . and existing foundations . Closer spacing will require a reduction in skin friction. A 50% reduction would be required for piers touching. A straight line interpolation should be used for a clear spacing between.'d\md 20. 5.2.3 DRILLED SHAFT SOIL INDUCED UPLIFT LOADS The piers will be subject to uplift loads as a result of swelling within the overlying clays. The straight shafts provided with the minimum penetrations recommended above should provide adequate anchorage to resist potential uplift loads induced by soil swell in the overlying clays. The piers should have sufficient continuous vertical reinforcing .. steel extending to the bottom of the piers to resist the computed net uplift loads (uplift less dead load). The magnitude of the uplift loads varies with the shaft diameter, soil parameters, free water sources, and the depth of the active clays acting on the shaft. The uplift pressures can be approximated at this site by assuming a uniform uplift pressure of 2,500 pounds per square foot acting on the shaft perimeter for a depth of 10 feet. The soil swell uplift pressure could be reduced to 1500 psf if excavation and moisture conditioning is performed to reduce upward soil swell movements to one inch. Note: If excavation and moisture conditioning is not performed beneath ground supported slabs to reduce the soil swell PVR to one inch, the slab should be isolated from all piers, columns and grade beams by an expansion joint to allow for unrestrained upward slab movement. 5.2.4 LATERAL MODULUS OF SUBGRADE REACTION FOR DRILLED SHAFTS For evaluating shaft deflections, the following lateral modulus of subgrade reaction is recommended: Soils to top of Hard Gray Limestone Hard Gray Limestone MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. 200kcf 2000 kcf for penetration in excess of 2 feet into limestone bearing stratum E07-0517 PAGES It is recommended that the lateral modulus of subgrade reaction be neglected from the top of pier to a depth of 3 feet below the top of pier. 5.2.5ALLOWABLE LATERAL PRESSURE ON DRILLED SHAFTS The drilled shafts may be designed for the following allowable lateral resistance values. Soils to Top of Hard Gray 150 psf-per foot of depth (increasing linearly). Limestone Neglect upper 3 feet of pier shaft. Hard Gray limestone 1200 psf per foot of depth (increasing linearly)for penetrations over 2' into gray limestone bearing stratum. These allowable lateral earth pressures include a factor of safety of 2.0 or m·ore. 5.2.6 PIER DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS The IBC Site Class for this site is Class C for predominant soft rock. A sulfate resistance concrete mix design for the on site soils having moderate levels of sulfates would consist of the use of Type II cement with 25% Type F Flyash with a maximum water cement ratio of 0.45. 5.2.7 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS-DRILLED SHAFTS Groundwater may be encountered during installation of the drilled shafts. It is anticipated that the use of temporary casing for installation of the pier shafts should not be required. If minor seepage is encountered, the piers should be concreted immediately upon completion. If excessive seepage is encountered at any location, temporary casing should be seated below the seepage zone in hard limestone and properly sealed below the seepage zone to prevent excessive seepage into the drilled shaft excavation. Care must then be taken that a sufficient head of plastic concrete is maintained within the casing during extraction. Specified pier penetrations should be measured from the bottom of the casing seated in hard limestone. Design penetrations should not be counted in within the cased length of pier. Concrete used for the shafts should be designed to have a slump of 6 inches plus or minus 1 inch and be placed in a manner to avoid striking the reinforcing steel and walls of the shaft during placement. Complete installation of individual shafts should be accomplished within an 8 hour period in order to prevent deterioration of bearing surfaces. The drilling of individual shafts should be excavated in a continuous operation and concrete placed as MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE6 soon as practical after completion of the drilling. No shaft should be left open for more than 8 hours. We recommend that MTE be retained to observe and document the drilled pier construction. The engineer, or his representative, should document the shaft diameter, depth, penetration length, cleanliness, plumbness of the shaft, the type of. bearing material and casing installations. Significant deviations from the specified or anticipated conditions should be reported to the owner's representative and to the structural engineer. The drilled pier excavation should be observed after the bottom of the hole is cleaned of any . mud or extraneous material, and dewatered, if necessary. 5.3 GRADE BEAMS Grade beams and wall panels supported by piers should be constructed over a minimum 8 inch void space. A minimum void space of 4 inches should be provided between the bottom of these members and the subgrade assuming subgrade preparation measures are taken to reduce the anticipated "active zone" soil swell PVR to less than one inch as specified below. Void cartons are not required beneath wall panels if the subgrade is over-cut to create the required void space below the tilt-wall panel prior to erection. Structural cardboard forms are one acceptable means of providing this void beneath these members. Care must be exercised during concrete placement to avoid collapsing the cardboard void boxes. The cardboard carton forms should not be allowed to become wet prior to concrete placement. The exterior portions of the grade beams along the perimeter· of the buildings should be carefully backfilled with on-site clayey soils unless specified otherwise below. The backfill soils should be placed in maximum 8 inch lifts at a moisture content between +1 and +4 percentage points wet of optimum. The fill should be compacted to 95 percent of maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D-698 (Standard Proctor). 5.4 CONCRETE SLABS The estimated "active zone" PVR values for slab-on-grade construction based upon current grades and current moist condition is 6 inches. As a result, the floor slabs should either be structurally supported over a void space to eliminate floor movement or should be placed on a moisture conditioned building pad to reduce future floor movements. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE7 Note: If excavation and moisture conditioning is not performed beneath ground supported slabs to reduce the soil swell PVR to one inch, the slab should be isolated from all piers, columns and grade beams by an expansion joint to allow for unrestrained upward slab movement. 5.4.1 STRUCTURALLY SUPPORTED FLOOR SLAB Due to the potential for upward slab movements, one floor system that would eliminate the effects of soil swell movements in areas sensitive to movement would be the use . of . · .... structurally supported floor slabs suspended above the underlying soils by a crawl space or a minimum eight (8) inch void space. The void space created between the bottom of the floor slab and the subgrade will serve to prevent distress resulting from swell pressures generated by the clays. The void space should be drained. Any crawl space shou ld be ventilated. If a structurally supported floor slab is used, structural cardboard forms could be used to provide a minimum 8 inch void beneath all grade beams, floor slabs and adjacent entry slabs at building entrances. If carton forms are used, care should be taken to assure that the void boxes are not allowed to become wet or crushed prior to or during concrete ·· placement and finishing operations. Masonite, placed on the top of the carton forms, could be used to reduce the risk of crushing of the carton forms during concrete placement and finishing operations. As a quality control measure during construction, "actual" concrete quantities placed should be checked against "anticipated" quantities. Significant concrete "overage" would be an early indication of a collapsed void. All void spaces should be drained and ventilated. A polyethylene moisture barrier is recommended below all slabs where floor coverings or painted floor surfaces will be applied with products which are sensitive to moisture or if products stored on the building floors are sensitive to moisture. Procedures for installation of vapor barriers are recommended in ACI 302. 5.4.2 SLAB-ON-GRADE CONSTRUCTION A slab on grade floor system may be used at this site if upward slab movements can be tolerated. The following site preparation work is recommended to reduce the anticipated soil swell to one inch. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGES 5.4.3 EXCAVATION AND MOISTURE CONDITIONING 1. Strip the area of vegetation and topsoil. 2. Excavate to a depth of 9 feet below the final pad grade . Excavation should extend a minimum of 2 feet beyond building lines or 2 feet beyond adjacent entries and sidewalks whichever is greater. 3. After excavation has been approved, the upper 10 inches of existing subgrade soil at the base of cut should be scarified and compacted as specified below in Item 4. 4. Fill to bottom of select fill subgrade using on-site materials as follows: • On-site Clay Soils: On-site clay soils can be used as fill within the buildings if the clay soils are moisture conditioned and placed in moisture controlled lifts . Compact on-site clay soils at +5% to +8% above optimum moisture content to a minimum of 92% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Calcareous clay soils having at Pl of 30 or less should be compacted at +4% to + 7% above optimum to 93% ASTM D698. Where fill depths exceed 10 feet, compaction of the deeper fill should be performed at +2% to +5% above optimum to 95% ASTM D698 regardless of the soil Pl. These targeted moisture contents are subject to swell verification per Section 6.7 of this report. 5. A minimum of 16 inches of non-expansive seleet fill having Pl of 6 to 14 should be used to cap the building pad. The required select fill limits are specified in Item 2 above. Compact at -2% to +2% of optimum to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). The upper 18 inches of fill in unpaved areas near the building should consist of compacted on-site clay having a Pl over 20 to minimize water infiltration into the select fill. The clay should be compacted in 6 inch lifts at +1 % to +4% above optimum moisture content to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density . 6. If wet weather construction is anticipated, the upper 4 to 6 inches of select fill could consist of crushed stone flex base or recycled crushed concrete flex base compacted at or above optimum to 95% Modified Proctor density (ASTM 01557} to provide a more stable pad during wet weather conditions. The base materials should comply With TxDOT Item 247, Type A, Grade 1. 7. Moisture condition of completed pad must be maintained until all slabs are in place and verified by MTE prior to placement of leave-out slabs. This will be particularly important along the building perimeter where clay soils will possibly be exposed after excavations for grade beams or tilt wall panels. The use of 6 inches of select fill above exposed clay excavations would reduce moisture losses during prolonged dry weather conditions. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE9 See Section 7 for Earthwork Specifications and QA/QC Requirements. 5.4.4 FLOOR SLAB CONSIDERATIONS A polyethylene moisture barrier is recommended below all slabs where floor coverings or painted floor surfaces will be applied with products which are sensitive to moisture or if . products stored on the building floors are sensitive to moisture. Procedures for installation of vapor barriers are recommended in ACI 302. 5.5 FLAT WORK CONSIDERATIONS Provisions should be made for post-construction differential upward movement of adjacent flat work. Site grading plans should include provisions for the effects of soil movements on access and entry slabs and adjacent sidewalks. To prevent potential tripping hazards, access and entry slabs should be elevated above the adjacent sidewalks and pavement slabs. If a structural supported floor slab is used, we · recommend that all access and entry slabs also be structurally supported on drilled shafts and suspended above the active clays by a minimum 8 inch vo(d space. To prevent potential tripping hazards, these access arid entry slabs should be elevated above adjacent sidewalks and pavement slabs and provided with transition slabs over an 8 inch void space that are hinged at grade beam connections and provided with a toe beam at the connection to adjacent flatwork. All void spaces should be drained. We recommend that Mas-Tek Engineering be retained to review the project drawings and specifications to ensure compliance with the geotechnical report. 6.0 EARTHWORK GUIDELINES 6.1 SITE GRADING AND DRAINAGE All grading should provide positive drainage away from the proposed structures and should prevent water from collecting or discharging near the foundations. Water must not be permitted to pond adjacent to the structures during or after construction. Otherwise, differential soil swell movements, and resulting differential floor slab movements could exceed the estimates contained w_ithin this report. Leave outs for drilled shafts or around the perimeter of the structures should not be allowed to collect and hold water. These leave outs should be pumped out as needed. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE10 Surface drainage gradients should be designed to divert surface water away from the buildings and edges of pavements. Surface drainage gradients of sidewalks, pavements, and landscaping, within 10 feet of the buildings shquld be constructed with maximum slopes allowed by local codes. Provisions should be made for post-construction differential upward movement of adjacent flat work . Site grading plans should include provisions for the effects of soil movements on access and entry slabs and adjacent sidewalks. The roofs should be provided with gutters and downspouts to prevent the discharge of rainwater directly onto the ground adjacent to the building foundations. Downspouts should discharge directly onto well-drained areas or drainage swales, if possible. Roof downspouts and surface drain outlets should discharge into erosion-resistant areas. Water permitted to pond in planters, open areas, or areas with unsealed joints next to the structures can result in excessive slab or pavement movements as ind icated in this report. Exterior sidewalks and pavements will be subject to some post construction movement as indicated in this report. These potential movements should be considered during preparation of the grading plan. Flat grades should be avoided . Where concrete pavement is used, joints should also be sealed to prevent the infiltration of water. Since some post construction movement of pavement and flat work may occur, joints particularly around the building should be periodically inspected and resealed where necessary. 6.2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION Trench excavation for utilities should be sloped or braced in the interest of safety. Attention is drawn to OSHA Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR 1926/1910), Subpart P, regarding trench excavations greater than 5 feet in depth . Fill placement in trenches should be performed as specified below . 6.3 PROOFROLLING AND SUBGRADE PREPARATION Prior to placing fill, the exposed subgrade in areas to rece ive fill should be stripped and proofrolled using a fully loaded dump truck. Soft areas should be undercut and replaced with compacted on-site soils. The surface should then be scarified to a depth of 8 inches and MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE 11 recompacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM D 698 between optimum and +3 percentage points above its optimum moisture content. 6.4 ON-SITE CLAY FILL PLACEMENT IN PAVEMENT AND LANDSCAPING AREAS The on-site surficial clays may be used for general grading and filling. The fill materials should be free of surficial vegetation or debris. Clay materials should be spread in loose lifts, less than 8 inches thick and uniformly compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ~STM D 698 (Standard Proctor) between optimum and +3 percentage points above its optimum moisture content. 6.5 ON-SITE CLAY FILL PLACEMENT IN BUILDING AREAS On-site clay soils may be used as fill in building areas. All fill should be placed and compacted in 8-inch lifts. Prior to fill placement, the subgrade should be proofrolled and compacted to a depth of 10 inches. See Sections 5.4.3 and 5.4.4 of this report for specification requirements. 6.6 MOISTURE CONDITIONING PRIOR TO COMPACTION Each layer shall be leveled with approved equipment. After spreading, each layer shall be thoroughly manipulated by plowing, discing, or other approved methods of the full depth of the layer being placed to insure uniform density and moisture distribution for proper compaction. The moisture content at the time of compaction shall be within the range specified in these special provisions. If the material is too dry, it shall be moistened by watering before and during manipulation, to properly condition the material for compaction. If the material is too wet, the compaction operation shall be delayed until the moisture content has been reduced to within satisfactory compaction range. Because of time of completion limitations, thoroughly processing of the on-site clay soils will be required during manipulation if the moisture content is below optimum at the time of placement. Each fill lift should be processed until the soil mixture is free of large clods to allow uniform moisture distribution and uniform compaction within the entire fill lift. This is particularly important if highly plastic clay soils are to be used as fill in the building pads. The amount of processing and reworking required to achieve uniform moisture conditions can be reduced by pre-wetting the onsite soils prior to placement. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE12 6. 7 QUALITY ASSURANCE REQUIREMENTS As a quality control measure, pocket penetrometer (P.P.) Tests shall be performed with each field density test during construction as further verification that proper moisture conditioning is being achieved within the sandy clay fill soils. A penetrometer reading between 1.3 tsf and 2.0 tsf will indicate that proper moisture conditioning is being achieved within the _ upper 10' of the clay fill soils. Similarly, P.P. tests should be performed on ·each Proctor Compaction Point in the laboratory for correlation and verification of the desired P.P. range with respect to Proctor moisture, density and swell with verification that volumetric ·swell is less than 1 % within the compaction moisture range specified. If required moisture conditioning results in an average soil swell potential of over 1 % or in penetrometer values outside this range, MTE should be contacted to determine if the intent of the geotechnical design is being achieved with respect to required soil swell reduction and required bearing capacity. 6.8 SELECT FILL Select fill soils or crushed concrete can be used in the building areas to retain moisture in the underlying clay soils during dry weather. The material used as select fill should be a very sandy clay to clayey sand with a liquid limit of 32 or less. We recommend the plasticity index I of this material be between 6 and 14. The fill should be spread in loose lifts, less than 9 inches thick, and uniformly compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of ASTM Standard D 698 between -2% and +2 percentage points above the soil1s optimum moisture content. The upper 18 inches of fill in unpaved areas near the building should consist of compacted on- site clay having a Pl over 20 to minimize water infiltration into the select fill. Compact in 6" lifts to 95% ASTM D698. 6.9 CRUSHED CONCRETE AND CRUSHED STONE BASE Base manufactured by Big City Crushed Concrete with a gradation meeting requirements of TxDOT Item 247, Type A, Grade 1, compacted in 4 to 6 inch lifts at or above optimum moisture content to a minimum of 95% Modified Proctor density (ASTM 01557). (Contact Mason Brown for pricing and delivery at (972) 243-5820). Big City Crushed Concrete has a plant at Walnut Hill and Stemmons in Dallas. Crushed Chico limestone flex base from Bridgeport meeting these requirements may also be used as an equal alternative to crushed concrete. MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE13 7.0 FIELD SUPERVISION Many problems can be avoided or solved . in the field if proper inspection and testing services are provided. It is recommended that all pier excavations, earthwork, proofrolling, site and subgrade preparation, subgrade stabilization and pavement construction be monitored by a qualified engineering technician . Density tests should be performed to verify compaction and moisture content of any earthwork. Inspection should be performed prior to and during concrete placement operations. The Mas-Tek Engineering employs a group of experienced, well-trained technicians for inspection and construction materials testing who would be pleased to assist you on this project. 8.0 LIMITATIONS The professional services, which have been performed, the findings obtained, and the recommendations prepared were accomplished in accordance with currently accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices. The possibility always exists that the subsurface conditions at the site may vary somewhat from those encountered in the boreholes. The number and spacing of test borings were chosen in such a manner as to decrease the possibility of undiscovered abnormalities, while considering the nature of loading, size, and cost of the project. If there are any unusual conditions differing significantly from those described herein, the Mas-Tek Engineering should be notified to review the effects on the performance of the recommended foundation system. The recommendations given in this report were prepared exclusively for the use of the client and their consultants. The information supplied herein is applicable only for the design of the previously described development to be constructed at locations indicated at this site and should not be used for any other structures, locations, or for any other purpose. We will retain the samples acquired for this project for a period of 30 days subsequent to the submittal date printed on the report. After this period, the samples will be discarded unless otherwise notified by the owner in writing . MAS-TEK ENGINEERING & ASSOCIATES, INC. E07-0517 PAGE14 --U") V ·,.; :;;: r -, :,:.... ;/) '., ; i I I ~ ·~·--l I,.: ,-. ~ ! i:., I ·~, i ~.: t ,1e:· (;. \U l<G\til080041\Dwg\10LGEDTECH .dwg [8.5X11j Xr efs: 8.5x l l AERIAL CONCEPT_A s;2;2001 2, sst,m Images: AERIA Ljpg AERIAL jpg LOG OF BORING B-1 Project: Splash Pad -Ft. Worth, Texas Date: 06/08/2007 Elev.: Location: See Figure 1 Depth to water at completion of boring: Dry Depth to water when checked: Depth to caving when checked: ELEVATION/ DEPTH feet SOIL SYMBOLS SAMPLER SYMBOLS & FIELD TEST DATA DESCRIPTION was: was: 0 Brown to light brown calcareous CLAY w/ limestone fragments 29/6" 35/6" ··. 40/6" ....... p Project No.: E07-0517 Station: MC LL PL Pl -200 DO P FEN UNCON Slrain •.i.%% % pcf lsf ksf % 16 41 16 25 --fs+---- ·116 4.5++ 4.5++ 4.5++ 5 . 20/6" 20/6" . 24/6" -hard tan weathered limestoneJayer at4.5' r-.....:.:.:::.:...=:....:=~==.:...-::.::::..=.:..:.::;=;.:..=.;~-..:::.:..=c.:..:.=:--'---'~;,,-15 55 21 ·34 ---4.5H Tan & light brown shaley calcareous CLAY (highly 10 15 20 25 30 35 50/0.25" 50/0.12" 5010.5'' 50/01 2" fractured , severely weathered shaley limestone) 16 54 19 35 116 4.5++ 4.5++ 1----'-....:;.....;--'------'--"'--'---'--------'-----'---1-' -·------- Hard gray & tan weathered LIMESTONE, fractured 1---------------------1--------------------Hard gray LIMESTONE w/ marl layers 4---"-------------------1----t--l---lf--+--1---11 Boring terminated at 20' Notes: Completion Depth: 20' FIGURE:2 ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP KEY TO LOG TERMS & SYMBOLS Symbol Description Strata symbols Calcareous Clay Shaley Calcareous Clay m LIMESTONE, weathered g Limestone Soil SamQlers I Thin Wall Shelby Tube [g] Standard Penetration Test IJ Auger I THD Cone .. Penetration Test Notes: 1. Exploratory borings were drilled on dates indicated using truck mounted drilling equipment. 2. Water level observations are noted on boring logs. 3. Results of tests conducted on samples boring logs. Abbreviations used are: DD= natural dry density (pcf) MC= natural moisture content (%) Uncon.= unconfined compression (tsf) P.Pen.= hand penetrometer (tsf) 4. Rock Cores recovered are reported on the LL= liquid limit (%) PL= plastic limit (%) PI= plasticity index -200 = percent passing #200 REC= (Recovery) sum of core sample recovered divided by length of run, expressed as percentage. RQD (Rock Quality Designation) sum of core sample recovery 4" or greater in length divided by the run, expressed as percentage. ", • •" • 1i""'l.r-,-...,-,•v'T"~~, l~tlr"' /\ I ~0("'\I ID FIGURE: 3 SWELL TEST RESULTS BORING DEPTH . NO. (FEET) 8-1 1 -1 .5 7-8 PROCEDURE: DRY DENSITY (pcf) 115.6 118 .1 IN-SITU MOISTURE coNte -t-,rr 16.3 15.7 .. ... FINAL LOA[) % MOISTURE VERTICAL CONTENT {psf) ·~ ., .. , ' SWELL 17.3 156 1.2 20.2 938 6.3 C"'" 1. Sample placed in confining ring, design load (including overburden) applied, free water with surfactant made available, and sample allowed to swell completely. 2 . -Load removed and final moisture content determined. SWELL TEST RESULTS SPLASH PAD FORT WORTH. TEXAS ALLIANCE GEOTECHNICAL GROUP E07-0517 I DATE : 06/18/20071 FIGURE: 4 PROPOSAL PROPOSAL TO: MR. Charles R. Boswell City Manager Fort Worth, Texas FOR: CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION OF PARK IMPROVEMENTS FOR: SYCAMORE PARK PROJECT NO. -----------DOE NO. 5721 Pursuant to the foregoing "Notice to Bidders," the undersigned has thoroughly examined the plans, specifications, and the site, understands the amount of work to be done, and hereby proposes to do all the work and furnish all labor, equipment, and materials necessary to fully complete all the work as provided in the plans and specifications, and subject to the inspection and approval of the Parks and Community Service Department Director of the City of Fort Worth. . . The "approximate quantity" category is for information purposes only. The Contractor shall be paid on the basis of actual installed quantities on non lump sum items. Additionally, the Contractor shall be aware that the Proposal contains both Lump Sum and Unit Price items. If the ·lowest bid received exceeds the funds budgeted for the project, the City reserves the right to decrease the quantities contained in any line item or to eliminate any specific line items before award of the contract in order to brii:ig the work within budget. By submitting a bid, the bidder acknowledges the City's right to adjust or eliminate line items prior to the award of contract. Further, by submitting a bid, the bidder agrees to honor each line item bid price without recourse to the City in the event line items are adjusted or eliminated. Upon acceptance of this proposal by the City Council, the bidder is bound to execute a contract and furnish, if applicable, Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds approved by the City of Fort Worth for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the following sums, to-wit: PAY ITEM APPROX. QUANTITY BASE BID DESCRIPTION OF ITEMS WITH BID PRICE WRITTEN IN WORDS TOTAL AMOUNT BID Unit One -Sprayground Area 1. I LS 2. 1 LS Site Preparation and Grading complete and in place@ For:b, f'c:>vt., ,ho'-'>0.viJ Dollars & A 4. O O O a:, N~ Cents per LS $ ___ -V __ 1------- 5" thick sprayground concrete slab including grade beam and perimeter drain system and ~ter play elements, complete and in place@ '11,\t~ ~\A..5ct.J Dollars& 30!,000 ~ tJ ... Cents per LS $ ------------- 3. 1 LS Sandblasted and stained concrete finish complete and in place @ fi+f-el,..V\ -fko\A~"'J Dollars & '°" /Jo Cents per LS $ /5tQQO - 4. 1 LS Mechanical enclosure fencing, structural foundation, roof structure complete and in place@ ~'~ , ""., '1t.ci.,,..Joonars & 3z1 ooo <20 /\/.., Cents per LS $ 5. , 1 LS M~icai Equipment complete and in place@ . ~·"'-\.\ <t. -rhwi-1 ~""' 3":lJ ,o 00 ~o N,vu. ~~l)...V'\J Do}k"2 ~ No Cents per LS $ 6. I LS 5" Concrete !;rl Deck complete and in place@ -r~U':h 5,~ ,014.5~,J Dollars & oa .. IJ.;J Cents per LS $ Zle,ooo- 7. 1 LS Concrete Retaining Wall and grading/earthwork necessary for construction complete and in place @ 5e.Jw+u."' 'Tl,.i!M:,o#l)Dollars & 00 IJo Cents per LS $ 171000 - 8. 1 LS Tubular steel_ fence, gate and footings complete and in place@ th,ri.1 1hr"'-1k1.tc,c.) Dollars & 'P.!2 No Cents per LS $ 33000 9. lLS "Mariner" shade canopy and footings complete and J place @ ) -r vJ "l. Th(/v( ";Q. .. Dollars & ov !J~ Cents per LS $ /2,0<JO - Total for Sprayground Area $ 5Ll 81 ooo~ Unit Two -Utilities 1. 1 LS Electrical, water and wastewater and grading/earthwork necessary for cA uction comp1 te and in place @ 'Fi f ~~LA"A. ,,,_ Dollars & ~ ~.:, Cents per LS $ 50,000 5l)1ooo Q.9 Total for Utilities $ Unit Three -Site Work 1. I LS 5" thick concrete sidewalk complete and in .,..P lace@ A L::cc}tf l'tolA~c:tn.V Dollars & ~ N~ Cents per LS $ __ __::€,::+-'o=--o_o ___ _ 2. 1 LS Accessible ramp, handrails and grading/earthwork necessary for construction coml]lete and in place @ Ji,.,·dvL. Th .,l.(1~111J' Dollars & ~ N.J Cents per LS $ __ ...:...J Z-+l ....:::co_o:::...._o __ _ Total for Site Work Unit Four -Landscaping I. I LS Grass Sodding@ 0 ?/..,C Th ~v< ,:,a "to( Dollars & }Jo Cents per LS --'------- Total for Landscaping BASE BID -RECAPITULATION Unit One -Total Cost for Sprayground Area Unit Two -Total Cost for Utilities Unit Three -Total Cost for Site Work Unit Four -Total Cost for Landscaping Total Base Bid BID ALTERNATES ~ $ -Z0 0 00 --~=""'-----==--- oo $ _ ___::(,+-'o,::_o_o_-__ C2.Q $ G:, ooo --~===~..;;...~==--- $ _.....,,.5C--4-<--=:1:3-+1.....,.0=c...,o"""-Q"""-@-- li>O $ ---=-5'D __ , o_o_o_-__ ~ $ _ ___;.,2-o_+-, co___;__o __ _ co Cat OOo-$ ,Sl9. $ _Cr;_2. ..... 4+-, o_o_o __ Bid Alternate No. I -Site Furnishings: One rectangular picnic table, one rectangular ADA accessible picnic table, two square picn ic tables with umbrellas and one square ADA accessible picnic table with umbrella. Total Add Alternate No. 1 $ ___ 0=-+-, 5.::;__o__co::;___~ __ Bid Alternate No. 2-Interactive Sprayground Control Package : Sprayground controller, control/solenoid valves, conduit and wiring (power and control) necessary to make the sprayground complete and fully operational. ',)v Total Add Alternate No. 2 $ 4(p) Q O O - A. This contract is issued by an organization that qualifies for exemption pursuant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (F) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. B. The Contractor performing this contract may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of the contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate complying with State Comptroller's ruling tax, said exemption certificate complying with State Comptroller's ruling #95-0.07. Any such exemption certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to the provisions of the State Comptroller's ruling #95.09 as amended to be effective October 2, 1968 . C. The undersigned assures that its employees and applicants for employment and those of any labor organization, subcontractor or employment agency in either furnishing or referring employee applicants to the undersigned are not discriminated against as prohibited by the terms of City Ordinance 7278, as amended by City ordinance 7400 (Fort Worth City Code Sections 13-A-2 l through 13-A-29), prohibiting discrimination in employment practices . D. The undersigned agrees to complete all work covered by these contract documents within 120 Calendar Days after the date for commencing work as set forth in the Notice to Proceed to by issued by the Owner and to pay not less than the 2002 AOC North Texas Construction Industry Survey. Contract time incorporates sprayground equipment/ delivery time and is to run concurrently with site construction to be performed prior to receipt of equipment and subsequent installation . E. Within ten (10) days ofreceipt of notice of acceptance of this bid, the undersigned will execute the formal contract and will deliver applicable Surety Bonds for the faithful performance of this contract. The attached deposit check in the sum of$ ___ .Dollars($_) is to become the property of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or the attached Bidder's Bond is to be forfeited in the event the contract and applicable bonds are not executed within the time set forth, as liquidated damages for delay and additional work caused thereby . F In the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating prices in the Proposal, the City reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous price for construction thereof to the City or to reject the proposal. G . Receipt is hereby acknowledged of the following addenda: No. 1 /it, ·No.2 No.3 No.4 __ _ ~1 Respectfull By (Authorized Signature) Date: a It?($ c). 00 / Address : Sr)/{) Joy(!e ,.<'.J/'. 5 ,1 UorlA,, ft,(~ c 2 ~//?r, Telephone: (8/ 7 ) c;}ft/-gg f :S S~AL (if corporation) --.....-,..."':" .. ---_ ...... ·-. -~ .... ,.. ... _,._ ............. .. i.11 CITY OF FORT WORTH DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICATIONS FORT-WORTH "-:, .•. PRIME COMPANY NAME: PROJECT NAME: PROJECT NUMBER: 11-01-07 P. 4 : 52 / N CITY OF FORT WORTH ATIACHMENT 1A Page 1 of 3 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Schedule of Subcontractors/Suppliers No~TH::>rAtl Col'l~Tf2..uc.T10N , I tJ c.,. o DBE 5YCAMO'I-€. PA~~ Sr~A-< c.e..ov.,..io A.t>t>lT\Of.,J BID DATE : Oc...T 2f5 , 2007 D .o.€. 572 ) I CITY'S DBE PROJECT GOAL: 12% I Prime's DBE GOAL COMMITMENT: / 'Z , t O % Please read the following statements prior to executing this form. aidde ~t ~~i:o'~~h1hgE8~. · st uo!f l~~h1lii~, -~:~~;: .• :~:.:;=: i·::-/ ·.·::/;:··, :i>) Hati ~-.,W~at1Ure'to \~o,hp leJe \t111s , ___ :a ane f IJi tloi,eAing, ~xctosiye ' Rev. 5-30-03 - FORTW°ORTH ""'-,-tt· CITY OF FORT WORTH 11-01-07 P04 :52 I N SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS ATTACHMENT 1A Page 2 of 3 Check this box D if any subcontractor/supplier is a Sole Source and identify by writing sole source by the subcontractor/supplier name. NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS Name: 5,A-TEWtoe: T('.2.ucx..("1~ Address: P.O. Bo)( t<.,C\ Phone: Fax: Email: FATE , TX ,51~2. G\1'2.-"711 -I z.o '!, ~'1'2 -1'1 \ - I 'Z.~ C\ Contact Person: Name: CowTOWrJ ~Dt -M,'il Address: P.O. 6o,c {C,,'2.'!:>27 Phone: Fax: Email: FT-Woe.'™ l~ 7<,I<,\ <ol1 -1s,-\C\l~ '2>n -,5C\. -n H., Contact Person: M~"'-lAuuc.l,I, Name: C-T • S, ::u.ic. Address: ~'2..5 &Ajll\f'\C.O ~ :La..v, tJ c. , T)( Phone: 't71--554-<:t(,'Z-Ci Fax: C\1 'Z. -4'!>'o -'lSVo Email: Contact Person: ~ l,J, rt"£",_ Name: CEN :r E'I 5EE>f1Jb fl'lc... I Address: P.O. ~o~ 20'17 Phone: Fax: Email: Ke:t.l.£Q_, TX 1u,Z.44 ~l1-'?>0Co-'o510 '?>l'l -'?,O(o -t>'\O l Contact Person: R~ND'l SQStc..tL TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Type of Work: T ~ 1..., t> th\v.t.. ~ 0 F~ I :5e-e~r Ftc..L $AMOUNT: Type of Work: $AMOUNT: i I I, 000.00 Type of Work: S~ ~~ $AMOUNT: Type of Work: $AMOUNT: E ~ l O tJ Co.J ft..aL \ lJ.t.> t> - 'SL.Aft Nb fi ~,soo.oo Specify CERTIFIED DBE PREVIOUS YEAR'S Tier FIRM ANNUAL GROSS I RECEIPTS ( check one) _ less than $500K Certified By:~ _ $500K to $2M ~~6~~A --_ $2M to $5M Other_ please attac:(1 DBE certification Yes V No_ Certified By: ./ NCTRCA _v _ TXDOT _ more than $5M _ less than $500K _ $500K to $2M _ $2M to$5M Other __ please attach DBE certification -more than $SM Certified By: ./ NCTRCA _v _ TXDOT Other_ please attach DBE certlftcatlon _ less than $500K _ ._$500K to $2M _ $2M to$5M _ more than $5M Yes ·· V No_ _ less than $500K Certified By: ~ NCTRCA v TXDOT '_ Other_ please attach DBE certification _ $500K to $2M _ $2M to$5M _ more than $5M Rev. 5-30-03 .. FORT"WORTH ..__ tt· -- NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF SUBCONTRACTORS/SUPPLIERS Name: Address: Phone: Fax: Email: Contact Person: Name: Adt:lress: Phone: Fax: Email: Contact Person: CITY OF FORT WORTH SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPLIERS TYPE OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED Specify CERTIFIED DBE Tier FIRM Type of Work: Yes -No_ Certified By: NCTRCA -TXDOT -$AMOUNT: Other __ please attach DBE certlflcaUon Type of Work: Yes -No_ Certified By: NCTRCA --$AMOUNT: TXQOT -Other _please attach DBE certification ATIACHMENT 1A Page 3of 3 PREVIOUS YEAR'S ANNUAL GROSS RECEIPTS ( check one) _ less than $500K _ $500K to $2M _ $2M to$5M _ r_nore than $5M _ less than $500K _ $500K to $2M _ $2M to $5M _ more than $5M ALL DBES MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE CITY OF FORT WORTH PRIOR TO A RECOMMENDATION FOR AWARD TO THE CITY COUNCIL. tfl;L_j 0-/1~ /U eHl4c<-A. /-lc1wt<-U!H Authorized Si~ature Printed Signature I/tu Tt2Es11>ctJ r Title -C-o-nt_a_c_t -N-am_e_a-nd-T-it-le_( ... if-d--iff--e-re_n_t_) ------------ N otL774 $n4 ll-Ccw.sr,t.uc.-noN, I/vc.. 0 (7-1-44 -6 665 Company Name ' Phone Number Fax Number 3 2JO Jo Ye-€ DR..tve Mlk.~e Nov+k)~{ 93. C.OIM Address Email Address · Eo ~r w~.,..fl t T X 7 ~!/1,, No v@B a. I . Zo o 7 I City/State/Zip Code Date Rev. 5-30-03 FEDERALWAGERATES-CONTRACTORS PACKET FEDERAL WAGE RATES (DAVIS-BACON ACT) GENERAL DECISION: TX20070046 05/11/2007 TX46 Date: May 11, 2007 General Decision Number: TX20070046 05/11/2007 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20030046 State: Texas Construction Type: Heavy Counties: Johnson, Parker and Tarrant Counties in Texas. Heavy Construction Projects (Including Water and Sewer Lines) Modification Number 0 1 Publication Date 02/09/2007 05/11/2007 * PLUM0146-002 05/01/2007 Rates Plumber/Pipefitter ............... $ 24.56 SUTX1990-041 06/01/1990 Rates Carpenter ........................ $ 10. 4 0 Concrete Finisher ................ $ 9.81 Electrician ...................... $ 13.26 Form Setter ...................... $ Laborers: Common ...................... $ Utility ..................... $ 7.86 6.37 8.09 Painter .......................... $ 10. 89 Pipelayer ........................ $ 8.43 Power equipment operators: Backhoe ..................... $ 11.89 Bulldozer ................... $ 10.76 Crane ....................... $ 13 . 16 Front End Loader ............ $ 10.54 Mechanic .................... $ 10.93 Scraper ..................... $ 10. 00 Fringes 6.66 Fringes $3.64 3.30 3.30 Reinforcing Steel Setter ......... $ 10.64 Truck Driver ..................... $ 7.34 WELDERS -Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ----------------------------------==========--============------ Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). In t6e listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * * * * an existing published wage determination a survey underlying a wage determination a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1 .) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the actiori) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Wrlte to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ======================--=====----=======-=----=------==-======== END OF GENERAL DECISION _ _.-... \ ) .-;---, "Z ) "· .... , .. City of Fort Worth HOUSING DEPARTMENT (Contract Management Division) DAVIS-BACON CONTRACT PACKAGE Revised 11/2005 ) Due Requir.-ed Forms and Dates WHO COMPLETES DUE SUB PRIME FORM SUBMIT SUBMIT TO : REQUIRED FORM TO: AU those who attend Keep For Your Records FILE FILE Pre-Construction Meeting . 1 meeting sirn Contractor / Sub , .. I Contractor and All Subs Before the Start of PRlME CMD Information Constriction Monito·r CONTRACTOR At the Strut of Construction PRIME CMD Start of Construction· Form Monitor Construction Complete CONTRACTOR After completion of PRIME .CMD Form construction Monitor Section 3 Attachment Forms GONTRACTOR AND Complete and Return PR1ME CMD • Attachment B Self-SUBCONTRACTORS Within Seven (7) Days of Monitor Certification Form Receipt • Attachment D Statement of Release Form • Attaclunent E Preliminary Statement of Workforce Needs Form Statement of Policy on CONTRACTOR AND _Complete and Return PRIME CMD Equal Employment SUBCONTRACTORS Within Seven (7) Days of Monitor ( 0Eportunity Form Receipt ,. CONTRACTOR AND Complete and Return PRIME CMD · Certification and .. SUBCONTRACTORS Within Seven (7) Days of Monitor Acknowledgement Form Receipt U.S. Degartment of Housing CONTRACTOR AND Complete and Retum PRIME CMD and Urban Develogment SUBCONTRACTORS Within Seven (7) Days of Monitor • Certification of Bidder Receipt Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity Form • Certification Regarding Lobbying Form • • Certificate of Owner's Attorney Form CONTRACTOR AND Complete and Return PRIME CMD SUBCONTRACTORS Within Seven (7) Days of Monitor U.S. De(!artment ofHousing Receipt and Urban Develo(!ment • Certificate from Contractor Appointing officer or employee to · Supervise Payment of Employees Form ~b~~ c}fo . -e,w.cJ.c 1A sA-~(}.A ~OJ ::lclv\,,• I ' DUE SUB PRlME REQUlRED FORM WHO COMPLETES SUBMIT SUBlvllT TO: FORM TO: ~ ! . '· .. The prime contractor Beginning the first week PRIME CMD ' should revie,v ea. ' your company works on a Pa~roll Forms Subcontractor's payrol1 project and for every week You are 11ot reqrtired to use reports for compliance afterward until your fmn ., Payroll Form WH-347 .. You prior to submitting the has completed, its work. may use any other type of payroll, such as computerized reports to IAGM. Number the payroll rep01ts formats, as long as it has all of , begilming with # 1 JnitiaJ the information that is required and clearly mark your last on the WH-347. payroll ''.Final." U.S. De12artment of Labor CONTRACTOR AND Attach to the weekly payroJI PRlME Statement of Compliance . SUBCONTRACTORS . with original signature Form CONTRACTOR AND Required when employee is PRIME SUBCONTRACTORS used in more than one classification, and specify Employees Statement of different rates of pay dudng Work Verification Form any payroll oeriod EMPLOYEES .MUST Only one employee PRIME AUTHORlZE ALL authorization is needed for DEDUCTIONS recwring deductions. This should accompany the Payroll Deduction FIRST payroll on which the Authorization Form deduction appears U.S. Department of HUD 'SUBCONTRACTOR Before start of work PRlME Community Block Grant Input Subcontractor's · ·. Certification Concerning Lab-or Standards and Prevailing Wage ReQUirements Form NOTICE TO ALL ' CONTRACTOR Post on site at the start of POST EMPLOYEES MUST POST construction Working on Federal or Federally Funded Finance Construction Projects · Equal Employment CONTRACTOR Post on site at the start of POST Opportunity Poster 1V1UST POST construction U.S. Department of Labor Poster \ f g_r./(n,~JJ I:,_ ~ tMJt--a CONTRACTOR Post on site at the start of POST I MUSTPOST constmction Project Designation Si1n1 PRIME CONTRACTOR FORWARDS ALL FORMS TO THE CONTRACT MANAGEMENT DIVISION \ J ....... I Mon itor ' CMD Monitor CMD Monitor CMD Monitor CMD Monitor POST POST POST \. ) fORTWORTH ''1/ ~ City of Fort Worth Community Development Block Grant Funded Project FORMPACKET Complete Before. _________ or the Start of the Work (the earliest) Project Name:. ___________________ _ Pre-Construction Conference Date: ·------------- Grant Monitors: Sherry Johsnon (817) 392-7333 Marilyn Jackson (817) 392-7536 DEPARTMENT OF BUDGET & MANAGE1\.1ENT SERVICES Division of Grants Management & Contract Compliance THE CITY OF FORT WORTH• 1000 THROCKMORTON S1REET * FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102 (817) 392-7563 • FAX (817) 392-8383 City of Fort Worth Construction Projects Table of Contents I. Pre-Construction Conference Minutes/Special Instructions to Biddei:s on Federally PAGE FundedProjects .................................... .' ...................................................... 2-5 II. Contractor/ Sub Information Forms .................................................................. 6-7 III: Start of Construction Form .................. : .......................................................... 8 IV. Cons~ction Complete Form ............................................................................ 9 ' V. City of Ft Worth Budget and Management Services Department; Affirmative Action Plan: .. : ............................................................................... : .............................. 10-18 Sectjon 3 of the Housing and .Urban Development Act of 1968 A. Section3 Attachment Forms ....................................................................... 19 1. Attachment B Seif;Certification Form .............•....................................... .' 20 2. Attachment D Statement of Release Form ................................................... 21 3. Attachment E Preliminary Statement of Workforce Needs Form ...................... 22 4. BlankPage.: ..................................................................................... 23 VI. Statement of Policy on Equal Employment Opportunity Form ...................... _. .............. 24 VII. Department ~fHousing and Urban Development Contract Requirements ....•............... 25-36 Executive Order 11246, Equal Opportunity Clause; Section 202 A. Executive Order 11246 Forms · . . · · 1. Certification and Acknowledgment .Form .............. : .. ; .......•........................ 37 2. Certification of Bidder Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity Form . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 3. Certification Regarding Lobbying Form ..... '. ............................................. 39 4. Certificate of Owner's Attorney Form ....................................................... 40 VIII. U.S. Department ofLabor Wage and Hour and Public Contract Divisions A. Instructions for Completing Payroll form WH-347 .......................................... .41-44 B. U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development 1. Certificate from Contractor Appointing officer or employee to Supervise Paymeni of Employees Form ........................................................................................... 45 2. Blank Page .................................................................................... 46 3. Payroll Form .............................................................................. , ... 47 4. BlankPage ........................................... : ....... , ................................ 48 5. U.S. Department of Labor Statement of Compliance Form ......... ; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 6. Employees Statement of Work Verification Form .............................. : . .. . .. 50 7.· Payroll Deduction Authorization Form ............................ .-...................... 51 IX. U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Community Development Block Grant Input: Subcontractor'·s Certification Concerning Labor Standards and Prevailing Wage Requirements ........................................................................................................... 51-55 City of Fort Worth Construction Projects . . PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE MINUTES DATE: ________ _ TIME:. _________ _ LOCATION:_· --------,----------------- PROJECT NAME:---------------'---------__; LOCATION OF PROJECT: ___________________ _ -PROJECTNUMBER: ___________ -:----------- CONTRACT NUMBER: ____________________ _ ATTENDEES NAME AND ADDRESS OF FIRM TELEPHONE NUMBER 2 City of Fort Worth Construction Projects · PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE MINUTES NOTES. 3 ! I . I I I I I (~) SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ON FEDERALLY FUNDED PROJECTS This project is subject to the Davis-Bacon Act (DBA), Copeland Act, Contract Work Hours Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA), and.the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). FLSA sets out the requirements for payment of minimum wages, overtime pay, child labor standards and prohibit wage discrimination on the basis of sex. DBA specifies the minimum wages to be paid the various classes oflaborers and mechanics employed on the project. CWHSSA sets a uniform standard of 40-hour workweek with time and a half the basic rate of pay for all work in excess of 40-hours per week. The Copeland Act prohibits kickbacks being paid by the employee to the employer and requires the weekly submission of payrolls. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE LABOR STANDARDS REQUIREivIBNTS . CAN RESULT IN THE ESCROW OF FUNDS AND/OR WITHHOLDING OF INSURED ADVANCES. The contractor should inform his foreman and subcontractors that this project is subject to periodic employee wage interview visits by City staff and/or federal agencies, such as HUD or DOL, to insure compliance with the aforementioned regulations. These federal officers or City staffs are not to be prevented from conducting such interviews . The suggested payroll form is WH-347, Payroll. HUD prior to use must approve all other payroll forms. Payrolls must be submitted to the Budget and Management Services Department, Contract Management Division within seven days after a pay period end. A pay period is seven (7) consecutive days. Payrolls must be original and must be completely executed. The signature must be that of owner, partner, officer of authorized individual, and must be an original ink signature. It is suggested that blue ink be used. The certification dates must cover the seven (7) day period. "A CERTIFICATION FROM CONTRACTOR APPOINTING OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE TO SUPERVISE PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES" form must be submitted. The payrolls and basic payroll records of the contractor and each subcontractor covering all laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this contract are to be maintained during the course of work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter. Liquidated damages will be assessed fo r failure to pay overtime. The assessment amount is $10 per day per violation. Overtime begins on this project after 40 hours per week. Additionally, wage restitution must be paid to any employee who is underpaid whether the underpayment is due to failure to pay overtime or failure to apply the prescribed hourly rate of pay. Employees must be classified and paid accordi,ng to the classifications and rates prescribed by the applicable wage decision. The decision, which is applicable to this project, is . The wage decision must be posted at the construction site along with required posters for the duration of construction activity . Any classification needed, which does not appear on the wage decision, must be requested and approved by the U.S. Department of Labor prior to the use of that classification on the project. In instances where the owner of a company performs work on the project, that owner must show himself/ herself on the payroll and must show the hours worked each day and t otal hours for the week. All persons who perform work on the project must be shown on the payroll. The address and social security number for each employee must be included the first time that employee appears on the payroll and any time their address change. Apprentices may be employed on the project; however, the Bureau. of Apprenticeship & Training must certify them and the allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyman must not be exceeded. Payrolls are required for weeks in which no work is performed labeled "NO WORK PERFORMED". The first payroll furnished must show "INITIAL" in the payroll number block. Likewise, the last payroll must show "FINAL". Subsequent payrolls following the initial payroll must be numbered sequentially beginning with number 2, including payrolls labeled "NO WORK PERFORMED". Any person who is employed on a piecework basis must be shown on the payroll. The hours worked each day and total hours for the week must be shown . The hourly rate of the piece worker must equal or exceed the prescribed hourly rate for the particular work classification. 4 J ) Dual work classifications within the same payroll period are acceptable provided that a signed verification of the dual work classification is furnished from the employee. When dual work classifications are used submit the form "E:MPLOYEES STATEMENT OF WORK VERIFICATION". Deduction authorizations, signed by employees, must be provided for any deduction with the exceptions of FICA and federal tax. Unless otherwise specified by the applicable wage decision, the classification of "helper" is unacceptable. Employees must be classified and paid based on the work they perform, e.g., if a person performs the duties of or uses the tools of a plumber, that person must be classified as a plumber, not as a plumber's helper (the plumber classification is used there as an example only). . The general contractor will be required to certify that all laborers and mechanics employed on the project (including those employed by subcontractors) have been paid hourly rates as prescribed by the applicable laws . Failure to comply will result in withholding full or partial payment. Any questions concerning labor requirements should be directed to the contact(s) below. Questions should be directed through the general contractor who is ultimately responsible for the fulfillment of these obligations Contact Persons : City of Fort Worth Contract Management Division Sherry Johnson (817392-7333 or Marilyn Jackson (817) 3 92-7329 1000 Throclanorton Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 5 l. .... ·· .) CONTRACTOR INFORMATION 1. Contractor:. ___________________ ~--- 2. Address:. ______________________ _ 3. City:--------------------- 4. Telephone: __________ Fax: __________ _ 5. Federal I.D. #: 6. Officers of the Corporation: President: Vice President: ------------ Secretary: Treasurer: 7. If sole owner or partnership, list owner (s): jRacial/Ethnic Ownership: I -White American 2 -Black American 3 -Native American 4 -Hispanic American S -Asian/Pacific American 6 -Hasidic Jew I certify at the time of execution, hereof, neither my company nor my corporate officers (if incorporated) are listed in the fist of Debarred, Suspended, and Ineligible Contractors maintamed by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). Signature _________________ _ 6 Date: _________ _ SUBCONTRACTOR INFORMATION (To be completed by contractor) PROIBCT: ______________________ _ 1. Subcontractor: ---------------------- 2. ContractAmount: --------------------- 3. Address:------------------------ 3. City:------------------------- 4. Telephone: _________ Fax:, ____________ _ 5. FederalI.D. #: _____________________ _ ( ") !Racial/Ethnic Ownership: ) 1 -White American 2 -Black American 3 -Native American 4 -Hispanic American 5 -Asian/Pacific American 6 -Hasidic Jew 7 .... -····• ( __ .) START OF CONSTRUCTION Date:------- Project Name : ----------------------------- ProjectLocation: ---------------------------- ProjectNumber: ---------------------------- U .S. Department of Labor Wage Decision:-------------------- This is to inform you that the: (Name of Company) of _____________ --------------------~ (Address) (Cityffown) ____ , has started work on the above referenced project covered by our (State) (Zip) contract with you, as of. _________ -' (Date) Respectfully yours, (Name of Company) By __________________ _ (S ignature) (Title) 8 / .) CONSTRUCTION COMPLETE Date:------- Project Name: ----------------------------- ProjectLocation: ---------------------------- ProjectNumber: ---------------------------- U.S. Department ofLabor Wage Decision: ___________________ _ This is to inform you that the: (Name of Company) of-------------•--------------------~ (Address) (City/Town) , has terminated work on the above referenced project covered by our (State) (Zip) contract with you, as of. _________ _ (Date) Respectfully yours, (Name of Company) (Title) 9 ' \ ( ) City of Fort Worth Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) Funded Construction Projects FoRTWoRTH City of . Fort ·wo .rth HOUSING DEPARTMEN.T S·ervices Department (Contract Management Division) Affirmative Action Plan Under Section 3 of The Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 10 I J .. ~·· ~ .. ) City of Fort Worth Affirmative Action P Ian Part I: Part II: Part ill: ·Part IV: PartV: Table of Contents Pwpose and Background Information 1. Summary Explanation and Pwpose ........................................................................... 12 2. Geographical Applicability .................................................................................. 12-13 . 3. Applicability to Businesses ....................................................................................... 13 4. Applicability to Individuals ....................................................................................... 13 Selection of Subcontractors and Vendors ................................................................................ 14 1. Procedures ...................................................................................................... 14 2. Sources for Locating Section 3 Covered Businesses ................................................. 14 3.. Required Contract Clauses ................................................................................... 14-15 Hiring Trainees and Employees ............................................................................................... 15 1. Procedures ................................................................................................. 15-16 2. Good Faith Efforts ..................................................................................................... 16 Compliance and Consequences ................................................................................................ 16 1. 2. 3. Monitoring ofRequirements ...................................................................................... 16 Grievance Procedures ................................................................................................ 17 Sanctions ........................................................................................................... 17-18 Section 3 Attachments ..... ; .............................................. : .................................................. 19 ·1. Self-Certification FormATTACH1',1ENTB .......................................................................... 20 2. Statement of Release ATTACHMENT D .............................................................. ; ............... 21 3. Preliminary Statement Work Force Needs ATIACHMENT E .......................................... 22 4. Blank Page .............................................................................................. 23 12 ( ) City of Fort Worth City ofFort Worth Fiscal Services Department Affirmativ·e Action Plan .• Budget and Management Services Department Affirmative Action Plan Under Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 1. Summazy Explanation and Pmpose: Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, ("Section 3") is binding upon the City of Fort Worth, ("the City") and its Contractor in all projects using Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds. Any Contractor receiving CDBG funds, from whatever source, is bound by Section 3. The two primiµ-y purposes of Section 3 are (1) to encourage the use of small, local and minority businesses as suppliers of goods and services, and (2) to encourage the use oflocal, minority and lower income persons as trainees and employees. Section 3 requires that good faith efforts be made to achieve these purposes. This plan sets forth the procedures that will be followed by the .City of Fort_ Worth's Budget and Management Services Department, Contract Management Division ("CMD") and all its CDBG Contractors to accomplish these purposes. Specific regulations governing Section 3 are set out in 24 CFR 135 . 2. Geographical Applicability: For the Community Development Block Grant Program, Section 3 is applicable to all activities talcing place within the corporate limits of the City of Fort worth, Texas. Within this "Section 3 covered area", the CMD Target areas are considered priority areas . The Target areas include the following 2000 census tracts/block group numbers: 1001.01/1, 1001.01/3, 1001.01/4, 1001.01/6, 1001.02/4, 1001.02/5 , 1001.02/6, 1002.01/1, 1002.01/2, 1002.01/3, 1002.01/4, 1002.02/1, 1002.02/2, 1002.02/3, 1002.02/4, 1002.02/5, 1003/1, 1003/2, 1003/3, 1003/4, 1003/5, 1003/6, 1004/1, 1004/2, 1004/3, 1004/4, 1004/5, 1004/6, 1005 .01/1, 1005.01/2, 1005.01/3, 1005.01/4, 1005.01/5, 1005.01/6, 1005.02/1, 1005 .02/2, 1005.02/3, 1005.02/4, 1005.02/6, 1005.02.7, 1006.02/2, 1006.0.2/3, 1007/1, 1007/2, 1007/3, 1007/5, 1008/1, 1008/2, 1008/3 , 1008/4, 1008/5, 1009/1, 1009/2, 1009/3, 1010/1, 1010/2, 1011/1, 1011/2, 1011/3, 1011/4, 1012.01/1, 1012.01/2, 1012.02/2, 1012.02/3 1012.02/4, 1012.02/5, 1012.02/6, 1013 .01/4, 1013 .02/2, 1013 .02/3, 1013 .02/4, 1014.02/1, 1014.02/2, 1014.02/3, 1014.02/4, 1014.03/2, 1014.03/3, 1014.03/4, 1014.03/5, 1014.03/6, 1014.03/7, 1015/2, 1015/3, 1015/5, 1016/1, 1016/2, 1017/1, 1017/2, 1017/3, 1018/1, 1018/2, 1020/1, 1020/2, 1021, 6, 1021/7, 1023 .01/1, 1023.01/2, 1023.01/3, 1023.01/4, 1023.02/4, 1023.02/5, 1024.01/4, 1024.01/5, 1024.01/6, 1025/1, 1025/2, 1025/3, 1025/4, 1025/5, 1025/6, 1026/4, 1026/6, 1026/7, 1026/8 1027/1, 1027/2, 1028/1, 1029/1, 1029/2, 1029/3, 1030/1, 1030/2, 1030/3, 1031/1, 1032/1, 1033/1, 1033/2, 1033/3; 1033/4, 1034/1, 1034/2, 1034/3, 1035/1, 1035/2, 1035/3, 1035/4, 1035/5, 1035/6, 1035/7, 1036.01/1, 1036.01/2, 1036.01/3, 1036.01/4, 1036.02/2, 1037.01/1, 1037 .01/2, 1037.01/3, 1037.01/4, 1037.02/1, 1037.02/2, 1037.02/3, 1038/1, 1038/2, 1038/3, 1038/4, 1038/5, 1038/6, 1039/1, 1039/2, 1039/3, 1040/1, 1040/2, 1040/3, 1041/1, 1041/2, 1041/3, 1041/4, 1041/5, 1041/6, 1042.02/5, 1043/2, 1043/3, 1043/4, 1043/5, 1044/1, 1044/3, 1044/4, 1044/7, 1045.01/1, 1045.01/2, 1045 .01/3, 1045.01/4, 1045.01/5, 1045.01/6, 1045.01/7, 1045.01/8, 1045 .02/1, 1045.02/2, 1045.02/3,1045.03/1, 13 .. ~. ( ) ) City of Fort Worth Affirmative Action Plan 1045.03/2, 1046.01/2, 1046.01/3, 1046.01/4, 1046.01/5, 1046 .02/1,.1046.02/2, 1046.02/3, 1046.02/4, 1046.03/1, 1046 .03/2, 1046.03/3, 1046.04/1, 1046 .04/2, 1046.04/3, 1046.05/3, 1046.05/5, 1047/1, 1047/2, 1047/3 , 1047/4, 1041/5, 1041/61048 .0111, 1048.0112, 1048.ol/3, 1040.0114, 1048 .0l/5, 1048.01/6, 104s .01n, 1048.01/8, 1048 .02/1, 1048.02/2, 1048.02/3, 1048 .02/4, 1050.01/1, 1050.01/2, 1050 .01/3, 1050.01/4, 1050.01/5, 1050.05/2, 1050.06/1, 1050.06/2, 1051/5, 1052.01/1, 1052.01/2, 1052.01/4, 1052 .02/1, 1052.02/2, 1053/1, 1055.02/1, 1055 .02/8, 1055.05/1, 1056/2, 1057 .03/3, 1058/1, 1058/2, 1058/5, -1059/2, 1059/3, 1059/5, 1060.01/1, 1060.02/1, 1060 .04/2, 1061.01/2, 1061.02/, 1061.02/2, 1062.01/1, 1062.01/2, 1062.01/3, 1062 .01/4, 1062.02/1, 1062.02/2, 1062.02/3, 1062.02/4, 1063/2, 1063/3, 1064/1, 1064/2, 1065.03/3, 1065 .06/2, 1065/06/3, 1065.06/4, 1065.08/2, 1065.08/4, 1065.09/1, 1065.10/4, 1065/11/4, 1065.12/2, 1066/1,.1105/4, 1110.07/4, 1113/01/2, 1135.06/7,1141.01/4 3. Awlicability to Businesses: Businesses that are at least fifty-one percent (51 %) owned by socially or economically disadvantaged persons who reside in the Section 3 covered areas, and which qualify, as small businesses under the standards of the Small Business Administration are eligible for the benefits of Section 3. 4. Applicability to Individuals: Any person who resides in the Section 3 covered area and whose family income does not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the median income in the Dallas-Fort Worth Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area may be designated as a "lower income person". Section 3 is intended to benefit such individuals through employment and training opportunities . 14 r-( ) ·· ... · City of Fort Worth Affirmative Action Plan (. Procedures All contractors will provide a completad copy of Attachment D, "Statement of Release", prior to .signing any contract for a project using CDBG monies. Each Contractor selected will be bound by Section 3 requirements, including the submission of all relevant documentation required by this plan. Contractors will be held responsible for the Section 3 activities of their subcontractors. When competitive bids are solicited, the contractor will notify bidders of Section 3 requirements. Each contractor will make a good faith effort to issue invitations to bid to Section 3 covered businesses and to use local and minority media to advertise contractual opportunities. · · Contracts, which are typically let on a negotiated basis in non-Section 3 covered areas, will be let on a negotiated basis in Section 3.covered areas, if feasible. 2. Sources for Locating Section 3 Covered Businesses: The City operates the Minority/ Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE) office to assist in the location and certification of Section 3 covered businesses and to inform such businesses of bidding opportunities for City contracts. 3. Lists of Section 3 covered businesses area also available from the Fort Worth Regional HUD Office, the Small Business Administration and other similar agencies. Any business wishing to qualify as a Section 3 covered business will be given the opportunity to file a Self-Certification form (Attachment B) with the M/WBE office and all CDBG contractors are encouraged to seek the assistance of that office, should any question arise. CMD will notify the Minority/ Women Business Enterprise office ofits pending contractual activities so that Section 3 covered businesses may be notified. Required Contract Clauses: CFR 24 § 135.38 In the event a CDBG Contractor wishes to subcontract any portion of a project utilizing CDBG monies. the written prior approval of CMD must be obtained. Furthermore, the following paragraphs must be included in each subcontract: 15 r ( ) I. City of Fort Worth Affirmative Action Plan A. The work to be perfonned under this Contract is subject to the requirements of section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act ofl968, as amended 12 U.S.C. 1701u (section 3). The purpose of section 3 is to ensure that employment and other economic opportunities generated by HUD assistance or HUD-assisted projects covered by section 3, shall, to the greatest extent feasible, be directed to low-and very low-income persons, particularly persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for housing. B. The parties of this Contract agree to comply with HUD' s regulations in 24 CFR part 13 5, which implement section 3. As evidenced by their execution of this contract, the parties to this contract certify that they are under no contractual or other impediment that would prevent them from complying with the part 135 regulations. C. The Contractor agrees to send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other understanding, if any, a notice advising the labor organization or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under this section 3 clause, and will post copies of the notice in conspicuous places at the work site where both employees and applicants for training and employment positions can see the notice. The notice shall describe the section preference, shall set forth minimum number and job titles subject to hire, availability of apprenticeship and training pos itions, the qualifications for each; and the anticipated date the work shall begin. D. The contractor agrees to include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract subject to compliance with regulations in 24 CFR part 135, and agrees to take appropriate action, as provided in an applicable provision of the subcontract or in this section 3 clause, upon a finding that the subcontractor is in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR part 135. The contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the contractor has notice or knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR part 135. E. The Contractor will certify that any vacant employment positions, including the training positions, that . are filled (1) after the contractor is selected but before the contract is executed, and (2) with persons other than those to whom the regulations of24 CFR part 135 require employment opportunities to be directed, were not filled to circumvent the contractor's obligations under 24 CFR part 135 . F. Noncompliance with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR part 135 may result in sanctions, termination of this contract for default, and debarment or suspension from future HUD assisted contracts. G. With respect to work performed in connection with section 3 covered Indian housing assistance, section 7(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450e) also applies to the work to be performed under this contract. Section 7(b) requires that to the greatest extent feasible (I) preference and opportunities for training and employment shall be given to Indians, and (ii) preference in the award of contracts and subcontracts shall be given to Indian organizations and Indian- owned Economic Enterprises. Parties to this contract that are subject to the provisions of section 3 an d section 7 (b) agree to comply with section 3 to the maximum extent feasible, but not in derogation of compliance with section 7(b). Procedures: All contractors will provide a completed copy of Attachment E, "Preliminary Statement-Work Force Needs", prior to signing any contract for a project using CDBG monies . The Contractor will specify the maximum number of trainees which can reasonably be used on the CDBG project, unless the occupational category is subject to a ratio set by the Secretary of Labor . This information will be reviewed by CMD to ascertain the current and projected use of Section 3 covered individuals. 16 ( ) ) City of Fort Worth Affmnative Action Plan Should the Contractor wish to hire trainees for a CDBG assisted project, lower income individuals will be used to the greatest extent feasible in the various training categories. All vacant trainee positions should be filled with lower income individuals, if at all possible. Only after a good faith effort to place lower incomti individuals in vacant trainee positions bas been made will the Contractor use non-Section 3 covered individuals as trainees. . Should the Contractor need to hire already trained employees, similar preference will be given to qualified lower income individuals who apply for those positions. · For. each occupational categozy in which vacancies exist the Gontractor will set a realistic goal for the number of lower income individuals to be hired. The Contractor will make a good faith effort to see that such goals are met. To the greatest extent feasible, the Contractor will use lower income individuals as CDBG project employees . Any Contractor that fills vacant employment positions immediately prior to starting a CDBG project will be required to show that its actions were not an attempt to circumvent Section 3 requirements . · When a lower income individual applies, either on their own initiative or on referral from any source, the Contractor will review bis/her qualifications and hire the individual if bis/her qualifications are satisfactory and the Contractor has an opening. If the Contractor does not have an opening, the individual will be listed for the first available opening. If applicant qualifications are equal, lower income persons will be given preference in hiring. An exception will be made when a Section 3 covered project meets the requirements of Executive Order 11246. In this case, when qualifications are equal, minority persons will be given first preference in hiring. The City will require applicants claiming to be lower income to state their family income at the time of application. 2 . Good Faith Efforts: A Contractor may show good faith efforts to hire lower income individuals by: (1) Confirming with the Department of Housing and Urban Development's Regional Administrator, Area Office Director, or FHA Insuring Office Director, the geographical Section 3 covered area for the Contractor's specific project; and (2) Using local media, project area community organizations, local public and private institutions, and/or signs placed at the proposed project site to recruit lower income applicants for training and employment positions with the project. 1. Monitoring ofReguirements: CMD will monitor the efforts of its contractors to achieve the purpose of Section 3 in two primary ways . First, the documentation required of CDBG Contractors will be examined to determine if good faith efforts are being made to comply with Section 3 requirements . Any obvious omissions or improper actions will be questioned and the manner in which compliance can be documented will be determined by CMD. Next, CMD will conduct on site reviews to assure that any estimates or projected figures for training and employment have been achieved to the best of the Contractor's ability. If a high percentage of the employees of, and subcontractors for, a program meet Secti<;>n 3 standard, the good faith efforts of the Contractor will be assumed. If compliance problems are discovered CMD will encourage the Contractor to resolve them. If this informal persuasion should fail CMD may request that sanctions (as specified below) be applied. 17 ,. City of Fort Worth Affirmative Action Plan 2. Grievance Procedures: Any person or business meeting the definitional standards of Section 3 may personally, or by representative, pursue the grievance procedures outlined here. Informal complaints should be directed to C:MD for investigation of its Contractor's compliance, or to the Contractor for investigation of the subcontractor's compliance. CMD Contractors will notify C:MD of all informal complaints they receive. If the complaint is found valid, CMD will make an effort to secure Section 3 compliance through conferences, per.suasion and/or mediation. A written notice specifying :l:hr, exact nature of the non-compliance will be issued to the non-complying party. The notice will recommend specific action to correct the non-compliance and specify a time limit for doing so. Continued non-compliance may result in the application of the sanctions listed below. If the complainant is not satisfied with the informal complaint procedure, or its outcome, a formal grievance may be filed. The grievance should be in writing and include: (I) the name and address of the grievant; (2) the name and address of the grievant business, if applicable; (2) the name and address of the City, Contractor, or Subcontractor (hereafter called "respondent"); (4) a description of the acts or omissions giving rise to the grievance; and (5) the corrective action sought. The grievance should be signed by the grievant and mailed to Program Operations Division, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Fort Worth Regional Office, PO Box 2905, Fort Worth, Texas, 76113-2905; or Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Washington, DC 20410. ,,.-· ·), A grievance must be filed no later than ninety (90) days from the date of the action (or omission) upon which it is based. The time for filing may be extended by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, if good cause is shown. ( ) Upon receipt of a grievance by the Secretary, a copy of it will be furnished to the respondent. The Secretary will conduct an investigation and will give written notice to both the grievant and respondent as to the decision reached. The grievance may be dismissed or sanctions may be applied, as appropriate. 3. Sanctions: Failure or refusal to comply with or give satisfactory assurances of future compliance with the requirements of Section 3 shall be the proper basis for applying sanctions. Any or all of the following actions may be taken, as appropriate: cancellation, termination, or suspension in whole or in part of the contract or agreement; determination of ineligibility or debarment from any further assistance or contracts under this program until satisfactory assurance of future compliance has been received; referral to the Department of Justice for appropriate legal proceedings. 18 ) City of Fort Worth Affrrmative Action Plan Minority/ Women Business Enterprise It is the policy ofthe City ofFort Worth to involve Minority/ Women Business Enterprises in all phases of its procurement practices and to provide them equal opportunities to compete for contracts for construction, professional services, purchases of equipment and supplies, and provision of other services required by the City. The City operates the Minority/ Women Business Enterprise (M/WBE) office to assist in the location and certification of Section 3 covered businesses . A list of:W.JWBE businesses that have been certified by the City ofl<'ort Worth will be provided to you upon request. If you need to secure services or supplies, please contact the City's M/WBE office : CITY OF J.i'ORT WORffl M/WBE OFFICE 1000 mROCKMORTON FORT WORffl, TX 76102 (817) 392-6104 18 City of Fort Worth Affirmative Action Plan SECTION 3 ATTACHMENTS Please Complete and Return Within Seven (7) Days ) 19 City of Fort Worth Affirmative Action Plan ATTACHMENT B SELF-CERTIFICATION FORM SOCIALLY OR ECONOMICALLY DISADVANTAGED Business/Agency Name:----------------- Address: ---------------------- Zip Code: _____________________ _ I am a member of the following minority group: (Circle One) Black American Indian/ Alaskan Native Asian/ Spanish- Pacific Islander Surnamed I own at least 51 percent of the above business: Other (Specify) Date: ________ Signature: ________________ _ Business/Agency Name: Title : _______________ _ SELF-CERTIFICATION FORM NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATION This organization is a non-profit organization. Address:----------------------------- Zip Code : ____________________________ _ Date: --------Signature:------------------ Title: ______________________________ _ 20 City of Fort Worth AITACHMENT D .' Statement of Release Affinnative Action Plan I will not subcontract any work in connection with this project .unless I first receive the . prior written approval of th~ .. Housing Department, Contract Management Division of the City of Fort Worth. - Business/Agency Name: Type . of Busin~ss/Organization: Address: ---------------------------,----------(Street) (City) (State} (Zip) Signature:_--'--------------------- Title:._,__ ____________________ ~ 21 ---- City of Fort Worth Contractor's Name: Address : Date: Employment Classification CONSTRUCTION: Foremen JourneY!nen AQQrentices Laborers GRAND TOTAL ATTACHMENT E PRELIMINARY STATEMENT WORK FORCE NEEDS OCCUPIED PERMANENT POSITTONS TOTAL MINORITY* Male Female Male Female Male Affumative Action Plan VACANT POSITIONS** TOTAL MINORITY * *Minority -Black Female Male Female -Spanish-American -American Indian/ Alaskan Native -As ian/Pacific Islander **Show Section 3 goals for lower income, ' Total lines. ' SUBlV1].TTED BY: --------------------TITLE: ___________________ _ 22 ;' (--.) / STATEMENT OF POLICY ON EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY It will be the policy of this finn to not discriminate against any applicant for employment, or any employee, because of race, creed, color, age, sex, or natural origin. This firm will insure that this policy is continually enforced with regard to employment, promotion, upgrading, demotion, transfer, recruitment, and recruitment advertising, lay off and termination, compensation, training, and working conditions. We will make it understood by all with whom we deal, and in all our employment opportunity announcements that the foregoing is our policy. All applicants and employees will be judged solely on the basis of their skill, devotion loyalty, reliability and integrity. Company Name Signature 24 (. .,_) EFFECTIVE APRIL I, 1990 DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS Contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, and with the regulations promulgated thereunder. Specifically, Contractor shall comply with the following Acts and Orders and their regulations: 1. EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246, EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE; SECTION 202 '' During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: a. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment; upgrading; demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. b. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex or national origin. c. d. e. f. g. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers, with which it has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitment under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and with the rules, regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to its books, records and accounts by the Department of Housing and Urban Development ("the Department") and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations and orders. In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this Contract or with any of the said rules, regulations or orders, this Contract may be canceled, terminated or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further government contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. The Contractor will include the sentence immediately preceding Paragraph a and the provisions of Paragraphs a through g in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will talce such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the Department may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance. Provided, however, that, in the event the Contractor becomes involved in or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Department, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. 25 .~--- (J h. The Contractor shall submit a certification and shall require each of its subcontractors to submit a certification that all facilities provided for employees of Contractor or any subcontractor shall be fully integrated, and Contractor shall not permit its employees to perform their services in any locations under its control where segregated facilities are maintained. i. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall permit access d~g normal business hours to its premises for the purpose of conducting on-site compliance reviews and for inspecting and copying such books, records, accounts and other material as may be pertinent to compliance with the Order and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto by the City. Information obtained in this manner shall be used only in connection with the administration of the Order, the administration of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended) and in furtherance of the purposes of the Order and the Act. 2. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION ACTS a. In performance of all contracts, the Contractor will comply with the Affirmative Action Guidelines of Executive Order 11246 and the implementing regulations and documents thereof. b. In performance of all contracts in the amount of $10,000 or more: Contractor will comply with Section,3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u, and the implementing regulations and documents and shall have on file a written affirmative action policy, which has the stat ed work force goals of 18.2% minority persons and 6.9% females, and must follow the hiring practices specified in Subsection C, below. Additionally, Contractor agrees to the following provisions: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) The work to be per.formed under this Contract is on a project assisted under a program providing direct Federal financial assistance from the Deparb,nent of Housing and Urban Development and is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u. Section 3 requires that, to the greatest ext~nt feasible, opportunities for training and employment are given to lower income residents of the project area ,and contracts for .work in connection with the project are awarded to business concerns which are located in or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the area of the project. The parties to this Contract will comply with the provisions of said Section 3 and the regulations issued pursuant thereto by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development set forth in 24 CFR 135 and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the execution of this Contract. The parties to this contract certify and agree that they are under no contractual or other disability which would prevent them from complying w~th these requirements. The Contractor will send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, if any, a notice advising the said labor organization or workers' representative of his commitments under this Section 3 clause and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment or training. The Contractor will include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract for work in connection with the project and will, at the direction of the applicant for or recipient of Federal financial assfstance, take · appropriate action pursuant to the subcontract upon a finding that the subcontractor is in violation ofregulations issued by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as set forth in . 24 CFR 135 . The Contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where it has notice or knowledge that the latter has been found in violation ofregulations under 24 CFR 135 and will not let any subcontract unless the subcontractor has first provided it with a preliminary statement of ability to comply with the requirements of these regulations. Compliance with the provisions of Section 3, the regulations set forth in 24 CFR 135, and all applicable rules and orders of the Department issued thereunder prior to the executioD of the Contract shall be a condition of the Federal financial assistance provided to the project, binding 26 ( . ) upon the applicant or recipient for such assistance, its successors and assigns. Failure to fulfill these requirements shall subject the applicant or recipient, its contractors and subcontractors, its successors and assigns, to those sanctions specified by the grant, loan agreement or contract through which Federal assistance is provided and to such sanctions as are specified by 24 CFR 135. c. In performance of all contracts in the amount of $50,000 or more, and where the Contractor employs more than twenty-five non-construction employees, the Contractor must proinulgate a specific affirmative action plan, and must talce specific affirmative action to ensure equal employment opportunities. Contractor shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: (1) Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation and coercion at all sites and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and are carrying out the Contractor's obligations to maintain such .a working environment, with specific attention to minority and female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. (2) Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources and provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. (3) Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore, along with whatever additional actions the contractor may have talcen. ( 4) Provide immediate written notification to the City when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement have not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. (5) Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the areas which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeships and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under subsection (2) above. (6) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obliga- tions; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper or annual report; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. (7) Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, lay-off, termination or other employment decision, including specific review of these items with on-site supervisory personnel, such as superintendents and general foremen, prior to the initiation of 27 C J construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the name and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed and disposition of the subject matter. (&) Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including highlights of itin any. advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to, and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with, other contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. (9) Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students, and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures and tests to be used in the selection process. (IO) Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after-school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youths, both on the site and in other area of the Contractor's work force. (11) Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR, Part 60-3. . (12) Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, such opportunities. (13) Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment- related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. (14) Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non-segregated except as separate or single- user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. 28 ) (15) Document and maintain a record of all solicitations for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. (16) Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations. d. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment-related activities to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the City and to keep records of the same. Records for each employee shall at least include: the employee's name; address; telephone number; construction trade; union affiliation, if any; employee identification number where assigned; social security number; race; sex; status; dates of changes in status; hours worked per week in the indicated trade; rate of pay; and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, Contractor shall not be required to maintain separate records. 3. COPELAND ANTI-KICKBACK ACT In any contract involving construction or repair, Contractor agrees to comply, and shall require its subcontractors to . comply, with the provisions of the Copeland "Anti-Kickback Act" (18 U.S.C. 874), as supplemented in Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3). This Act provides that each Contractor or subgrantee shall be prohibited from inducing, by' any means, any person employed in the construction, completion or repair of public work to. give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled; and, if found guilty of doing so; shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than five (5) years, or both. 4. DA VIS-BACON ACT In any contract for construction in excess of $2,000: Contractor agrees to comply, and shall require its subcontractors to comply, with the provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U .S.C. 276a to a-7). This Act requires contractors to pay wages to laborers and mechanics at a rate not less than the minimum wages specified in a wage determination made by the Secretary of Labor and to pay wages not less often than once a week. Specifically, Contractor agrees to comply with the following Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5): a. Minimum Wages All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work performed pursuant to this contract will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act), the full amount of wages and bonafide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at the time of payment, computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of said Secretary of Labor (which is attached hereto and made a part hereof), regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bonafide fringe benefits under Section l(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of Paragraph d of this clause; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period under plans, funds or program which occur the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classifications of work actually performed without regard to skill, except as provided in the clause entitled "Apprentices and Trainees." Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein; provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classifi- cations and wage rates conformed under Paragraph b of this clause) and the Davis-Bacon poster shall be 29 ( ) posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible plac~ where they can easily be seen by the workers. b. · Employment of Laborers or Mechanics not listed in Aforesaid Wage Determination Decision (1) The City shall require that any class of laborers . or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under this Contract shall be classified in confonnance with the wage determination. The City shaU approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (a) The work to be perfo1med by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; (b) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (c) The proposed wage rate, including any bonafide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (2) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatjves and the City agree on the classification and wage rate, including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate, a report of the action taken. shall be sent by the City to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, United States Department of Labor. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days or receipt and so advise the City or will notify the City within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (3) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification, and the City do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate, including the amount designated for fringe beJ!.efits, where appropriate, the City shall refer the questions, including the reviews of all interested parties and the recommendations of the City, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator of the Wage and Hour Divisions, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and will so advise the City or will notify the City within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (4) The wage rates determined pursuant to the above provisions shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this Contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification . c. Fringe Benefits Not Expressed as Hourly Wage Rates d. e. Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in this Contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage detennination or shaU pay either bonafide fringe benefits or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. Anticipated Costs of Fringe Benefits If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or third person, he may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing fringe benefits under a plan or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decision of the Secretary of Labor which is a part of this Contract, provided, however, the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. A copy of any findings made by the Secretary of Labor with respect to fringe benefits being provided by the Contractor must be submitted to the City with the first payroll filed by the Contractor subsequent to receipt of the findings . Underpayments of Wages or Salaries 30 .,. .. ... --) -~--· ( _ _) The City shall, upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor under this Contract or any other federal contract with the same prime Contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements which is held by the same prime Contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees and helpers employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor, the full amount of wages required by this Contract. In the event of Contractor's failure to properly pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee or helper employed or working on the site of the work, the City may, after written notice to the prime Contractor, take such action as may be necessary to cause a .. suspension of any further payment, advance or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. The amount so withheld may be disbursed by the City, for and on · account of the Contractor or the subcontractor, to their respective laborers or mechanics to whom the same is due or on their behalf to plans, funds or programs for any type of fringe benefit prescnoed in applicable wage determiiiation. f. Payrolls and Basic Payroll Records of Contractor and Subcontractors (1) (2) Payrolls and basic records relating to the work performed under the terms of this Contract shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rate of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bonafide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described by the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is :financially responsible, that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and the cost anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of · trainee programs, the registration of the apprenticeships and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable program. (a) The Contractor shall submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the City if the City is a party to the Contract, but if the City is not such a party, the Contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to the City. The payroll submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under Paragraph (1) of this Section. The information shall be submitted in a form approved by the City. The .Contractor is responsible for the submission or copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. · (b) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "statement of compliance", signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the Contract and shall certify the following : (i) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under Paragraph (1) of this Section and that such information is correct and complete; (ii) That each laborer or mechanic employed on this Contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either · directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions. 31 ,,-·-.. ( ) ... ~ .. C __ ) (ill) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalent for the classification of work per- formed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into this Contract. (c) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Sec. 1001 of Title XVIlI and Sec. 231 of Title XXXI of the United States Code. (3) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records reqU¥"ed under Paragraph (1) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by the City or the Department of Labor or their authorized representatives . The Contractor and subcontractors shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the City may, after written notice to the Contractor, talce such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any: further pa~ent, advance or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure t_o submit the required records upon· request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. . g. Employment of Apprentices and Trainees (1) Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bonafide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a state apprenticeship agency recognized by the bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probatipnary employment as <!Il apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprenticeship wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a Contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at no less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in . accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be p aid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the· Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a state apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. 32 ( ) (2) (3) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification, by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the pia.11 approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination of the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for work performed until an acceptable program is approved. Equal Employment Opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. h. Posting Wage Determination Decisions and Authorized Wage Deductions The applicable wage poster of the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, and the applicable wage determination decisions of said Secretary of Labor with respect to the various classifications of laborers and mechanics employed and to be employed upon the work covered by this Contract, and a statement showing all deductions, if any, to be made from wages actually earned by persons so ·employed or to be employed in such classifications, in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, shall be posted at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of work. i. Claims and Disputes Pertaining to Wage Rates Claims and disputes pertaining to wage rates or to the classification of laborers and mechanics employed upon the work covered by this Contract shall be promptly reported by the Contractor in writing to the City for referral by the latter through the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development to the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, whose decision shall be final with respect thereto . 5. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT Contractor will comply with all provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 327- 332), as supplemented by Department of Labor Regulations (29 CFR, Part 5). Specifically, Contractor will comply with the following standards: a Overtime Compensation No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and guards, shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of 40 33 ·,.) houts in such workweek, unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times his or her basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in such workweek. b. Violation: Liability for Unpaid Wages: Liquidated Damages In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in Paragraph a of this section, the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable to any affected employee for his or her unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such employee was required or permitted to worl<: ,in excess of the standard workweek of 40 hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in Paragraph a of this section. c. Withholding for Unpaid Wages and Liquidated Damages d. The City shall, upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from any monies payable on account of work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor under any contract or any other Federal contract with the same Contractor, or any other Federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime Contractor, such sums as may administratively be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in Paragraph b of this section. Subcontracts The Contractor shall insert in all subcontracts the clauses set forth in Paragraphs a, b, and c of this Section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the provisions set forth in this section. 6. CHILD LABOR ACT Contractor will comply with the Child Labor provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. 212-319 and that Act's implementing regulations, found at 29 CFR 570 . This Act proln'bits the paid or unpaid employment of individuals under the age of 18 years on any construction project. 7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS a. Complaints, Proceedings, or Testimony by Employees b. No laborer or mechanic to whom the wage, salary, or other labor standards provisions of this Contract are applicable shall be discharged or in any other manner discr~ated against by the Contractor or any subcontractor because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding or has testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under or relating to the labor standards applicable under this Contract to his employer. Questions Concerning Certain Federal Statutes and Regulations All questions arising under this Contract which relate to the application or interpretation of (a) the aforesaid Anti-Kickback Act, (b) the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (c) the aforesaid Davis-Bacon Act, (d) the regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor, United States Department of Labor, pursuant to said Acts, or (e) the labor standards provisions of any other pertinent Federal statue, shall be referred, 34 . ( ) through the City and the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, to the Secretary of Labor, united States Department of Labor, for said Secretary's appropriate ruling or interpretation which shall be authoritative and may be relied upon for the purposes of this Contract c. Provisions to be Included in Subcontracts The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any Subcontract the above-specified clauses entitled "3. COPELAND ANTI-KICK.BACK ACT," "4. DA VIS-BACON ACT," "5. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT," "6. CmLD LABOR ACT," "7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS" and such other clauses as the City may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The .prime Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses cited above . d. Breach of Foregoing Federal Labor ·standards Provisions e. f. In addition to the causes for termination of this Contract, as herein elsewhere set forth, the City reserves the right to terminate this Contract if the Contractor or any subcontractor whose subcontract covers any of the work covered by this Contract shall breach any of the foregoing Federal Labor Standards provisions. · A breach of these Federal Labor Standards provisi9ns my also be grounds for debarment, as provided by the applicable regulations issued by the Secretary ofLabor, United States Department ofLabor. Employment Practices The Contractor shall (1), to the greatest extent practicable, follow hiring and employment practices for work on the project which will provide new job opportunities for the unemployed and underemployed, and (2) insert or cause to be inserted this provision in each construction subcontract. Contract Termination; Debarment A breach of any of the Acts or regulations specified in Paragraph c, above, may be grounds for termination of this Contract and for debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor, as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. g. Disputes Concerning Labor Standards Disputes arising out of the Labor Standards provisions of this Contract shall not be subject to the General Disputes Clause of this Contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR, Parts 5, 6 and 7 . Disputes, within the meaning of this Clause, include disputes between the Contractor or any of its subcontractors; and the City, the U.S. Department of Labor, their employees or representatives. h. Certification ofEligibility (1) By entering into this Contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded government contracts by virtue of Sections 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(l). (2) No part of this Contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a government contract by virtue of the above-mentioned sections . 35 !' 8. CLEANAIRANDWATERACT ( ) a. Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Section 114 of the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1857, et seq.). and Section 308 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251, et seq.) relating to inspection, monitoring, entry, reports and information, as well -as other requirements specified in Section 114 and Section 308 of the Air Act and the Water Act, respectively, and all regulations and guidelines issued thereunder before the award of this Contract. · b. No portion of the work required by this Contract will be performed in a facility listed on the EPA List of Violating Facilities on the date when this Contract was awarded unless and until the EPA eliminates the ..... name of such facility or facilities from such listing. c. Contractor shall use its best efforts to comply with clean air standards and clean water standards at all facilities in which the Contract is being performed. d. Contractor shall insert the substance of the provisions of this clause into any non-ex~mpt subcontract, including this Paragraph. Q. LEAD BASED PAINT HAZARD In all contracts for construction or rehabilitation of residential structures, the Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply with the Lead-Based Paint regulations found in 24 CFR 35 and shall comply with the provisions for the elimination oflead-based paint hazards under Sub-Part B thereof. 10. RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR REGARDING REPORTS Contractor will comply with the requirements of the City of Fort Worth's Fiscal Department, Intergovernmental Affairs and Grants Management regarding the compiling and reporting of statistical information required by the Federal regulations outlined above. Specifically, Contractor agrees to submit all completed reports according to the instructions and requirements of the Fort Worth Fiscal Services Department/Intergovernmental Affairs and Grants Management, and Contractor understands the failure to do so may be cause for termination of this contract. 36 CERTIFICATION AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT I , i certify .that I have read and understand the information regarding my obligations as a Contractor on a project funded by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, which is contained in the preceding r Contract provisions. I unders.tand that, should I have any questions regarding my obligations, I will as soon as possible contact the Fort Worth Housing Department, Contract Management'Division staffmembei: who is assigned to monitor this Contract Contractor:---------------- By:_· --------------~--- 37 ( ) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOP:MENT CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY INSTRUCTIONS This certification is required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 (30 CFR 12319-25). The implementing rules and regulations provide that any bidder or prospective contractor, or any of their proposed subcontractors, shall state as an initial part of the bid or negotiations of the Contract whether they have participated in any previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause; and, if so, whether they have filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions. Where the certification indicates that the bidder has not filed a compliance report due under applicable instructions, such bidder shall be required to submit a compliance report within seven calendar days after bid opening. No contract shall be awarded unless such report is submitted. CERTIFICATION BY BIDDER Bidder's Name: Address and Zip Code: I. Bidder has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause. Yes D No D (If answer is yes, identify the most recent contract) 2. Compliance reports were required to be filed in connection with such contract or subcontract. Yes DNo D 3. Bidder has filed all compliance reports due under applicable instructions, including SF-100. Yes DNo D 4. If answer to item 3 is ''No,'' please explain in detail on reverse side of this certification. Certification -The information above is true and complete to the best ofmy knowledge and belief. Name and Title of Signer (Please Type) Signature Date 38 ,· i ) _........., I ', ', ) • M .... , ( ... ) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: (1) No Federal appropriated .funds have been paid or will be paid, by or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in corµiection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the raldng of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation , renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement. (2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form- LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," m accordance with its instructions . (3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and coopera- tive agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. Signature Title Date 39 (_...--•. I / (_ ) U.&. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT CERTIFICATE OF OWNER'S ATTORNEY I, the undersigned, ----------~ the duly authorized and acting legal representative of , do hereby certify as follows : I have examined th~ attached Contract(s) and surety bonds and the manner of execution thereo~ and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agreements has been duly executed by the proper parties thereto acting through their duly authorized representatives; that said representatives have full power and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the respective parties named thereon; and that the foregoing agreements constitute valid and legally binding obligations upon the parties executing the same in accordance with terms, conditions and provisions thereof. Signature: _________________ _ Date:-------------------- 40 ) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE AND HOUR AND PUBLIC CONTRACTS DMSIONS INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING PAYROLL l.1'0RM WH-347 General: The use of WH-347, payroll form, is not mandatory. This form has been made available for the convenience of contractors and subcontractors required by their Federal or Federally-aided construction-type · contracts and subcontracts to submit weekly payrolls. Properly filled out, this from will satisfy the requirements of Regulations, Parts 3 and 5 (29 CFR, Subtitle A), as to payrolls submitted in connection with contracts subjectto the Davis-Bacon and related Acts. · This form meets needs resulting from the amendment of the Davis-Bacon Act to include fringe benefits provisions. Under this amended law, the contractor is required to pay not less than 1?:inge benefits as predetermined by the Department ofLaoor, in addition to payment of not less than the predetermined rates. The contractor's obligation to pay fringe benefits may be met either by payment of the fringes to the various plans, funds, or programs or by making these payments to the employees as cash in lieu of fringes. This payroll provides for the contractor's showing on the face of the payroll all monies paid to . the employees, whether as basic rates or as cash in lieu of fringes and provides for the contractor's representation in the statement of compliance on the rear of the payroll that he is paying to others fringes required by the contract and not paid as cash in lieu of fringes. Detailed instructions concerning the preparation of the payroll follow: Contractor or Subcontractor: Fill in your firm's name and check appropriate box. Address: Fill in your firm's address. Column 1 -Name, Address, and Social Security Number of Employee: The employee's -full name must be shown on each weekly payroll submitted. The employee's address must also be shown on the payroll covering the first week in which the employee works on the project The address need not be shown on subsequent weekly payrolls unless his address changes. Although not required by Regulations, Parts 3 and 5, space is available in the name and address section so that Social Security numbers may be listed. Column 2 -Withholding Exemptions: This column is merely inserted for the employer's convenience and is not a requirement of Regulations, Parts 3 and 5. Column 3 -Work Classifications: List classification descriptive of work actually performed by employees. Consult classifications and minimum wage schedule set forth in contract specifications. If additional classifications are deemed necessary, see Contracting Officer or Agency representative. Employee may be shown as having worked in more than one classification provided accurate breakdown of hours so worked is maintained and shown on submitted payroll by use of separate line entries. 41 ( ) Column 4 -Hours Worked: On all con1racts subject to the Con1ract Work Hours Standards Act enter as overtime hours all hours worked in excess of 40 hours a week. Column 5 -Total: Self-Explanatory. Column 6 -Rate of Pay. including Fringe Benefits: In s1raight time box, list actual hourly rate .paid the employee for s1raight time worked plus any cash in lieu of fringes paid the employee. When recording the straight time hourly rate, any cash paid in lieu of fringes may be shown separately from the basic rate, thus $3.25/.40. This is of assistance in correctly computing overtime. See "FRINGE BENEFITS" below. In overtime box show overtime hourly rate paid, plus any cash in lieu of fringes paid the employee. See"FRINGE BENEFITS" below. Payment of not less than time and one-half the basic or regular rate paid is req'.!ired for overtime under the Con1ract Work Hours Standards Act for 1962. In addition to paying not less than the predetermined rate for the classification in which the employee works, the con1ractor shall pay to approved plans, funds, or programs or shall pay as cash in lieu of fringes amounts predetermined as fringe benefits in the wage decision made part of the contract. See "FRINGE BENEFITS" below. FRINGE BENEFITS -Contractors who pay all required fringe benefits: A contractor who pays fringe benefits to approved plans, funds or programs in amounts not less than were determined in the applicable wage decision of the Secretary of Labor shall continue to show on the face of the payroll the basic cash hourly rate and overtime rate paid to his employees just as he has always done. Such a con1ractor shall check paragraph 4(a) of the statement on the reverse of the payroll to indicate that he is also paying to approved plans, funds, or programs not less than the amount predetermined as fringe benefits for each craft. Any exceptions shall be noted in Section 4(c). Contractors who pay no fringe benefits: A Contractor who pays no fringe benefits shall pay to the employee, and insert in the straight time hourly rate column of the payroll, an amount not less than the predetermined rate for each classification plus the amount of fringe benefits determined for each classification in the applicable wage decision. Inasmuch as it is not necessary to pay time and a half on cash paid in lieu of fringes, the overtime rate shall be not less than the sum of the basic predetermined rate, plus the half ti.me premium on basic or regular rate, plus the required cash in lieu of fringes at the s1raight time rate . In addition, the con1ractor shall check paragraph 4(b) of the statement on the reverse of the payroll to indicate that he is paying fringe benefits in cash directly to his employees. Any exceptions shall be noted in Section 4(c). Use of Section 4(c), Exceptions Any contractor who is making payment to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts less than the wage determination requires is obliged to pay the deficiency directly to the employees as cash in lieu of fringes. Any exceptions to Section 4(a) or 4(b), whichever the contractor may check, shall be entered in Section 4(c). Enter in the Exception column the craft, and enter in the Explanation column the hourly amount paid the employee as cash in lieu of fringes and the hourly amount paid to plans, funds, or programs as fringes. The contractor shall pay, and shall show that he is paying to each such employee for all hours (unless otherwise provided by applicab le determination) worked on Federal or Federally assisted project an amount not less than the predetermined rate plus cash in lieu of fringes as shown in Section 4( c ). The rate paid and amount of cash paid in lieu of fringe benefits per hour should be entered in column 6 on the payroll. See paragraph on "Con1ractors who pay no fringe benefits" for computation of overtime rate. Column 7 -Gross Amount Earned: Enter gross amount earned on this project If part of the employee's weekly wage was earned on projects other than the project described on this payroll, enter in column 7 first the amount earned on the Federal or Federally assisted project and then the gross amount earned during the week on all projects, thus $63.00/120.00 . Column 8 -Deductions: Five columns are provided for showing deductions made. If more than five deductions should be involved, use first 4 columns; show the balance of deductions under "Other" column; show actual total under "Total Deductions" column; and in the attachment to the payroll describe the deductions contained in the "Other" column. All deductions must be in accordance with the provisions of the Copeland Act Regulations, 29 43 ....... .,-..... ( ) '· . .) CFR, Part 3. If the employee worked on other jobs in addition to this project, show actual deductions from his weekly gross wage, but indicate that deductions are based on his gross wages. Columil 9 -Net Wages Paid for Week: Self-explanatorJ. Totals -Space has been left at the bottom of the columns so that totals may be shown if the contractor so desires . Statement Reguired by Regulations. Parts 3 and 5: While this form need not be notapzed, the statement on the back of the payroll is subject to the penalties provided by 18 USC 1001 , namely, possible impris9nment for 5 years or $10,000 .00 fine or both . Accordingly, the party signing this required statement should have knowledge of the facts represented as tru5 •. Space has been provided between items (1) and (2) of the statement for describing any deductions made. If all deductions made are adequately described in the "Deductions" column above, state "See Deductions column in this payroll". See paragraph entitled "FRINGE BENEFITS" above for instructions concerning filling out paragraph 4 of the statement. 44 (~) ( ) U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development CERTIFICATE FROM CONTRACTOR APPOINTING OFFICER OR EMPLOYEE TO SUPERVISE PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES Project Name Date -· Location Project No. (I) (We) hereby certify that (I am) (we are) (the prime contractor) (a subcontractor) for (Sp~cify "General Construction", "Plumbing", "Roofing", etc) in connection with construction of the above-mentioned Project, and that (I) (we) have appointed whose signature appears below, to supervise the payment of (my) (our) employees beginning , 20_; that he/she is in a position to have full knowledge of the facts set forth in the payroll documents and in the statement of compliance required by the so-called Kick-Back Statute which he/she is to execute with (my) (our) full authority and approval until such time as (I) (we) submit to a new certificate appointing some other person for the purposes hereinabove stated. (Identifying Signature of Appointee) Attest (if required): (Name of Firm or Corporation) (Signature) (Title) (Signature) (Title) NOTE: This certificate must be executed by an authorized officer of a corporation, by a member of a partnership, or the sole owner and shall be executed prior to and be submitted with the first payroll. Should the appointee be changed, a new certificate must accompany the first payroll for which the new appointee executes a statement of compliance required by the Kick-Back Statute . 45 U. S. DEPARTMENr OF LABOR WPJ.E AND HOUR DIVISION Name of Contractor D Or Subcontractor D PAYROLL NO (1) -2 lro'O.OF WrT1fflOLDJN'O NAME, ADDRESS ANO l!XDll'l10HS SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OF EMPLOYEE OMB# 2501-0007 " \ ........ · PAYROLL (For Contractor's OptionafUse, See Instruction Form WH-347 Inst.) Address FOR WEEK ENDING PROJECT AND LOCATION (3) 0 (4) DAY AND DATE (5) (6) (7) T WORK 0 TOTAL RATE GROSS FICA CLASSIFICATION R HOURS OF AMOUNT PAY EARNED s T HOURS WORKED EACH DAY 0 s 0 s 0 s 0 s 0 s 0 s 0 s 0 s 47 Form Approved Budget From No .. 44 81093 I PROJECT OR CONTRACT NO (8) DEDUCTIONS (9) Wllli· OlllER TOTAL NET HOLDING DEDUCTIONS TAX WAGES PAID FOR WEEK DAL/DA0-1340.3/2 ) U. S. DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE AND HOUR AND PUBLIC CONTRACTS DIVISIONS STATEMENT OP COMPLIANCE Form Approved Budget Bureau No. 44-Rl090 Date I, ~~~~~~~~~~=-,-,-,,-,-~~~do hereby state : (Name of signatory party) (Title) (l) That r pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by (Contractor or subcontractor) on the~~~~~..,..,..--,-.,--,.,....~~~--,-,--; that during the payroll period commencing on the~~~~ day of (Building or work) , 20 and ending the day of , 20 __ , all persons employed on said _p_r_o~j-e_c_t...,..h_a_v_~_,..b,~en paid the full weekly wages earned, that no rebatas have been or will be made either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said (Contractor or subcontractor) from the full weekly wages eamed by any person and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned by any person, other than permissible deductions as defined in Regulations, Part 3 (29 CFR Subtitle A), issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act, as amended (48 Stat. 948.63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967; 76 Stat. 357; 40 U.S.C. 276c), and described below : (2) That any payrolls otherwise under this contract required to be submitted for the above period are correct and complete; that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics _,contained therein are not less than the applicable wage rates contained in any wage determination incorporated into the contract; that the classifications set forth therein for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work he performed. (3) That any apprentices employed in the above period are duly registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a State, are registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor. (4) That: (a) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID TO APPROVED PLANS, FUNDS, OR PROGRAMS CJ In addition to the basic hourly wage rates paid to each laborer or mechanic listed in the above referenced payroll, payments of fringe benefits as listed in the contract have been or will be made to appropriate programs for the benefit of such employees, except as noted in Section 4(c) below. (b) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID IN CASH [J Each laborer or mechanic listed in the above referenced payroll has been paid as indicated on the payroll, an amount not less than the sum of the applicable basic hourly wage rate plus the amount of the required fringe benefits as listed in the contract, except as noted in section 4(c) below. (c) EXCEPTIONS Remarks Name and Title Signature THE WILFUL FALSIFICATION OF ANY OF THE ABOVE STATEMENTS MAY SUBJECT THE CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR TO CIVIL OR CRIMINAL PROSECUTION. SEE SECTION 1001 OF TITLE 18 AND SECTION 231 OF TITLE 31 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE, 49 .,-., ( ) ... • i '• ... ·' *EMPLOYEES STATEMENT OF WORK VERIFICATION The undersigned her~by certifies that he has engaged in the following wor~ classifications for the payroll week beginning ------and ending (Date) ------' and was employed by __________ _ (Date) (Name of Company) TOTALS (Employee's Signature) *This Information is required when an employee is used in more than one classification during any payroll period; for example, Carpenter for part of a day or week, and laborer or other classification for the remainder of the time, and is paid different rates of pay for each classification . If the employee is paid the higher rate(s) for all work performed, this form is not required. 50 .,.-·· ·., l., ) ..... () Payroll Deduction Authorization This is the authorization to the __________ to deduct from my paycheck$ * This is for item number: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5 . 6. Loan Retirement Advance on Wages Savings Savings Bonds Uniforms *This deduction Is to be made: CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX Date: ____ _ Employee's Signature:------ Printed or Typed Name:------ Project Name and Number: ____ _ REPAYMENT OF: 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Credit Union Profit Sharing Donations to Agencies Insurance Premiums Union Dues D One time only D Weekly 0 Bi-weekly D For weeks 51 -( ' ._) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK GRANT INPUT SUBCONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION CONCERNING LABOR STANDAR.DS AND PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS To {Appropriate Recipient) Date C/0 Project Number (If any) Project Name 1. The undersigned, having executed a contract with (Name of Contractor or Subcontractor) -----------------------In the amount of$ In the construction of the above-identified project, certifies that (a) The Labor Standards Provisions of The Contract for Construction are included in the aforesaid contract. ' (b) .Neither · he nor any firm, corporation, partnership, or association in which he has a substantial Interest is designated as an ineligible contractor by the Comptroller General of the United States pursuant to Section 5.6(b) of the Regulations of the Secretary of Labor, part 5 (29 CFR, Part 5), or pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act, as amended (40 U.S.C. 276a-(a)}. (c) No part of the aforementioned contract has been or will be subcontracted to any sub9ontractor if such subcontractor or any firm, corporation, partnership or association in which such subcontractor has a substantial interest .is designated as an ineligible contractor pursuant to the aforesaid regulatory or statutory provisions. 2. He agrees to obtain and forward to the contractor, for transmittal to the recipient, within ten days after the execution of any lower subcontract, a Subcontractor's Certification Concerning Labor Standards and Prevailing Wage Requirements, executed by the lower tier subcontractor, In duplicate. (a) The workmen will report for duty on or about·---~~~__,~-,..,.----- (Nature of work) --------------------In the amount of$ __ _ 3. He certifies that (a) The legal name and the business address of the undersigned are: (b) The undersigned is: 52 / f'. Single Proprietorship : (3) A Corporation Organized in the State of: (2) A Partnership: (4) Other Organization (Describe) ; ' (c) The name, title and address of the owner, partners or officers of the undersigned are: ~---- ::-·) ----------------------------~--------------- 53 (e) The names, addresses and trade classifications of all other building construction contractors in which the undersi ned has a substantial interest are (if none, so state : (Subcontractor) (Signature) (Typed Name and Title) 54 WARNING U.S. Crimnal Code, Section 1010 , Title 18, U.S.C, Provides in part: 'Whoever ... makes, passes, alters, or publishes any statement, knowing the same to be false ... shall be fined not more than $5,000 · or imprisloned not more than two years, or both." 55 .·, • . ·. (__ ) APPRENTICFS PROPER ·PAY · 1111 Publication 1321 aevlaed JRnuar7 1986 You must be paid not less than the wage rate in the schedule posted with this Notice for the kind of work you perform. You must be paid not less than one and one-half times your basic rate of pay for all hours worked over 40 a week. There are some exceptions. Appre.ntice rates apply only to · apprentices property registered under approved Federal or State apprenticeship programs. If you do not receive proper pay, contact the Contracting Officer listed below: . ~ City of Fort Worth Budget and Management Services, Contract Management, Sherry Johnson 1000 Throckmorton St. Fort Worth, TX 7 6102 or you may contact the nearest office of the Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor. The Wage and Hour Division has offices in several hundred communities throughout the country. They are listed in the U.S. Government section of most telephone directories under: U.S. Department of Labor Employment Standards Administration u.e Departmon1 or Labor • Employmont Sblndardl Admlnlltlallon Wa;a Ind Hour Dlvfllon I r . i ( ) ) .;\}~\/\·>·/:-····:.' ····-··· STATE~NT Of POLICY ON EQUAL E:MPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY --It will be the policy of this firm to not discrhninate against any applicant for employment, or any empioye'e, because of race, creed, color, age, sex, or natural origin. T.hl.s fum will insure that this policy is qontinually enforced with.regard to employment, prombtion, upgrading, demotion, transf~, . recruitment, and recruitment advertising; lay off and ter;rnination, compensation, tram:ing, and wqrkmg conditions. We will make it understood by all with whom we deal, and in. all our · employment opp0rtunity announcements that the foregoing is our policy. All applicants and employees·will be judged solely .on the basis 0f their skill, devotion loyalty, reliability and integrity. Company Name Signature .,...-~. ( ) . __ ... City of Fort Worth, Community Development Block Grant Funded Construction Projects (Davis-Bacon Applicable) TO: AIL CONTRACTORS, SUB··CONTRACTORS, AND PAYROIL CLERKS ·ETC. FROM: SHERRY JOHNSON, CONTRACT COMPLIANCE SPECIALIST RE: PAYROILPROCEDURES 1. Payrolls are to be submitted, in original only, to the Contract Compliance Specialist, Finance Department 1000 Throckmorton, Fort Worth, Texas 76102 on or before 5:00 p.m. of the seventh day following the close of that pay period, using Form WH-347 or equivalent certified payrolls (when approved by the Contract Compliance Specialist). 2. Payroll not submitted on time will be sufficient cause to withhold monies due for previous Pay requests. 3. For All Contractors Exceeding $10,000-When a Contractor or Subcontractor arrives on the job in order to commence work, he/ she shall submit, with the initial payroll, a Notice of Sta1t Letter, a certificate from Contractor/ Subcontractor appointed office,. or employee to sttpmiise pqyment of en;pioyees, a certificate regarding Eq1./.al En;ployment Opportuniry, a Labor Standards and Prevailing Wage fuqui1-en1ents Certification, and the Ajfirn2ative Action Agreement. 4. Payrolls are to nw,nbers consecutively beginning with #1, submitting payroll for each week until work is completed. s: Show Contractors and Subcontractors IRS NUMBER ON THE INITIAL PAYROLL 6. Whenever a Subcontractor is absent from the job during a complete pay period, he/she shall submit "No Work" payroll on the WH-347 for that period. 7. When a Subcontractor leaves the job permanently after having completed a contract, the final payroll should state "Final". 8. Any time an error is found in the payroll whereby an employee is under paid for that particular pay period, a supplemental payroll shall be submitted, for that employee or those employees. Together with the payroll, a Receipt for payment and Back Wages statement and a copy of the check issued to pay the back wages shall be submitted. 9. Payrolls shall be correct and (preferable in io:k, no pencil entries) must include the following ite1ns: ;:, ( ) ) a. Employees Name b. Employees Address c. Employees Social Security Number d. Employees correct classification (as shown on the Department of Labor wage decision). All classifications used must be shown on the wage determination. e .. Exact hourly rate of pay (shown on wage decision). Can be more than that shown, but never less). f. Daily and weekly total number of hours worked (if several trades during that particular pay period). g. Allowable deductions made. Allowable deductions are F.I.C.A. and Withholding Tax. The Payroll Deduction Authorization Fo:ttn, signed by the employee authorizing these deductions, shall accompany all other deductions shown. This form only needs to be submitted once if there will be no new deductions . h. Total actual wages paid. If the employee or employees work more than one trade during any given period, it should be shown on the payroll and accompanied by an Employee's Statement of Work Verification signed . by the employee, showing that he/ she did work the various hours on the payroll in the various trades. Note: On!J the _ 1vage rates provided~ the Department of Labor are ttsed for this project. The contract 11111st be signed within 90 dqys of tbe bid opening or the biddingprocess far the project 11111st start again or the Contractor mqy choose to accept a1!)1 wage 111odifications. lf yo1.t have a1!)1 questions, please contract 111e at (817) 3 9 2-7 3 3 3. ,,,...- ( () i I \ ) _C:HECKLIST FOR LABOR STANDARDS AUDIT ProjectName: ------------Monitor: -------------- Number: 8-02-4 __ Contractor's Packet Information Pre-Bid Notice Pre-Con Meeting *Meeting Notes Contractor/Sub Information Start ofConstmction Fom1 Construction Complete Form Section 3 Attachment Forms (If Applicable) Attaclunent B Self- Certification Form Attaclunent D Statement of Release Form Attachment E Preliminary Statement of Workforce Needs Fonn Statement of Policy on Equal Employment Opportunity Fmm Certification & Acknowledgement Form Contract Wage Decision U.S . Department of Housing & Urban Development Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes -24- No No No No No No No . No No No No No No Numbe r: Date: Date : Date: -------- Certification of Bidder Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity Form Yes No Certification Regarding Lobbying Form Yes No U.S. Department ofHousing & Urban Development Ce1tificate from Contractor Appointing officer or Employee to Supervise Payment ofEmployees Form Yes No Payrolls submitted Yes No Dates: Interviews, If necessary Yes No i ) If yes: Letters/C01Tespondence Yes No ) -25- -gz- ( ) ·, ... i .~·· i l "~ I ) CONTRACT MANAGEMENT DMSION PUBLIC FACILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS CDBG CONSTRUCTION GUIDELINES The use of Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) futids in whole or part for construction of a public building must follow the federal regulations for CDBG. PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE A. Clearance and Wage Rates (Contract Management Division, CMD) 1. Obtain Environmental .Assessment from City Planning Department to determine if flood plain, effect on community, etc .. 2. Obtain Qualified Service Area documentation from City Planning 3. 4. 5. 6. Department to determine at least 51 % ofresidents in service area of building are low and moderate-income persons. Contract Compliance Specialist will request wage determination from HUD to meet Davis-Bacon Act (Description of work needed from project manager) . Provide cost estimate and source of funds for construction. Project Manager from City Department will notify CMD when project design is completed. At least ten days before the bid opening, CMD will verify wage rates and notify the appropriate project manager if there is possibly a modification. B. Bid Process 1. Bid Document needs to include: The Contractor's Packet *• Wage rates required by Davis-Bacon Act and predetermined by Department of Labor per job classification. In the case of contracts entered into pursuant to competitive bidding procedures bid opening locks in wage decision. The contract must be signed within 90 days after the bid opening, ifnofsigned within that period a new decision will go into effect, if the Contractor does not agree to the new decision the bidding process must start over. • HUD contract requirements • Specifications of construction work • Project sign design with CDBG identified as a funding source to be posted in front of building being constructed. 2. Pre-bid conference may be held to address potential contractor questions, if so, it must be stated in the bid advertisement and provide place and time. 3. Bid advertisement needs to state time and place bids will be opened. 4. Request for bids must be advertised 2 consecutive weeks -at least one week in newspaper of general circulation. · 5. Project monitor to attend bid opening 1 ( ) C. Contract between Contractor and City of Fort Worth (# I -5 deal mostly with housing projects) 1. A written contract with the City will be completed prior to the disbursement of money. The contract will remain in effect during any period that the agency has control over CDBG funds. 2. A lien will be placed on property over a period to be determined by the City (minimum of 5 years after expiration of the contract) . . 3. If during the lien period-the facility ceases to meet a CDBG national objective or eligible activity, the City must be reimburseci at Fair Market Value of the building, less any portion of the value attributable to the expenditure of non-building, less any portion ·of the value attributable to the expenditure of non-CD BG funds for acquiring of: or improvement to, the property. 4. Contractor selected must obtain liability and workers compensation insurance. 5. Contractor selected must obtain performance bond. CONSTRUCTION STAGE A. Pre-Construction conference B." c. Contractor is responsible for sub-contractor compliance with ffiJD regulations. Must be held to review federal requirements and submission of payroll documentation on a weekly basis to ·CMD. . 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Building must provide handicap accessibility (wheelchair ramps, elevators and bathrooms). Monitoring site-visits and wage interviews will be conducted by project monitor. Project monitor must ensure that contractor has not been debarred before the start of work. Contractor Information and Section 3 attachments must be sent to monitor with seven days after being received. Construction . 1. Submit Start ofWorkNotice 2. Submit Section.3 Attachments 3. Workers must be paid weekly 4 . Submit weekly certified payrolls {number payrolls) 5. Post Wage decision, EEO, Department oflabor wage info. End of Construction 1. Submit End of Work Form 2. Retain all information related to project for five years 2 ~-· r Project Closeout 1. Audit by City staff This outline represents the requirements for construction or rehabilitation projects. We look forward to working closely with you to facilitate the implementation of these requirements for federally funded construction projects . Please feel :free to call us at any time, Sherry Johnson (817) 392-7333 ' HOUSING DEPARTMENT, CONTRACT MANAGEMENT DMSION 3 ( ) . City of Fort Worth Davis-Bacon monitoring . procedures Staff responsible for resolving Davis-Bacop noncompliance issues The Contract Management Division's assigned project monitor is responsible for the monitoring and resolu.tion of all issues of non-compliance. How noncompliance issues will be communicated to the prime contractors Issues of noncompliance wiU b~ communicated through documented telephone calls and/or letters to the prime contractor giving notification of the issue(s). How long the contractor wQl have t~ respond to the issues The contractor will have 15-30 days to respond to all notifications of non-compliance. Matters where there is evidence that underpayments have occurred will warrant the 30- day time period to respond so that corrections c~ be made to payroll. Issues will be tracked in the following manner. The Contract Management Division's assigned monitor will notify the contractor of non compliance issues. In the notification letter the monitor will specify the number of days in which the prime will have to response to the letter in writing. Once a letter is received addressing the issues the Contract'Management Division's assigned monitor will respond to any unsatisfactory responses by the Prime Contractor· by maintaining open findings of noncompliance or closing any issues which have been resolved. WEATHER TABLE MONTH JANUARY FEBRUARY MARCH APRIL MAY JUNE JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER ANNUALLY WEATIIER TABLE AVERAGE DAYS RAINFALL (1) 7 7 7 9 8 6 5 5 7 6 6 7 80 (1) Average normal number of days rainfall, 0.01" or more. (2) Average normal precipitation. (3) One inch (1 11 ) or more. * Less than one-half inch ( 1/2 "). INCHES RAINFALL (2) 1.80 2.36 2.54 4.30 4.47 3.05 1.84 2.26 3.15 2 .68 2.03 1.82 32.30 SNOW/ICE PELLETS (3) 1 * * 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 1 Unseasonable weather is defined for contract purposes as rain/snow days which exceed the average number of days or inches of rainfall in any given month. This table is based on information recorded at the former Greater Southwest International Airport, Fort Worth, Texas, covering a period of 18 years. Latitude 32° 50' N, Longitude 97° 03' W, elevation (ground) 537 ft. . VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW Section 2252 .002, Texas Government Code, provides that, in order to be awarded a contrac.1: as low bidder, non-resident bidders ( out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside of the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a non-resident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State in which the non-resident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Sectipn A must be filled out by all out-of-state or-non-resident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of out-of-state or non-resident contractors to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check..the box in Section B. ... A. Non-resident vendors in _____ (give state), our principal place of business, are required to be percent lower than resident bidders by state law. A copy of the statute is attached. Non-resident vendors in _____ (give state), our principal place ofbusiness, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. Our principal place of business or corporate offi.ce is in the State of Texas. ~ Please Check or mark with an "X" BIDDER: Nog.W5TAI-~sr. ,LJc.... (please print) 31..\0 ::foxc..£ D~\"E" (please print) Signature: YI/~ a~!/~ Company Title: Vic.£ ~ES\\) ENT -~----~------(please print) City I State F0(2., Wo~'\\-\-\ TX Zip 7(,pl \ (p THIS FORM MUST BE RETURNED WITH YOUR QUOTATION VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'·S COMPENSATION TO THE EMPLOYER/CONTRACTOR:. Pursuant to Texas Worker's Compensation Commission Rule 110.110(d)(7), a contractor engag~d in a building or construction project for a government entity is · required to post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the · project that they are required to be covered by workers' compensation insurance. The notice required by this rule does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Act or other Commission rules. This notice must: (1) be posted in English, Spanish and any other language common to the employer's employee population; (2) be displayed on each project site; (3) state how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage; (4) be printed with a title in at least 30-point bold type and text in at least 19-point normal type; and ( 5) contain the exact words as prescribed in Rule 110 .110( d)(7) without additional words or changes. The notice on the reverse side meets the above requirements. Failure to post the .notice as required by this rule is a violation of the Act and commission rules. The violator may be subject to administrative penalties. REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transponation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee. Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage. COBERTURA REQUERIDA ·nE COMPENSACION PARA TRABAJADORES La ley requiere que cada persona trabajando en este sitio o proporciona servicios relacionados con este proyecto de construccion tiene que estar cubierto por aseguranza de compensacion para trabajadores. Esto incluye personas que pro9porcionan, cargan, entregan equipo o materiales o proporcionan mano de obrra, transportan, o cualquier servicio relacionado con este proyecto, sin considerar la identidad del patron o estado del empleado. Llame a la Comision Tejana de Compensacion para Trabajadores al 512-440-3789 para recibir informacion de los requerimientos legales de cobertura, para verificar si su patron le ha proporcionado la cobertura requerida o para reportar falta del patron en proporcionarle cobertura. PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN 4'-0" PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN 1-----------4'-0" -----------1 .• · ... ,.. . . • . . /PMS·2BB t 1 /' 4 ~·c FORT Wo RTH =!= 111 ~II= 3"= 4 PMS -167 '=13" Project Title . , 1• 2ND LINE· ' IF.NECESSARY_/ ~ 3 11 1~"======= Contractor: --=t 111 2 ~"LContractor's Name 1 : 2 . . =r 2~'' . 1" FUN.OED BY 1"~ 2004 .C_APITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRA _M . . . =-i-1" _i2!" l~0 r= Scheduled Completion Date _t_ 1 "' 1~·" t . Year -. 2 1" FONTS: FORT WORTH LOGO IN CHELTINGHAM BOLD ALL OTHER LETTERING IN ARIAL BOLD COLORS: FORT WORTH • PMS 288 LONGHORN LOGO· PMS 167 LETTERING -PMS 288 . BACKGROUND -WHITE BORDER -BLUE 5" PROJECT DESIGNATION SIGN . (Community Development Block Grant projects . only) CITY OF FORT WORTH-CONSTRUCTION .. STANDAJW DRAWING NO. DATE: 9-20--02 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION I -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DMSION I -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01100 -SUMMARY OF WORK The Contractor shall §Upply all superintendence and shall perform all workJmd furnish all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals necessary and complete all work -as described in the plans and specifications. All construction and other work shall be done by the Contractor in accordance with the best engineering and construction practices for the skill or trade involved. The work to be accomplished under these plans and specifications for: Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition (Mapsco No. 78-J) includes: Site demolition, site grading and in~t~llation of new sprayground and park amenities as per construction documents. · ·· · These plans and specifications were prepared by the Parks and Community Services Department. The Department of Engineering will administer the contract and furnish inspection. In addition to project performance stated above, the Contractor shall also be responsible for: 1. Setting all project layout dimensions and fmal fmish grade elevations in accordance to plans. All such survey work shall be performed by a Registered Surveyor in the State of Texas and verification provided to the City that such survey work complies to plans and specifications. 2. Attend all project progress meetings as scheduled by the City and provide updated project schedules within 3 calendar days upon request by the City . The applicable items contained in the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction for the City of Fort Worth, Texas, shall apply to this contract just as though each were incorporated in these documents . Where the provisions or specifications contained in those documents are contrary to this publication, this publication shall govern. In case of conflict between plans and specifications, the plans shall govern. A copy of the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction can be purchased at the office of the Transportation and Public Works Department, 1000 Throckmorton Street, 2nd Floor, Municipal Building, Fort Worth, Texas. The Contractor shall provide all permits and licenses and pay all charges and fees, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. The Contractor shall contact the City of Fort Worth's Development-Plans Exam Section for a determination of applicable permits or variances required for this project. SECTION 01135 -CONTRACT TIME 1.01 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION Upon receipt of a notification letter and the executed construction contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling a µreconstruction conference, which shall be held no later than ten working days from the date of the notification letter. At the time of the µreconstruction conference, a construction start date shall be established and indicated in the Notice to Proceed (Work Order) issued by the Engineering Department. The Contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract on or before ten working days from the date the Work Order is issued. The Contractor shall carry the work forward expeditiously with adequate forces and shall complete it within the period of time stipulated in the contract. General Requirements , 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.02 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES This project shall be completed within the specified days allowed. If project construction exceeds the allotted contract time, liquidated damages will be assessed as stipulated in the City of Fort Worth Standard Specification for Street and Storm Drain Construction. In the event of a dispute regarding either fmal quantities or liquidated damages, the parties shall attempt to resolve the differences within 30 calendar days . SECTION 01140 -ALTERNATIVES The City reserves the right to abandon, without obligation to the contractor, any part of the project (subject to : conditions set forth in Section 01150 -Payment to Contractor) or the entire project at any time before the Contractor begins any construction work authorized by tlie City. SECTION 01150-PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR, PROJECT ACCEPTANCE & WARRANTY 1.01 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: The Contractor shall accept the compensation as provided in the contract in full payment for furnishing and paying for all materials, supplies, subcontracts, labor, tools and equipment necessary to complete the work of the contract; for any loss or damage which may arise from the nature of the work from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulty which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, until the final acceptance of the work by the City; for all risks of every description connected with the prosecution of the work; for all expenses and damages which might accrue to the Contractor by reason of delay in the initiation and prosecution of the work from any cause whatsoever; for any infr ingement of patent, trademark or copyright, and for completing the work according to the plans and/or specifications . The payment of any current or partial estimate shall in no way affect the obligations of the Contractor to repair or remove, at his own expense, the defective parts of the construction or to replace any defective materials used in the construction, and to be responsible for all damages due to such defects if such defects or damages are discovered on or before the final inspection and acceptance of the work. 1.02 Partial pay estimates shall be submitted by the Contractor or prepared by the City on the I st day and 15th day of each month that the work is in progress. Estimates will be paid within 25 days following the end of the estimate period, less the appropriate retainage as set out below. Partial pay estimates may include acceptable nonperishable materials delivered to the work place which are to be incorporated into the work as a permanent part thereof, but which at the time of the pay estimate have not been so installed. If such materials are included within a pay estimate, payment shall be based upon 85% of the net invoice value thereof. The Contractor will furnish the Engineer such information as may be reasonably requested to aid in the verification or the preparation of the pay estimate. 1.03 It is understood that the partial pay estimate amounts will be approximate only, and all partial pay estimates and payment of same will be subject to correction in the estimate rendered following the discovery of the mistake in any previous estimate. Payment of any partial pay estimates shall not be an admission on the part of the Owner of the amount of work done or of its quality or sufficiency or as an acceptance of the work done; nor shall same release the Contractor of any of its responsibilities under the Contract Documents. 1.04 .1 The City reserves the right to withhold the payment of any partial estimate if the Contractor fails to perform the work in strict accordance with the specifications or other provisions of this Contract. 1.05 Retainage -For contracts of less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be 10 percent. For contracts of $400,000 or more at the time of execution, retainage shall be 5 percent. The Contractor will receive full payment for work, less retainage, from the City, on each partial payment period. Payment of the retainage will be included with the final payment after acceptance of the project being complete. General Requirements -2 l 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.06 Contractor shall pay subcontractors in accord with the subcontract agreement within five business days after receipt by Contractor of the payment by City. Contractor's failure to make the required payment to subcontractors will authorize the City to withhold future payments from the Contractor until compliance with this paragraph is accomplished. 1.07 Contractor hereby assigns to City any and all claims for overcharges associated with this contract which arise under the antitrust laws of the United States, 15 U .S.C.A. Sec . 1 et seq (1973). 1.08 ,.INCREASED OR DECREASED QUANTITIES: The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of the work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found to be necessary, and the Contractor shall perform the work as altere.d, increased or decreased at the unit prices. Such increased or decreased quantity shall not be more than 25 percent of the contemplated quantity of such item or items. When such changes increase or decrease the original quantity of any item or items of work to be done or materials to be furnished by the 25· percent or more, then either party to the contract shall upon written request to the other party be entitled to a revised consideration upon that portion of the work above or below the 25 percent of the original quantity stated in the proposal; such revised consideration to be determined by special agreement or as hereinafter provided for "Extra Work." No allowance will be made for any changes in anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract Documents. 1.09 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK: Extra work performed by the Contractor, that is authorized and approved by the City Engineer, will be paid for under "Change orders" made in the manner hereinafter described, and the compensation thus provided shall be accepted by the Contractor as payment in full for a!! labor, subcontracts, materials, tools, equipment and mcidentals, and for all supervision, insurance, bonds and all other expense of whatever nature incurred in the prosecution of the extra work. Payment for extra work will be made under one of the following types of "Change orders" to be selected by the City: A. Method "A". By unit prices agreed upon in the contract or in writing by the Contractor and City Engineer and approved by the City Council before said extra work is commenced subject to all other conditions of the contract. B. Method "B". By a lump sum price agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and City Engineer and approved by the City Council before said extra work is commenced, subject to all other conditions of the contract. C. Method "C". By actual field cost of the work, plus 15 percent as described herein below, agreed upon in writing by the Contractor and City Engineer and approved by the City Council after said extra work is completed, subject to all other conditions of the contract. In the event extra work is to be performed and paid for under Method "C", the actual field costs of the work will include the cost of all workmen, foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers working on said project; all used on such extra work only, plus all power, fuel, lubricants, water and similar operating expenses; and a ratable proportion of premiums on performance and payment bonds, public liability, workmen's compensation and all other insurance required by law or ordinance. The City Engineer will direct the form in which the accounts of actual field cost will be kept and will recommend in writing the method of doing the work and the type and kind of equipment to be used, but such extra work will be performed by the Contractor as an independent contractor and not as an agent or employee of the City . The 15 percent of the actual field cost to be paid the Contractor shall cover and compensate him for profit, overhead, general supervision and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein specified. The Contractor shall give the City Engineer access to all accounts, bills, invoices and vouchers relating thereto. General Requirements ., ,' 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1 .10 DELAYS: If delay is caused by specific orders given by the City to stop work, or by the perfonnance of extra work, or by the failure of the City to provide material or necessary instructions for carrying on the work, then such delay will entitle the Contractor to an equivalent extension of time, his application for which shall, however, be subject to the approval of the City Council; no such extension of time shall release the Contractor or the surety on his performance bond from all his obligations hereunder which s hall remain in full force until the discharge of the contract. 1.11 CLAIMS AND DAMAGES: Any claims for extra work or for any other related matter or cause must be made in writ ing to the City Engineer within seven calendar days from and after the cause or claim arises. Unless such claim is so presented, it shall be held that the Contractor has waived the claim, and he shall not be entitled to receive .pay thereof. 1.12 TRANSPORTATION: No allowance or deduction will be made for any charge of freight rates. No allowance for transportation of men, materials or equipment will be allowed. 1.13 ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT: The City, upon receipt of the Director's "Certificate of Completion" and "Final Estimate" and upon receipt of satisfactory evidence from the Contractor that all subcontractors and persons furnishing labor or materials have been paid in full and all claims of damages to property or persons because of the carrying on of this work have been resolved, or the claims dismissed or the issues joined, shall certify the estimate for final payment after previous payments have been deducted and shall notify the Contractor and his surety of the acceptance of the project. Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent Of Surety shall be required prior to final payment becoming due and payable. In the event that the Bills Paid Affidavit and Consent Of Surety have been delivered to the City and there is a dispute regarding (1) final quantities, or (2) liquidated damages, the City shall make a progress payment in the amount that the City deems due and payable. On projects divided into two or more units, the Contractor may request a final payment on one or more units which have been completed and accepted. On delivery of the final payment, the Contractor shall sign a written acceptance of the final estimate as payment in full for the work done. All prior partial estimates shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. 1.14 WARRANTY: The Contractor shall be responsible for defects in this project due to faulty workmanship or materials, or both, for a period of two (2) years beginning as of the date that the final punch list has been completed and the project accepted by the City as of the date the final punch list has been completed, as evidenced by a written statement signed by the Contractor and the City. The contractor will be required to replace, at own expense, any part, or all, of this project which becomes defective due to these causes. SECTION 01300 -SUBMITTALS Prior to construction, the Contractor shall furnish the Parks and Community Services Department a schedule outlining the anticipated time each phase of construction will begin and be completed, including sufficient time for turf establishment (if applicable) and project clean-up. The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager shop drawings, product data and samples required in specification sections. Refer to Section O 1640 -1.02. SECTION 01400 -QUALITY CONTROL The Contractor will receive all instructions and approvals from the Director of Engineering and/or his assigned inspectors. The inspector will be introduced to the contractor prior to beginning work. Any work done at the direction of any other authority will not be accepted or paid for . Final approval for the fmished project shall be given by the Director of Engineering, City of Fort Worth. General Requirements -4 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition The Contractor or a competent and reliable superintendent shall oversee the work at all times. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. SECTION 01410 -TESTING All tests made by the testing laboratory selected by the City will be paid for by the City. In the event manufacturing certificates are requested, they shall be paid for by the Contractor. SECTION 01500 -TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to protect all existing trees, shrubbery, sidewalks, buildings, vehicles, utilities, etc., in the area where the work is being done. The Contractor shall rebuild, restore, and make good at his own expense all injury and damage to same which may result from work being carried out under this contract. The utility lines and conduits shown on the plans are for information only and are not guaranteed by the Owner to be accurate as to location and depth; they are shown on the plans as the best information available from the owners of the utilities involved and from evidences found on the ground. The Contractor shall determine the exact location of all existing utilities and conduct his work to prevent interruption of service or damages. SAFETY RESTRICTIONS -WORK NEAR IDGH VOLTAGE LINES A warning sign not less than five inches by seven inches, painted yellow with black letters that are legible at twelve feet, shall be placed inside and outside vehicles such as cranes, derricks, power shovel, drilling rigs, pile drivers, hoisting equipment or similar machinery. The warning sign shall read as follows: "WARNING -UNLAWFUL TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT WITIDN SIX FEET OF HIGH VOLTAGE LINES." Equipment that may be operated within six feet of high voltage lines shall have an insulating cage-type guard about the boom or arm, except backhoes or dippers, and insulator links on the lift hood connections. When necessary to work within six feet of high voltage electric lines, the Contractor shall notify power company (TU Electric or the appropriate power supplier) to erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the line, or raise or lower the line. The contractor shall maintain a log of all such correspondence. The Contractor is responsible for all costs incurred. SECTION 01640 -SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 1.01 GENERAL For consideration of product substitutions, send submittals to: Scott Penn, Project Manager (817) 871-5750 Parks and Community Services Department 4200 S. Freeway Suite 2200 Fort Worth, Texas 76115-1499 1.02 PRODUCTS LIST A. Within five (5) Working Days after commencement of work, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager two (2) copies of complete list of all specified products and submittals for review and approval. B. Tabulate list by each specification section. General Requirements t: 100% Construction Docwnents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition C . For products specified under reference standards, include with listing of each product: 1. Name and address of manufacturer 2. Trade name 3. Model or catalog designation 4 . Manufacturer's data a. Performance and test data b. Reference standards D. Specified material shall not be ordered by the Contractor until such time product material submittals have been received, reviewed and approved by the project consultant and / or City. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S OPTIONS A. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product which meets such standards from any manufacturer. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product and manufacturer named . C. For products specified by naming one or more products, the Contractor must submit request, as required for substitution, for any product not specifically named. 1.04 SUBSTITUTIONS A. During bidding, the Project Manager will consider written requests from Prime Bidders only (bidders submitting Bid Proposals for the construction of all work) for substitutions which are received at least fifteen (15) Working Days prior to bid date, exclusive of the bid opening date; requests received after that time will not be considered. B. Within thirty (30) calendar days after date of Contract execution, the Project Manager will consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of those specified. C. Submit two (2) copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Docwnents. 2. For products : a. Product identification, including manufacturer's name and address. b . Manufacturer's literature: ( 1) Product description (2) Performance and test data (3) Reference standards c. Samples, if required . d . Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, and date of install ation . D. In making request for substitution, the Prime Bidder/ Contractor represents: 1. That the Prime Bidder/ Contractor has personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. That the Prime bidder/ Contractor will provide the same guarantee ( or better) for substituted product or method specified . 3. That the Prime Bidder / Contractor will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all respects. 4. That the Prime Bidder I Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to subst itution which consequently become apparent. E. Substitutions will not be considered if: General Requirements -6 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition I. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or project data submittals without formal request submitted in accord with Paragraph 1.04. 2 . Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents . 3 . Substitution requests submitted with less than fifteen (15) Working Days prior to bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date or after thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the executed contract. F. Should the Contractor install any material and/ or equipment which is non-specified, failed to submit the appropriate submittals for review and did not receive approval from the City prior to installation, all such material and / or equipment shall be removed by the Contractor and install specified equipment and / or material at no additional expense to the City. SECTION 01700 -PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.2 1.3 A. Articles and portions of articles of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions not amended, supplemented or superseded by these General Requirements (Division 1) shall remain in effect. B. All closeout documents (Record Drawings, Operation and Maintenance Manuals and Warranties) shall be provided to the Owner in hard copy format as well as in electronic format on CD . SECTION INCLUDES A . Substantial Completion B. Cleaning C . Record Drawings D . Operation and Maintenance Manuals E. Warranties F . Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials G. Letters of Compliance SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A . After the Work has been cleaned and finished to a state of Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall prepare a list of items to be completed or corrected. The Contractor shall give the Architect/Engineer 10 days written notice of the date the Work, or a portion of the Work, will be ready for each inspection . B . First Inspection: Upon receipt of the list of items to be completed or corrected, if the Architect/Engineer agrees that the level of completeness meets the standards established, the Architect/Engineer will inspect the project for compliance with the Contract Documents. The Architect/Engineer shall verify and amend the Contractor's list. The Architect/Engineer' will designate specific items on the list which must be completed or corrected before the Certificate of Substantial Completion will be issued. C. If, in the Architect/Engineer's opinion, the Contractor is not making the proper effort to complete or correct listed items, the Architect/Engineer may report same to the Owner who will have the General Requirements 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition option of engaging other contractors to complete the work of the project. Such contractors shall be employed as stipulated in the General Conditions. D . Second Inspection: When items have been corrected to meet Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer to perform a second Substantial Completion inspection. If, in the opinion of the Owner and Architect/Engineer, the work has been performed in compliance with the Contract Documents, and if documents defined in this Section, and in Paragraph 9.10.1 of the General Requirements have been prepared and received by the Owner , the Architect/Engineer will issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion with the remaining items · to be completed or corrected for final acceptance on an attached list. E. Items. to be Completed or Corrected: The list of items attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion is a guideline of items to be corrected for final acceptance. Items may be added to the list after the date of Substantial Completion as a guide of items to review at final inspection and as a record of the warranty date for those items . 1.4 CLEANING A. Execute cleaning prior substantial completion reviews and final inspections. B. Clean interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view . C. Clean debris from entire site, roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems. D. Clean or replace filters of operating equipment. E. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site . F. 'Ibe Contractor shall make final clean-up of the construction area, to the satisfaction of the Parks and Community Services Department, as soon as construction in that area is completed. Clean-up shall include removal of all construction materials, pieces of concrete, equipment and/or other rubbish, smudges, marks, stains, fingerprints, soil, dirt, paint, dust, lint, unnecessary labels, discoloration's and other foreign materials. Clean all finished surfaces, such as (but not limited to) walks, drives, curbs, paving, fences, grounds, etc . Slick surfaces shall be left with a clear shine. Remove all temporary facilities and job sign, including surface materials and temporary roads and walkways. No more than five (5) days shall elapse after the completion of construction before the area is cleaned. Surplus materials shall be disposed ofby the Contractor, at this own expense, and as directed by the Parks and Community Services Department. Cleaning of equipment by Contractor or Subcontractor, such equipment as cement mixers, ready-mix trucks, tools, etc., shall take place in an area designated by the Parks and Community Services Department. 1.5 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. The contractor shall provide to the Architect/Engineer complete record documents at the completion of the project which includes the drawings and project manual. The record documents shall be submitted in electronic format. B . The contractor shall acquire and pay for a set of blueline prints of the drawings on heavy weight paper and one Project Manual with a laminated cover at the beginning of the project to be kept in a safe, neat environment at the site. The blueline prints and project manual will be labeled with neat bold letters "Record Drawings Prints" and "Record Project Manual". The edges of the prints shall be protected with clear tape. C. During the course of performing the work, the contractor shall neatly record all changes to the Contract Documents on the "Record Drawing Prints" and "Record Manual", including but not limited to: l. All Addendum's issued by the Architect/Engineer. General Requirements -8 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2. All Change Orders approved by the Owner. 3. All Architect/Engineer's Supplemental Instructions issued by the Architect/Engineer. 4. All answers issued by the Architect/Engineer.in response to "Requests for Interpretation" issued by contractor that change any drawing or specification. 5. All changes by the contractor of piping routings, duct layouts, electrical equipment placement, circuiting, etc . that deviate from locations shown on the Contract Documents, shall be carefully recorded. The contractor shall show and label all valves with the correspondmg tag number. 6. All underground utility iocations shall be reviewed with the Architect/Engineer and consequently recorded on the "Record Drawing Prints". D. Prior to application for payment each month, the Architect/Engineer will review the "Record Drawing Prints" and "Project Manual" to verify that any changes during that pay period have been properly recorded. The contractor shall keep a log on the cover sheet of the drawings and a log in the front of the Project Manual indicating which Addendum's, Change Orders, Supplemental Instructions, R.F.I. 's, etc. have been posted, the date they were posted, and by whom they were posted. Failure to record the changes that have occurred in that pay period will be grounds to withhold payment until they are recorded. E. As part of Project Close-out, the Record Documents, shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review and approval after substantial completion and prior to final payment. F. As part of Project Closeout, the "Record Documents", plotted on vellum paper, and the laminated "Record Project Manual" shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review after substantial completion and prior to final payment. The Architect/Engineer will compare the "Record Documents" to his own record set. The Architect/Engineer will return the "Record Documents" to the contractor who will promptly correct any deficiencies or discrepancies to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer and replot the appropriate sheets . The contractor will then submit to the Architect/Engineer, one (I) sets ofblueline prints of the fmal record drawings, and one (1) marked up copy of the "Record Project Manual". G . The Contractor shall show a reasonable sum of money for "Record Documents" as a line item on his schedule of values . 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Furnish the Owner, through the Architect/Engineer, two copies of operating instructions and maintenance recommendations for all work installed in the building, including that installed by General Contractor's own forces and all work done by subcontractors. B. Operating instructions and maintenance recommendations shall be furnished in a form approved by the Architect/Engineer and shall be neatly typewritten and complete, bound into Operations and Maintenance Manuals. C. These manuals shall be prepared and transmitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval so they . can be given to the Owner no less than IO days prior to Substantial Completion. D. The work covered by these manuals will not be inspected for Substantial Completion until Owner has received the manuals described above. 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Warranties and Certificates: Prior to the final payment, Contractor and subcontractors shall forward to the Architect/Engineer, copies of warranties and certificates as required by the Contract Documents. General Requirements 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition B. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall furnish written warranties, covering their respective work or equipment for a minimum period of one year from the date of acceptance, against defects of material or workmanship at no cost to the Owner . Some work may be specified to be covered under a longer period of warranty . All warranties shall be signed by the responsible Contractor and subcontractor. C . Wherever defects occur within the time limit of the warranty, if such unsatisfactory condition is due to the use of materials, or workmanship which are inferior, defective or not in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor, whenever notified, shall immediately: 1. Place any such warranted work and/or materials in satisfactory condition. 2. Make good any work or materials, or the equipment or contents of said structures or grounds, which are damaged in fulfilling any such warranty at no cost to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer. D . Should the Contractor fail to proceed promptly with the terms of this warranty the Owner may have such work performed as he may deem necessary to fulfill the warranty, charging the cost thereof against the Contractor. 1.8 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide Products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in indiv idual specification Sections. SECTION 01800 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAIMS Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify City's engineer and architect, and their personnel at the project site for contractor's sole negligence. In addition, Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the Owner, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss, property damage, personal injury , including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees, whether or not any such injury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees. In the event Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and/or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, ifhe deems appropriate, refuse to accept bids on any other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. END OF DMSION General Requirements -10 . . . DIVISION 2 ~ SITEWORK 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 02100 SITE PREP ARA UONtrREE PROTECTION FENCING PART 1 -GENERAL I.I SCOPE: Work in this section includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and services required for clearing and grubbing, minor demolition, removal and disposal of items as specified herein and on the plans. 1.2 .RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, Selective Demolition, Demolition Plan: Refer to plan sheets. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2. I No products are required to execute this work, except as the Contractor may deem necessary. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING: A. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of removing all natural and artificial objectionable materials from the project site or from limited areas of construction specified within the site. B. In general, clearing and grubbing shall be performed in advance of grading and earthwork operations and shall be performed over the entire area of earthwork operations . C. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, all trees and shrubs of three (3") inches caliper and less (caliper is the diameter as measured twelve (12") inches above the ground) and all scrub growth, such as cactus, yucca, vines, and shrub thickets, shall be cleared. All dead trees, logs, stumps, rubbish of any nature, and other surface debris shall also be cleared. D. Ground covers of weeds, grass, and other herbaceous vegetation shall be removed prior to stripping and stockpiling topsoil from areas of earthwork operations. Such removal shall be accomplished by "blading" off the uppermost layers of sod or root-matted soil for removal. 3 .2 TREES AND SHRUBS TO BE PRESERVED AND PROTECTED: A. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, trees and shrubs with calipers greater than three (3") inches shall not be cleared (removed) provided that both of the following conditions are met: 1. The vegetation exists in an area that is not proposed for pavement, a structure, or the playing bounds of an athletic field. 2. The vegetation is in an area where the cut or fill does not exceed six (6") inches. B. The Owner will assist the Contractor in identifying trees that are to be saved from clearing. The Contractor will protect such trees from construction damage such as trunk impacts and scrapes, limb breakage, compaction of soil within the drip line, and other injurious construction activities . 1. If necessary, the Owner may direct the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, to erect protective stockades along the drip lines of trees that the Owner considers vulnerable to damage. Such stockades shall be of eight (8') foot long x six (6") inch diameter posts vertically buried three (3 ') feet deep at six (6') foot intervals along the drip line. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Site Preparationffree Protection Fencing 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition C . Where grading or clearing and grubbing operations are to occur between trees that are to be preserved and protected, the Contractor will prune t he lower branches of these trees as necessary to prevent their breakage and to permit access by construction machinery . Branches will be .cut off to the trunk or major limb in a workmanlike manner. The Architect/Engineer may direct that the Contractor remove additional branches in such a manner that the tree presents a balanced appearance. Scars will be treated with a heavy coat of an approved tree sealant. 3.3 PAVEMENT REMOVAL: A ~ Bituminous and concrete pavements shall be removed to neatly sawed edges. Saw cuts shall be made to a minimum depth of one and one-half (1-1/2") -inches. If a saw cut in concrete pavement falls within three (3 ') feet of an existing score joint, construction joint, saw joint, cold joint, expansion joint, or edge, the concrete shall be removed to that joint or edge. All saw cuts shall be .. parallel and/or perpendicular to the line of existing pavement. If an edge of a cut is damaged subsequent to saw cutting, the concrete shall again be sawed to a neat, straight line for the purpose of removing the damaged area. B. Concrete curb and gutter shall be removed as specified above . No section to be replaced shall be smaller than thirty (30") inches in length or width. 3.4 UTILITIES REMOVAL: In general, those utilities on the site that are to be removed or abandoned and that belong to the Owner shall be removed or abandoned by 1he Contractor. The Owner is responsible for arranging the relocation or removal of other utilities owned by utility companies or other parties. 3.5 MISCELLANEOUS DEMOLITION: There may be certain items on the site such as old building foundations, fences and other undetermined structures and improvements that must be removed before construction can commence. Unless otherwise specified, such items become the property of the Contractor for subsequent disposal. 3 .6 USE OF EXPLOSIVES: The use of explosives will not be permitted in site preparation operations unless specifically permitted by the Owner in writing. 3.7 BACKFILLING: All holes, cavities, and depressions in the ground caused by site preparation operations will be backfilled and tamped to normal compaction and will be graded to prevent ponding of water an d to promote drainage. In areas that are to be immediately excavated, the Architect/Engineer may permit holes, etc., to remain open. Should any excavated hole or cavity be required to be left open over night, the Contractor shall be responsible to provide barriers and / or coverings to enhance on site accident prevention measures. 3 .8 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIAL~: A . Unless otherwise stated, materials generated by clearing, grubbing, removal, and demolition shall be known as "waste" or "spoils" and shall be removed from the site and disposed of by 1he Contractor. Similar materials may be unearthed or generated by earthwork operations or by the drilling of piers. Unless otherwise specified any merchantable items become the property of the Contractor. B . In certain cases, the Owner or Architect/Engineer may grant special permission for the Contractor to dispose of certain "wastes" or "spoils" by deep burial on the site. Such material would be buried in an approved area; would not be organic, biodegradable, or crushable; and would be buried in lifts or layers with soil thoroughly compacted around and over the material. A minimum of thirty (30") inches of cover would be required over the burial site . Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. END OF SECTION 02100 Site Preparation/Tree Protection Fencing 02 100-2 100% Construction Documents PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.1 SCOPE: Work in this section includes furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, and services required to construct, shape, and finish earthwork to the required lines, grades, and cross sections as specified herein and on the plans. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 02100 -Site Preparation. . . B. Grading Plan: Refer to plan sheets . 1.3 TEST REPORTS: The Owner will bear the cost of all testing requirements (unless re-testing is required) and the Testing Laboratory will submit test reports from a commercial testing laboratory as specified herein and in the Conditions of the Contract. 1.4 METHOD OF PAYMENT: Earthwork is a necessary and incidental part of the work. The total cost will be included in the Bid Proposal. Payment will not be made on a unit price basis nor by any other separate measured payment method. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2 .1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION: Unclassified excavation shall consist of all excavation, unless separately designated, within the limits of the work. Unclassified excavation includes all material encountered regardless of its nature or the manner in which it is to be excavated. 2.2 UNCLASSIFIED FILL: A. Unclassified fill shall consist of all fill within the limits of the work. All suitable native materials removed in unclassified excavation, or similar imported materials, shall be used insofar as practicable as unclassified fill. Properly deposited, conditioned, and compacted fill is hereinafter referred to as "earth embankment." B. Rock: Minor quantities of rock not greater than four (4") inches in greatest dimension are permissible in fill materials used to construct earth embankment. Minor quantities of rock of greater dimensions may be placed in the deeper fills in accordance with the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation requirements for construction of rock embankments, provided such placement of rock is not immediately adjacent to structures or piers . Also, rock may be placed in the portions of embankments outside the limits of the completed graded width where the size of the rock prohibits their incorporation in the normal embankment layers. 2.3 TOPSOIL: Shall be as follows: A . On-Site Topsoil: Topsoil shall consist ofan average depth of six (6") inches of native surface soil left in place after the ground cover of herbaceous vegetation and other objectionable matter has been cleared by "blading," as specified in Section 02100, "Site Preparation." Topsoil may be greater or less than the upper six (6") inches in depth. However, it must be removable without contamination by the subsoil or substratum or other objectionable matter that would render it as "unsuitable material" as described herein. B. Imported Topsoil: In the event there is not sufficient onsite topsoil, imported clean sandy loam topsoil will be imported so that the result is a full 6" deep of top soil in all planting areas. Submit a one (1) gallon sample and a pit analysis for approval. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Earthwork 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.4 IMPORTED FILL: A . Imported fill materials shall be used for the construction of earth embankment in the event that (1) the volume of unclassified excavation is less than the volume of fill required for earth embankment and/or (2) the condition of materials removed in unclassified excavation makes them unsuitable for use in the construction of earth embankment. B. The Contractor shall haul and place imported fill obtained from off-site sources as necessary to construct the embankment and various other details of the construction plans. All costs related to such imported fill will be included in the contract price, and no additional or separate payment for . imported fill will be due the Contractor. C. A sample of the proposed imported fill must be provided by the Contractor and be approved by the Architect/Engineer. In general, imported material must be equal to or better than native material in quality and engineering characteristics. The Architect/Engineer may also require the Contractor to provide a material analysis test of the proposed fill. 2.5 SELECT MATERIALS: A. Select materials shall be imported form off-site sources, unless they are available from specifically designated areas on the site as marked on the plans. B. Select Fill: The recommendations as called for in the "Geotechnical Investigation" shall be used for select fill. lfnone are provided in the "Geotechnical Investigation", the select fill shall be as follows: select fill shall be used for the construction of sub grades under building foundations , slabs on grade, and other concrete construction as shown and detailed on the plans. All select fill shall be sandy material or other suitable granular material (more than fifty (50%) percent by weight retained on a No. 200 sieve) and shall have a plasticity index not less than four (4) nor more than fifteen (15). Properly deposited, conditioned, and compacted select fill is hereinafter referred to as "select embankment." C. Testing Requirements: 1. The Contractor shall have the testing lab to provide a material analysis test of a pit sample of select fill prior to hauling it to the site. This test will include the percentage by weight retained on a No. 200 sieve, the plasticity index, a physical description of the material, and the Standard AASHTO Density and optimum moisture content as required in the execution of"DENSITY CONTROL" in this specification. Tests performed on samples of fill material used for other projects are unacceptable. 2. The Contractor shall have the testing lab to provide a maximum of four additional material analysis tests as described above for specimens chosen until after an entire lift of select fill material is hauled and deposited on the prepared subgrade, and all steps have been executed except for conditioning and compaction as required in the execution of "EARTH EMBANKMENT'' and "SELECT EMBANKMENT'' of this specification. The Owner or Architect/Engineer may call for a series of tests from the same lift or from any given lift of deposited material. 2.6 UNSUITABLE MATERIALS: A. Topsoil, select material, imported fill, or unclassified fill will be declared as "unsuitable" by the Owner if, in his opinion, any of the following conditions or matter and particles are present to a degree that is judged detrimental to the proposed use of the material. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Earthwork 02200-2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1. Moisture. 2. Decayed or undecayed vegetation. 3 . Hardpan clay, heavy clay, or clay balls . 4 . Rubbish . 5 . Construction rubble . 6 . Sand or gravel. 7. Rocks, cobbles , or boulders. 8 . Cementious matter. 9 . Foreign matter ofany kind . B . Unsuitable materials will be disposed ofas "waste" as specified in Section 02100. C. Wet Material: If fill mater ial is unsatisfactory for use as embankment solely because of high moisture content, the Architect/Engineer may grant the Contractor permission to process the material to reduce the mo isture content to a usable optimum condition. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SITE PREPARATION: In general, "site preparation," as specified in Section 02100 , shall be performed in advance of grading and earthwork operations and shall be completed over the entire area of earthwork operations. 3 .2 TOPSOIL: A . The removal and storage of topsoil shall occur after site preparation is complete and before excavation and embankment construction begin . Likewise, topsoil will be replaced after excavation and embankment construction are complete. B. Removal : Topsoil shall be stripped to an average depth of six (6") inches from areas where excavation and embankment construction are planned. Topsoil may be obtained from greater depths if it is uncontaminated by the substratum and it is of good quality in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer. C. Storage: Topsoil shall be stored in stockpiles conveniently located to areas that will later receive the topsoil. Stockpiles shall be out of the way of earthwork operations in locations approved by the Owner or Architect/Engineer. Stored topsoil shall be kept separate from other excavated materials and shall be protected from contamination by objectionable materials that would render it unsuitable . D. Timing: Topsoil will not be replaced (deposited) until construction activities are complete that would create undesirable conditions in the topsoil, such as overcompaction or contamination. Trenching for items such as electrical conduit and irrigation pressure lines must be complete before topsoil replacement may begin. E . Replacement: Topsoil will be deposited in a single layer or lift. It will be placed, processed, compacted, and graded to leave a finished layer of topsoil not less than five (5") inches in depth . Unless otherwise indicated, topsoil will be replaced over all areas of earthwork (including slopes), except where pavement is planned. F. Grading: Topsoil will be final graded to the elevations shown on the plans . Unless otherwise indicated, the fmal plane of compacted topsoil will be between 0.10 foot and one (l ") inch below adjacent paved surfaces. Fine grading will be accomplished with a weighted spike harrow, weighted drag, tractor box blade, light maintainer, or other acceptable machinery. Grading operations and equipment will be such that topsoil does not become overcompacted. Bulldozer Kimley-Hom and Associates , Inc. Earthwork I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition blades and front-end loader buckets are not acceptable devices for topsoil grading operations. Final grading within five feet of constructed or installed elements shall be hand raked. G . Plant Bed Areas : Excavate to a depth of 12" to receive proposed soil mix. H. Acceptability: Finished areas of topsoil are satisfactory if they are true to grade, true in plane, even in gradient (slope), uniform in surface texture, and of normal compaction . Areas of loose granular pockets or of overcompacted soils are not acceptable and will be reworked. Finished areas will. promote surface drainage and will be ready for turfgrass planting. 3.3 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION: A. All excavated areas shall be maintained in a condition to assure proper.drainage at all times, and ditches and sumps shall be constructed and maintained to avoid damage to the areas under construction. B. Surplus Material: 1. Surplus excavation is that quantity of material that may be left over after the grading plan is executed, and all earthwork operations, including excavation, embankment construction, topsoil replacement, and final grading, are completed. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall dispose of surplus material as "waste" as specified in Section 02100. 2 . In certain cases, if the on-site excavation and embankment quantities are not balanced and there is a surplus of excavated material, the Architect/Engineer may permit the Contractor to "waste" the surplus by constructing additional embankment in an approved location. No additional payment for such work would be due that Contractor. C. Excavation in Rock: The use of explosives will not be permitted unless specifically permitted in writing by the Owner. Unless otherwise indicated on the plans, excavation in solid rock shall extend six (6") inches below required subgrade elevation for the entire width of the area under construction and shall be backfilled with suitable materials as indicated on the plans. 3.4 EARTH EMBANKMENT: A . Earth embankment is defined as embankment composed of suitable materials removed in unclassified excavation and/or imported fill . The construction of embankment includes preparing the area on which fill is to be placed and the depositing, conditioning, and compaction of fill material. B. General: Except as otherwise required by the plans, all embankment shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade of the graded area, and each layer shall be so constructed as to provide a uniform slope as shown on the grading plan. Embankments shall be constructed to correspond to the general shape of the typical sections shown on the plans, and each section of the embankment shall correspond to the detailed section or slopes established by the drawings. After completion of the graded area, embankment shall be continuously maintained to its finished section and grade until the project is accepted. C. Preparation: Prior to placing any embankment, all preparatory operations will have been completed on the excavation sources and areas over which the embankment is to be placed. Stump holes or other small excavations in the limits of the embankments shall be backfilled with suitable material and thoroughly tamped by approved methods before commencing embankment construction. The surface of the ground, including plowed, loosened ground, or surfaces roughened by small washes or otherwise, shall be restored to approximately its original slope by Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Earthwork 02200-4 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition blading or other methods, and, where indicated on the plans or required by the Architect/Engineer, the ground surface, thus prepared, shall be compacted by sprinkling and rolling. D. Scarification: The surface of all areas and slopes over which fill is to be placed, other than rock, shall be scarified to a depth of four ( 4") to six ( 6") inches to provide a bond between the existing surface and the proposed embankment. Scarification shall be accomplished by plowing, discing, or other approved means. The material that has been loosened shall be recompacted with the new embankment. E. Benching: Scarification is normally adequate for sloping surfaces. However, in certain cases . where fill is to be placed against hillsides or existing embankment with slopes greater than four to one (4 :1), the Architect/Engineer may direct the Contractor to key the fill material to the existing slopes by benching. A minimum of two (2') feet normal to the slope shall be removed and recompacted to insure that the new work is constructed on I a finn foundation free of loose or disturbed material. F. Depositing: Fill material shall be placed in horizontal layers or lifts, evenly spread, not to exceed eight (8") inches in loose depth before conditioning and compaction. Unless otherwise permitted, each layer of fill material shall cover the length and width of the area to be filled and shall be conditioned and compacted before the next higher layer of fill is placed. Adequate drainage shall be maintained at all times. G. Watering: At the time of compaction, the moisture content of fill material shall be such that the specified compaction will be obtained and the fill will be firm, hard, and unyielding .. Fill material, which contains excessive moisture shall not be compacted until it is dry enough to obtain the specified compaction. H. Compacting: Each layer of earth fill shall be compacted by approved tamping or sheepsfoot rollers, pneumatic tire rollers, or other mechanical means acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. Hand-directed compaction equipment shall be used in areas inaccessible to vehicular compactors. I. Grading: Embankments shall be constructed in proper sequence and at proper densities for their respective functions. All embankment serves in one capacity or another as subgrade (e.g., under topsoil, under concrete and asphalt pavement, under structures, etc.). Accordingly, the upper layer of embankment shall be graded to within plus or minus 0.10 foot of proper subgrade elevation prior to depositing topsoil, and prior to the construction of pavements, slabs, etc. 3.5 SELECT EMBANKMENT: Select embankment is defined as embankment constructed of select fill material. In general, it is constructed the same as earth embankment, except as described below. A. Subgrade: In cases where select fill is to be placed on a subgrade surface that is proposed to be within 0.50 foot in elevation of the existing surface grade, the top six (6") inches of soil shall be stripped and removed as unsuitable waste. A minimum of six ( 6") inches of fill comprising the subgrade for the select embankment shall be prepared and compacted as "earth embankment under select embankment'' (see Density Control paragraph). C . Mixing: If the select fill is non-uniform in material composition, the Contractor may elect to mix with discing or pulverizing machinery to ensure that it meets the specified density and material analysis testing requirements. During mixing, care shall be taken not to disturb the subgrade nor to incorporate the subgrade material into the select material. Mixing would occur between the depositing and watering steps described in the embankment construction process. Also, see "Testing Requirements" under "SELECT MATERIALS" of the PRODUCTS section of this specification. D. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to provide a select material of such quality that it can be "set-up" and "finished" to provide a stable support for the hot mix asphaltic concrete pavement. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. , Earthwork 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition ·'..i In addition to the density requirements, the subgrade must have sufficient strength at time of paving to support the proposed hot mix paving operation including paving machine, haul trucks, and rollers . If significant deterioration of the finished sub grade occurs during paving operations, paving shall be suspended until the required remedial action is taken by the Contractor. Approval of submitted samples of select material by the Architect/Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of this responsibility. All irregularities, depressions, or weak spots which develop in the subgrade shall be corrected prior to paving by scarifying the areas affected, adding suitable material as required, reshaping and recompacting by sprinkling and rolling. Should the select material subgrade, due to any reason or cause, iose the required stability, density, or fmish before surfacing is complete, it shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. 3 .6 DENSITY CONTROL: A. Backfill Placement and Compaction: The backfill material should be placed in maximum of eight (8)-inch lifts and compacted to a density ranging between 92 and 98 percent of maximum Standard Proctor (AS1M D 698) dry density at a moisture content ranging from one (1) percentage point below optimum to four (4) percentage points above optimum (-1 to +4). B. Non-Expansive, Select Fill: The select fill should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding eight (8) inches in uncompacted thickness, and be uniformly compacted to a minimum of ninety-five (95) percent of the maximum dry density determined by Standard Proctor (AS1M D 698). The moisture content of the fill at the time of compaction should be from minus two (2) to plus five (5) percentage points of optimum (-2 to +5). C. Pavement Subgrade: The subgrade should be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of Standard Proctor (AS1M D 698) at a moisture content ranging from optimum to four ( 4) percentage points above optimum (0 to +4). For additional information, refer to the Subsurface Investigation, located in Part I of the Project Manual. 3.7 MOISTIJRE MAINTENANCE: The specified moisture content shall be maintained in all embanlanents that are to function as subgrade for structures, areas of pavement, or for select embanlanent. After completion of the embanlanent, the Contractor shall prevent excessive loss of moisture in the embanlanent by sprinkling as required. Loss of moisture in excess of two (2%) percent below optimum in the top twelve (12") inches of the fill will require that the top twelve (12") inches of the embanlanent be scarified, wetted, and recompacted prior to placement of the structure, select fill or pavement. If desired, the Contractor may place an asphalt membrane of emulsified or cutback asphalt over the completed embanlanent and thus eliminate the sprinkling requirement. 3 .8 TESTING: Spot field tests of embanlanent densities shall be required of the Contractor by the Owner at the place and time of their choosing. Any area not meeting density control requirements shall be immediately excavated, reconstructed, and retested, at the expense of the Contractor, until satisfactory results are obtained. See Section 01410. END OF SECTION 02200 Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Earthwork 02200-6 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 02220 EXCAVATION, TRENCHING, AND BACKFILLNG PART 1 -GENERAL I . I SCOPE: The work to be perfonned under this section of the specifications shall consist of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials, and perfonning all operations in connection with the excavation, trenching, and backfilling for the installation of water, sanitary sewer, drain lines, and perforated pipe underdrains as shown on the plans and as specified herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Water Supply System -Reference Standard Specifications for Street and Stonn Drain Construction of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, latest edition. B . Sanitary Sewer -Reference Standard Specifications for Street and Stonn Drain Construction of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, latest edition. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit to the Engineer in conformance with the requirements of the Conditions of the Contract. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: No materials are required in this section. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION: A. General: Excavation shall include the removal of any trees, stumps, brush, debris or other obstacles that may obstruct the line of work, and the excavation and removal of all earth, rock, or other materials to the extent necessary to install the pipe, appurtenances, and structures in conformance with the line and grades shown in the plans or as specified. B. Maximum and Minimum Width of Trenches: The sides of all trenches shall be cut as nearly vertical as possible from the bottom of the trench to a point twelve (12") inches above the top of the pipe when it is laid to grade. The minimum width of trench in which the pipe may be installed shall be as shown in the plans, measured at an elevation in the trench which is twelve (12") inches above the top of the pipe when it is laid to grade. 1. Whenever the prescribed maximum trench width is exceeded, the Contractor shall use the next higher class of embedment or encasement than specified, based upon the load factors shown on the plans, and the additional cost incurred will be borne by the Contractor. 2 . Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Contractor from moving the upper portion of earth to a depth twelve (12") inches above the top of the pipe, in sections of the line where the cut is deep, by means of scrapers, bulldozers, or other dirt moving equipment, as a preliminary to trenching for the pipe ifhe elects to do so and has permission therefor from the property owner whose land will be affected. Such permission must be obtained from the property owner prior to the start of any such earth moving operations . C. Sheeting and Shoring: In caving ground, or in wet, saturated, or flowing materials, the sides of all trenches and excavation shall be adequately sheeted and braced so as to maintain the excavation Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition free from slides or cave-ins and safe for workmen. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to conform to the requirements of Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. 1. Sheeting and shoring shall not be left in place unless its removal is impractical, as determined by the Architect/Engineer. D . · · Dewatering Excavation: The Contractor shall, co~encing sufficiently in advance of excavation, during the excavation period, and as long thereafter as the condition of the work may require, provide and maintain in good operating condition such equipment as may be required to prevent all water from entering any trench excavation. This shall include, but is not limited to: surface water which would drain into the excavation; seepage water which would enter the trench as a result of the excavation and a high ground water level; and the water which could penetrate the trench bottom due to the anticipated piezometric head coupled with the removal of overburden should the Contractor not lower the water table in advance of the excavation. Backfilling operations shall be completed before dewatering operations are suspended. Water removed from the excavation shall be disposed of in such a manner as to prevent damage to adjacent property or to other work under construction . Damage of whatever nature caused by dewatering the work or failure to dewater the work satisfactorily shall be promptly repaired and/or remedied by the Contractor at his own expense. I. Provision shall be made for the satisfactory disposal of water pumped from excavations so as to prevent damage to public or private property. In all cases, accumulated water in the trench shall be removed before placing embedment, laying pipe, placing any concrete or backfilling. E. Subgrade in Earth: Where a firm and stable foundation for the pipe can be obtained in the natural soil and where special embedment is not shown on the plans or specified herein, the bottom of the trench shall be carefully and accurately trimmed to fit the lower portion of the pipe barrel. Bell holes shall be excavated for each joint. The bell holes shall be accurately located and shall be of sufficient width and depth to allow ample room for making the joint and to relieve the pipe bell of all load. I. Should the excavation be carried below grade, except as herein specifically provided, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, refill it to the proper elevation with gravel or crushed stone, which shall be compacted by tamping until it is firm and unyielding. F. Soft Sub grade: If soft or spongy material is encountered in the excavation at subgrade level, after proper dewatering has been performed, it shall be removed, to such a depth 1hat, by replacing the unsuitable material with tamped crushed stone or gravel, a firm and stable foundation can be secured. G. Disposal of Excavated Materials: Excavated material shall be piled adjacent to the work to be used for backfilling as required. Where required, desirable topsoil shall be piled separately in a careful manner and replaced in its original position. I. Excavated material which is unsuitable for backfilling, and excess material, shall be disposed of in a manner approved by the Owner. H. Subgrade in Rock: If the bottom of the excavation for the pipeline is found to be in rock or other hard material that cannot be excavated to a true subgrade and shaped to provide uniform bearing for the pipe barrel, the rock or other material shall be removed to a depth not less than three (3") inches below subgrade and the bottom of the trench brought to true subgrade elevation by filling with gravel or suitable rock cuttings and shavings from the excavation and compacting by means of tamping until a firm and uniformly unyielding foundation is obtained. I. Not Used. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc . Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling 02220-2 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition J. Damage to Existing Utilities: Where existing utilities are damaged, they shall be replaced immediately with material equal to or better than the existing material. Such work shall be at the entire expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of the damaged utility facility . 3 .2 BACKFILLING: A . . Backfilling shall include the refilling and consolidating of the fill in trenches and excavations up to the surrounding ground surface or road grade at crossings. Backfilling shall ~e done with good earth, sand, or gravel and shall be free from large rocks or hard lumpy material. No material of a perishable, spongy or otherwise unsuitable nature shall be used in backfilling. B . After the pipe and embedment have been placed, the method of backfilling p.ipe trenches shall be as follows : Select material shall first be carefully placed on both sides of the pipe simultaneously in layers of not more than four ( 4") inches in loose thickness, and these layers shall be firmly compacted by hand or mechanical tamping. The layers of backfill shall be sprinkled lightly with water if additional moisture is required for proper compaction. This process of filling and tamping in layers shall be continued until the backfill is brought up to the level of the pipe spring line. A sufficient amount of selected material shall then be carefully placed over the top of the pipe so that, when consolidated, the level of the select material will be not less than twelve (12") inches above the top of the pipe. Before backfilling the remainder of the trench, the select material shall be consolidated by jetting and flooding or mechanical tamping, at the option of the Contractor, to such an extent as to secure uniform consolidation. C. The remainder of the trench shall then be filled with suitable material obtained from the spoil bank. The earth shall then be consolidated by jetting and flooding until full settlement bas been reached. The jetting shall be accomplished by pumping water through a pipe that is slowly inserted vertically into the trench backfill. The trench shall then be flooded in puddles until no more appreciable absorption of water into the backfill occurs . Mechanical tamping in six (6") inch maximum lifts may be used, at the option of the Contractor, in lieu of the jetting and flooding of the backfill. D. Excavated material which is unsuitable for backfilling and excess material shall be disposed of in a manner approved by the Architect/Engineer. END OF SECTION 02220 Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling 100% Construction Documents PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 02550 WATER SUJ>PL Y SYSTEM Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.1 SCOPE: This section covers water distribution lines , water services and drinking fountains where indicated on the plans. This section also covers installation of a new 2" water meter and al!. water line appurtenances including valves, valve boxes, service fittings, etc., and all testing and sterilization associated with water supply system installations. The Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, shall apply for all water line construction and appurtenances on this project. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 02220 -Excavation, Trenching and Backfilling. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: Submit to the Architect/Engineer in conformance with the requirements of the Conditions of the Contract. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: A. TAP: All materials and methods for attaching to existing water main to meet City of Fort Worth and other applicable codes. B. PVC: All PVC (polyvinyl chloride) water pipe shall in all respects comply with the latest revisions of A.W.W.A. Standard C900 for DR14 (Class 200) and DR 18 (Class 150) PVC water pipe. C . Gate Valves: The gate valves which are to be installed shown on the plans shall conform strictly to the A.W.W .A. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR GATE VALVES, A.W.W.A. CS00-71, except for the changes and additional specifically outlined as follows: 1. Gate valves shall be double disc, parallel seat, internal wedging type with cast iron body and bronze mountings. Valves shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi. 2. Unless otherwise specified, all gate valves shall have non-rising stems and shall turn counter-clockwise to open. Valves shall have wrench nuts for operation unless otherwise specified. In the event the top of the operating nut is more than six feet (6') feet deep from the existing ground elevation, valve stem extensions shall be furnished by the Contractor to bring the operating nut to within three feet (3') of the existing ground level. No separate payment shall be made for furnishing and installing the necessary valve stem extensions. All valves shall be for vertical installation. D. Embedment: The embedment material shall consist of fine, granular material. Fine granular material shall be defined as free flowing sand or like material, or mixed sand and pea gravel, free from large stones, clay and organic materials. The embedment material shall be such that when wet, it will not form mud or muck. This material may be an inferior grade of "pit-run" sand, not normally considered satisfactory for construction purposes, and may be used directly from pits without processing but shall meet the requirements set for the above. All material shall pass a one-inch (1 ") sieve and at least eighty percent (80%) shall be retained on a No. l 00 sieve. The Plasticity index of such part of the material, which passes a No. 40 sieve, shall not be greater than two (2). Embedment material from whatever source shall be of a fairly uniform quality. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Water Supply System 02550-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATIONS: A. Embedment Requirements for Water Pipe: All P .V. C. shall be surrounded by and embedded in a six inch (6") minimum encasement of granular material. The pipe shall be laid on 6" of granular embedment, which shall extend of 1/.i'' of the outside diameter from the bottom. After the granular material has been placed above the pipe, it shall be jetted BEFORE the remaining backfill is completed. B. Concrete Backing: Concrete having compressive strength of not less than 1,500 psi shall be used as a cradle or backing where shown on the plans or where directed by the Architect/Engineer. All materials including aggregates, cement, and water, as well as the mixing and placing between solid ground and the fitting to be anchored; the area of bearing on pipe and on ground in each instance shall be that required by the Architect/Engineer. The backing shall, unless otherwise directed, be placed so that the pipe and fitting joints will be accessible for repair. 1. Concrete shall be composed of normal portland cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and water proportioned and mixed properly in a concrete mixer. Transit mix concrete will be allowed. Portland cement shall be Type 1 and shall be fully protected until incorporated in this work. Gravel to be used for coarse aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable grains, and shall be free from an excess of salt or alkali and foreign materials. Concrete shall have a -compressive strength ofnot less than 1,500 psi at twenty-eight (28) days and shall have not less than three (3) sacks of cement nor more than six and three-quarter (6-3/4) gallons of water per cubic yard of concrete. C. Cleaning and Sterilization of Water Mains: Before any newly constructed water main is placed into service, it shall be cleaned and tested, or cleaned, sterilized and tested until the bacteria count within the mains meets the standards of purity established by the City of Fort Worth Water Department's Laboratory. 1. During the construction operations, workmen shall use care to assure that all installed surfaces of the system which will come in contact with the City water supply are maintained in a sanitary condition. 2. Every effort must be made to keep the inside of the pipe, fittings, and valves free of all loose foreign matter. a. As each joint of pipe is being laid, it shall be swabbed with a clean and effective cleaning tool. b. Exposed open ends of pipe must be temporarily blocked or capped during construction. Particular care shall be taken to protect pipe ends at any time actual laying is not in progress . c. Poly pigs shall be installed in the lines as indicated on the plans or directed by the City. The pigs shall be "run" through the lines and exited as indicated prior to pressure testing, chlorinating, obtaining the safe water sample and making the final tie-in. D. Procedure: When the entire pipe line or selected sections thereof have been completed the line or section shall be disinfected according to the following procedures: 1. Cleaning: Cleaning shall be accomplished by flushing the dead end sections of all water lines . Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Water Supply System 02550-2 I 00% Construction Documents a. b. Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition After cleaning and flushing. an analysis shall be made on a water sample drawn from a sampling point. Should the analysis indicate that the bacteria count is above the limits of the established standards of purity, the system shall be sterilized by the Contractor in accordance with the following method. 2 . Sterilization : When the entire pipe line or certain selected sections thereof have been .. completed, tested, and made ready for turning over to Owner r eady for use, the line or section of line shall be thoroughly sterilized according to the following procedure. a. The line shall be flushed out, completely replacing its entire v olume with water from City mains. b. Chlorine will be injected into the section of line being sterilized so that its entire capacity will be tilled with water containing chlorine in the amount of 50 p.p.m. The sterilizing agent shall be introduced at one end of the section and the water released from the opposite end until the sterilizing agent is present at the discharge end in such quantity as to indicate a residual chlorine of 50 p.p.m. or as otherwise determined by the Architect/Engineer. All valves shall then be closed and the sterilizing solution permitted to remain in the pipe line section for not less than twenty-four (24) hours. c. At the end of the sterilizing period, the sterilizing solutbn shall be discharged from the pipe and replaced with City water direct from a City main. d. A sample of water from the sterilized main shall be taken from a suitable tap under the supervision of the Architect/Engineer or his inspector and submitted to the City Chemist or the State Health Department for analysis. If the test shows a satisfactory quality of water, the line so sterilized may then be placed in service. If the sample shows unsatisfactory quality of water, the process of sterilization shall be repeated until a satisfactory water is obtained. E . Pressure Test: After the pipe has been laid and backfilled, each valved section of newly laid pipe shall be subjected to a pressure test by raising the pressure in the pipe to 150 psi at the low point of the test section. The duration of each pressure test shall be four ( 4) hours. I . Tests shall be made against valves when available, or by placing temporary plugs and bulkheads in the pipe, and filling the line slowly with water. Care shall be used to see that all air vents are open during the filling. After the line, or section thereof, has been completely filled, it shall be allowed to stand under a slight pressure for at least forty-eight ( 48) hours to allow the lining to absorb what water it will and to allow the escape of air from any air pockets. During this period, the bulkheads, valves, manholes, and connections shall be examined for leaks. If any are found, these shall be stopped or, in the case of valves in the main line or bulkheads, provision shall be made for measuring the leakage during the test. The water necessary to maintain the test pressure shall be measured through a meter or by other means satisfactory to the Architect/Engineer. The Owner shall furnish all necessary equipment and make tests at his expense. 2 . Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. In the event it is necessary to expel air from high points other than where air valves are provided, the Contractor may tap the line for this purpose and afterwards tightly plug the tap . 3 . During the last two hours of the test, the entire route of the pipe line shall be inspected to locate any leaks or breaks . Any defective joints, cracked or defective pipe, fittings , or valves discovered in consequence of this pressure test shall be removed and replaced with sound Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc . Water Supply System 02550-3 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition material and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. Any and all noticeable leaks shall be repaired regardless of whether the actual leakage is within the allowable . END OF SECTION 02550 Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc . Water Supply System 02550-4 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 02870 SITE FURNISHINGS PART I -GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION Furnish and supply all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals necessary to assemble, install and otherwise construct park equipment as listed under products . 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03300 -Cast-in-Place Concrete. B . Section 07920 -Caulking and Sealants 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All equipment shall be free of sharp edges and comers, or extremely rough surfaces. B. All materials shall be new and conform to all standards per specified praluct or aproved equal (see Division I-Section 01640 / Substitutions And Product Options C. The bidder shall be responsible for defects in equipment due to faulty materials or manufacturing, damage or loss. D . Metal shall be straight or at design radii or bends, without kinks, and shall be true to shape. E. Codes and Standards: All "accessible" site furnishings shall comply with the currentTexas Accessibility Standards (TAS) of the Architectural Barriers Act, Article 9102, Texas Civil Statutes (512) 453-3211. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect from inclement weather: wet, damp, extreme heat or cold . B. Store in a manner to prevent warpage and/or bowing. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS The contractor shall be responsible for protection ofunfm.ished work and shall be responsible for the safety of park users utilizing unfinished equipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2 .01 Equipment as specified on plans or approved eaqual. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fasteners: All nuts and bolts shall be upset and tack welded to prevent disassembly . B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions : The Contractor shall follow the manufacturer's installation instructions and give the Landscape Architect the instructions for filing, unless otherwise stated. Set benches and picnic tables level. END OF SECTION Site Furnishings 02870-1 DIVISION 3 -CONCRETE 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 1.1 SCOPE: The extent of form work is indicated by the concrete items shown on the drawings. The work ·· · , includes the design, construction, erection, maintenance, and removal of all fontJ.work for concrete paving, curbs, and any other appropriate concrete item called for. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 03200 -Concrete Reinforcement. B. Section 03310 -Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS: Comply with provisions of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except as modified or amended herein. A. ACI 347R-94, "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork." B. ACI 301-99, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 DESIGN OF FORMWORK: A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain form work so that concrete items will be of the correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. B. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock, or damage to the cast-in-place concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. C. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt all joints and provide backup material at joints as may be required to prevent leakage and fins. D. Wood Forms: Shall be No.2 common southern yellow pine, or equivalent, materials milled to reasonably uniform width and thickness, at least two (2) edges and one (1) side dressed for tight fit. E. Metal Forms: Clean, unpainted, and in good condition to provide members of widths and depths required. Severely damaged or indented forms are not acceptable. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK: A . All forms shall be observed by the Architect/Engineer prior to placement of concrete. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to placing concrete. B. Forms shall be built to the shapes and dimensions of the concrete on the drawings, shall be set to lines and grades, braced and secured to withstand placing of concrete. 3.2 PREPARATION OF FORM SURFACES: Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Concrete Formwork (\'J 1 (\(\ 1 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition A. Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion nor impede the wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds. Thin form-coating compounds only with the thinning agent of the type and in amount and under the conditions of the form-coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form-coating material to accumulate -in the forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions . B. Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust preventive form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust stained steel formwork is not acceptable. 3.3 REMOVAL OF FORMS : Forms shall not be removed until concrete has adequately hardened and in any event, not less than two (2) days. 3.4 RE-USE OF FORMS : Clean and repair the surfaces of forms that are to be re-used in the work, except that warped, split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form-coating compound material to all concrete contact form surfaces as specified for new form.work. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten fonns to close all joints. Align and secure all joints to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched" forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to the Architect/Engineer. A. All formwork shall comply with ACI 302 . lR-96. "Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction." END OF SECTION 03100 Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc . Concrete Form.work 03 100-2 100% Construction Documents PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REJ;NFORCEMENT Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.1 SCOPE: The extent of concrete reinforcement is shown on the drawings and in schedules . Tne work includes fabrication and placement ofreinforcement for the cast-in-place concrete, including bars, ties and supports. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 03100 -Concrete Formwork. B. Section 03310 -Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS: Comply with requirements of the following codes and standards, except as herein modified: A. American Concrete Institute, ACI 315-92 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures." B . American Welding Society, AWS, D 12.1 "Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connection in Reinforced Concrete Construction . C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, "Manual of Standard Practice." 1.4 SUBMITTALS: Submit to the Engineer in conformance with the requirements of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. A. For information only, submit two (2) copies of steel producer's certificates of mill tests for reinforcing steel. B. Submit shop drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315-92 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures." Show bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangements and assemblies, as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement. 1.5 PRODUCT, DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE: A. Deliver reinforcement to the project site bundled, tagged, and marked. Use metal tags indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement diagrams. B. Store concrete reinforcement materials at the site to prevent damage and accumulation of dirt or excessive rust. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: A. Reinforcing Bars : ASTM A615 of grade shown on drawings with minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. B. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcement in place. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Concrete Reinforcement 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition I. Use wire bar type supports or plastic-type chairs, complying with P57-66, unless otherwise indicated . Do not use wood, brick, and other unacceptable materials. 2. For exposed-to-view concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs which are plastic or plastic-tipped metal. 2.2 · FABRICATION: A . General: Shop-fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to required shapes and dimensions with fabrication tolerances complying with ACI 315-92. In case of fabricating errors, do not re-bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner that will injure or weaken the· r.ii.aterial. B. Unacceptable Materials: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the work: 1. Bar lengths, depths and bends exceeding specified tolerances . 2 . Bends or kinks not indicated on drawings or final shop drawings. 3 . Bars with reduced cross section due to excessive rusting or other cause . 4. Bars fabricated outside of the United States of America. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 .1 INSTALLATION : Comply with the specified codes and standards and the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars" for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as herein specified. A. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. B. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement by formwork, construction or concrete placement operations . Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as required. C. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum coverages for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with No.16 gauge wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so that ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces. D. Provide sufficient numbers of supports and of strength to carry reinforcement. Do not place reinforcing bars more than two (2") inches beyond the last leg of any continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. E. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in contact, and tightly wire tying. Comply with requirements of ACI 318-99 for minimum lap of spliced bars . END OF SECTION 03200 Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc . Concrete Reinforcement 03200-2 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 03250 METAL FASTENERS AND BOLTS FOR CONCRETE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 This section shall govern furnishing and installing anchoring bolts for securing machinery, railings, structural steel, metal frames or other incidental equipment to concrete or masonry walls. The bolt or system selected by the Contractor from the approved materials shall be appropriate for the type and direction ofload, clearances, and thickness of the anchoring concrete. Refer to manufacturer's specifications. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 FASTENING SYSTEMS: Anchoring bolts and fasteners shall be equal to Hilti Corporation, Tulsa, Oklahoma (800) 933-9235 whose item and catalog numbers are referred to herein. 2 .2 MATERIALS: A. In general, use zinc chromate coated fasteners except for supporting or anchoring stainless steel in which case stainless steel bolts are required. B . Unless approved otherwise the following anchoring systems are required. Application Anchor Diameter I. Heavy duty anchoring to concrete or 3/4", 1", or 1-1/4" stone dynamic loading; machinery, pumps, motors, blowers. 2 . Medium duty anchoring concrete for 1/4" to 1" shelf angles, channels, minor dynamic loads; small pumps, hand rails. 3. Medium duty anchoring to hollow 3/16" to 1/2" concrete block shelf angles, channels, hand rails. 4. Medium duty anchoring to solid brick 3/16" to 3/4" shelf angles, channels, hand rails . 5. Special duty to dowel rebar or 3/8"to 1-1/4" threaded roads into concrete, hard stone, or soft natural stone . C. Do not exceed manufacturer's loading limitations. PART 3 -EXECUTION Method HV A Adhesive Anchor ASTM A-307 Grade A; has anchor rod with nut & washer Kwik-Bolt II Stud Anchor Expansion Bolt or HDI Drop In Impact Expansion Sleeve Anchor HX; Expansion Bolt Sleeve Anchor HX; Expansion Bolt HIT Dowelling Anchor; chemical bonding to base 3 .1 REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JOB: The Contractor shall furnish all anchors not supplied by the manufacturer of special equipment. Satisfy this specification if items supplied by manufacturer are, in the Engineer's opinion, unsuitable for the intended purpose. END OF SECTION 03250 Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc. Metal Fasteners and Bolts for Concrete 01?."0-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 03310 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.1 SCOPE: This item shall consist of concrete paving and miscellaneous concrete items composed of Portland cement concrete, with reinforcing steel, constructed as herein specified on an approved subgrade, and in conformance with the lines and grades shown on the plans and details . 11.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Section 03100 -Concrete Formwork. B . Section 03200 -Concrete Reinforcement. C. Section 02200 -Earthwork. D. Section 07900 -Caulking and Sealing. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS: Comply with the following codes and standards except as modified or amended herein: A . ACI 301-99 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." B. ACI 318-99 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." C. ACI 304R-OO "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete." 1.4 TESTING: Refer to Section O 1410 in General Requirements. 1.5 WORKMANSHIP: All concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements, including strength, tolerances, and finishes, shall be removed and replaced or corrected as directed by the Architect/Engineer at the Contractor's expense, without extension of time . 1.6 SUBMITTALS: Submit to the Architect/Engineer in conformance with the requirements of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. A . Laboratory Test Reports: Submit two (2) copies of laboratory test reports for concrete materials, mix design tests, and field quality control tests as specified under "Testing." B. Delivery Tickets: Furnish duplicate delivery tickets to the Architect/Engineer as specified under "Production of Concrete." C. Color Samples of Gun-Applied Sealants: Submit manufacturer's chart of standard colors for color selection by the Architect/Engineer. D. Aggregate for Exposed Aggregate Concrete Paving: Submit a one (1) quart sample of the specified aggregate for approval by the Architect/Engineer. 1.7 SPECIALTY SUBCONTRACTOR: Sealants shall be furnished and applied only by an applicator who can present positive proof of having successfully applied materials and used methods specified herein under comparable conditions over a period of at least five (5) years. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Cast-In-Place Concrete 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE: All concrete shall be 3,000 psi or greater at twenty-eight (28) days, portland cement mix , reinforced as specified, and shall be of the size , dimension , and detail shown on the drawings and in accordance with these specifications. A. Cement: Provide Portland cement, Type l, ASTM Cl50, except as otherwise indicated. B. Aggregates for Normal Weight Concrete; 1. Coarse: Shall conform to ASTM C33 and as herein specified. Use clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter. Shall be crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone or washed gravel, either natural or crushed. Use of pit or bank run gravel is not permitted. 2. Fine: Shall conform to ASTM C33 and as herein specified. Use clean, sharp, natural sand, free from loam, clay lumps, or other deleterious substances. 3 . 1n proportioning, fine and coarse aggregates shall be regarded as separate ingredients. Each size of coarse aggregate, as well as combination of sizes when two or more are used, shall conform to the appropriate grading requirements of applicable ASTM specifications. Maximum sizes of aggregates shall be determined by proportioning requirements . 4 . Provide aggregates of each type from one source to ensure uniformity of color, size, and shape. 5. Maximum size of coarse aggregate and proportion of design mix as follows: CONCRETE FOOTINGS, 4" or 5" TIDCK CONCRETE WALLS AND 6" or 7" PA YING AND OTHER CONCRETE PA YING CONCRETE Maximum Water and Cement 6 (max.) 6 Ratio, Gal/Sack Aggregate, Maximum Size 1-1/2" %" Weight Normal Normal Slump Range, Inches 3 3-5 Percent Air Entrainment ------ PSI 3,000 min. 3,000min. C. Water for Mixing and Curing: Clean, fresh, free from oil, acid, organic matter, or other deleterious substances. Provide water for curing that does not contain impurities in sufficient amount to etch . concrete surfaces or cause discoloration to concrete indicated to remain exposed and unpainted . 2.2 REINFORCING STEEL: Reinforcing steel shall be as called for on the drawings and shall conform to Section 03200. 2.3 SUBGRADE: All subgrade for concrete paving shall be compacted or lime treated as shown on the drawings and as specified in Section 02200 -Earthwork. 2.4 EXPANSION JOINTS: Material for expansion joints shall be one-half(l/2") inch or three-quarter (3/4") inch pre-molded fiber or redwood to the thickness of the concrete paved cross section as shown on the plans. Provide a zip-strip to facilitate joint sealing. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc . Cast-In-Place Concrete 03310-2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.5 EXPANSION JOINT DOWELS: .A . Dry Brush 4" or 5" Thick Concrete Paving: Shall be No. 4 smooth bar dowels eighteen (18") . inches long, with one (1) end capped with felt or polyethylene film and placed at twenty-four (24") inches on center (areas shown) through the center of each expansion joint. 2.6 FORMS: Concrete forms shall conform to Section 03100 -Concrete Formwork. 2.7 CHAIRS: Use wire-bar type supports or plastic-type chairs, as approved by the Architect/Engineer. Do not use wood, brick or other unacceptable materials. 2 .8 EXPANSION JOINT SEALER: A. Walks: All joint sealer for concrete sidewalks, expansion joints at backs of curbs and other expansion joints occurring in walks shall be a two-part pourable polyurethane sealant, conforming to Interim Federal Specification TT-S-00227E and shall be Pecora Corporation's Urexpan NR-200 or Tremco Manufacturing Company's THC/900 sealant, colors to be selected by Architect/Engineer. Sonnebome paving joint sealer will be acceptable with prior approval. B. Walls: Sealant for vertical walls shall be Pecora, Dynaflex-2, Sonnebome NP-2, or Tremco Dymeric Elastomeric Sealant. 2.9 SAND CUSHION: Not permitted. 2.1 O CURING COMPOUND: Curing compound shall be Type I ( clear or translucent) or Type II (white- pigmented), as defined by ASTM Designation C309. Products offered by manufacturers which comply with the requirements include the following: Homcure 30D: A. C.Horn/W. R. Grace. Clear-Bond: Guardian Chemical Company. LR 151 : Protex Industries, Inc. 2 .11 ANCHORAGE MATERIALS: All threaded inserts, anchors, etc ., shall be the type, size, and location as shown on the plans. 2.12 EPOXY-RESIN ADHESIVE BINDER: Provide a two (2) component, mineral filled, epoxy polysulfide polymer complying with FS-MMM-G-650, Type I or II, Grade A. Complying products include the following: Epoxite Grout: W.R. Grace Colma Dur: Silka Chemical PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 .1. GENERAL: Concrete work will have a thickness as shown on the details and shall be placed subgraded as shown. Standard slopes for paving, unless otherwise shown on the plans, will be one-quarter (1/4") inch per foot. 3.2 GRADES: Verify proposed grades, establishing surface elevation of paving as shown on the drawings. Before proceeding with the work, all such proposed grades shall be verified in consideration of the drainage conditions and job conditions. The intent of this contract is to require grades which will permit proper drainage of the site, proper drainage away from the various constructed surfaces thereon. Any grade or condition, proposed or existing, which, in the opinion of the Contractor, represents a hazard to such drainage shall be brought to the Architect/Engineer's attention immediately. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Cast-In-Place Concrete 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 3.3 FORMS: All formwork shall be observed and approved by the Owner's Representative prior to placing any concrete. See Section 03100 -Concrete Formwork. Forms shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the placement of concrete. A . Forms for Making Placed Concrete: Forms shall be set true to line and grade in advance of the concreting for a distance sufficient to permit a finished subgrade for a length of one hundred (100') feet ahead of the concrete . They shall be joined neatly and tightly and shall be set with exactness to grade and alignment. All forms must be in firm contact with the subgrade throughout their entire length and base width and securely staked with at least three (3) pins per ten (10') foot section. If the subgrade becomes unstable, the forms shall be reset using heavy stakes or other additional supports such as may be required to provide sufficient stability to withstand vibration and movement of all equipment operated thereon . 1. If forms settle over one-eighth (1/8") inch under finishing operation, paving operations shall be stopped; forms shall then be reset to line and grade, and pavement brought up to standard section and thickness . 2 . Forms must be cleaned and oiled before concrete is placed against them. 3. Forms shall remain in place until the concrete is at least twelve (12) hours old, and removal of forms shall be followed immediately by coating the sides of the slab with curing compound and then banking earth against the sides of the slab and wetting same. 3.4 PLACEMENT OF REINFORCEMENT: All reinforcement shall be placed in the center offormwork and securely held in place by the use of chairs. 3.5 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE: A. Concrete shall be transit mixed ( on-site batching optional) as specified herein. All plant facilit ies are subject to acceptance of the Architect/Engineer. B. Ready Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C94, and as herein specified, provided the quantity and rate of delivery will permit unrestricted progress of the work in accordance with the placement schedule. Proposed changes in mixing procedures other than specified herein must be accepted by the Architect/engineer before implementation. Modifications to ASTM C94 are as follows: 1. Provide concrete materials, proportions, and properties as herein specified in lieu of ASTM Section 4. 2. Slump: Slump range in inches shall be within 3"-5" in lieu of ASTM Section 5.1. 3. Mixing and Delivery: Delete the references for allowing additional water to be added to the batch of material with insufficient slump. Addition of water to be batch will not be permitted as specified in ASTM Section 9.7. In addition to the requirements of ASTM Section 9. 7, when the air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit reduce the mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when the air temperature is above 90 degrees Fahrenheit reduce the mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. When the truck mixer is used for the complete mixing of the concrete, begin mixing operation within 30 minutes after the cement has been intermingled with the aggregate. 4. Certification : Furnish duplicate delivery tickets with each load of concrete delivered to the site. In addition to the requirements of ASTM Section 14.1, provide the following information on delivery tickets: type and brand of cement, cement content per cubic yard of concrete, maximum size of aggregate, amount and brand name of each admixture, and total water content expressed as water/cement ratio . Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Cast-In-Place Concrete 03310-4 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 5 . Strength: Delete ASTM Section 15 and comply with concrete testing requirements as herein specified. 6 . Maintain equipment in proper operating condition with drums cleaned before changing each batch. Schedule rates of delivery in order to prevent delay of concrete too long in the mixer before the addition of water admixtures. . C . Cold Weather Requirements: No concrete shall be placed when the temperature is below forty (40) degrees Fahrenheit or when the temperature is fifty (50) degrees and dropping. 3.6 EMBEDDED ITEMS: Set and build, into the work, anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work, including, but not restricted to, metal inserts, mechanical and electrical inserts, as required. Refer to drawings for location, type, size, etc. 3.7 DRY BRUSH FINISH CONCRETE PAVING: A. Placing: Prior to placing concrete, the subgrade shall be moistened and then concrete shall be placed in forms and thoroughly tamped in place so that all honeycombs will be eliminated and sufficient mortar will be brought to the surface. The surface shall be troweled with a steel trowel and then brushed to obtain a smooth uniform brush fmish. B. Curing: As soon as possible after the concrete has been poured· and finished, it shall be cured by the use of the specified curing compound. The curing compound shall be applied full strength or as recommended by the manufacturer. It shall in no way be diluted by the addition of petroleum products. C. All faces adjacent to the forms shall be spaded so that the forms are stripped. The surface of faces will be smooth and free of honeycombs. Edges of all walks shall be fmished to a one-half (1/2") inch radius with a suitable finishing tool. D. Expansion Joint Sealing: Expansion joints shall be sealed by an experienced applicator with the sealant specified to a depth equal to joint width with a minimum depth of one-half (1/2") inch. 1. Preparation: All surfaces in contact with compounds shall be dry, sound, well brushed and wiped free. Remove curing compounds, oil, and other such materials by wire brushing. 2. Application: The ambient temperature shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturers when sealants are applied. Gun-apply compounds with nozzles of proper sizes to fit joints. Force into grooves with sufficient pressure to expel air and fill grooves solidly. Joints shall be free of wrinkles and tooled smooth. 3 . Cleaning: Clean surfaces adjoining sealed joints of smears and other soiling resulting from sealing application. Clean up all debris caused by the work of this section, keeping the premises clean and neat at all times. 3 .8 STAINED CONCRETE PAVING: A. Contractor shall provide three (3) sample panels 3 'x3' each, of each color. Provide a sample set of two different coloring systems for approval by the Architect/Engineer. B. Stain to be Lambert "Deco-Etch" Stain as available from Lambert Southwest (Tony) Phone: (800) 256-8655 Submit color samples to Architect/Engineer. Two (2) Colors to be determined by Architect/Engineer. Prior to applying stain, sandblast a light to medium fmish on the sample panels to achieve a non-slip fmish. Then apply a heavy uniform application of stain using rollers Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc . Cast-In-Place Concrete 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition to achieve a deep uniform color. (Note: Two to four coats maybe required.) DO NOT APPLY SEALER OR PA YING WILL BE REJECTED. 3.9 PROTECTION: After concrete is placed, finished, and cured as required, permit no traffic thereon for three (3) days thereafter and further protect the surface from damage due to other causes. Vehicles of all types shall be kept off sidewalks, curbs, gutters, etc ., during the construction period. 3.10 STRIPPING OF FORMS: A. Fonnwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as edges of slabs, etc., may be removed twelve (12) hours after placing concrete provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by : · removal operations and provided that curing and protection operations are maintained. B . After fonns are removed and prior to backfilling with earth, the edges of the slabs shall be coated with .membrane-curing compound. 3.11 4" or 5" CONCRETE PAVING JOINTS: A . Contraction Saw Joints: Shall be one-eighth (1/8") inch wide by one (1") inch deep,joints placed on ten (10') foot centers, unless otherwise shown . Contraction joints will not be required to be sealed. Joints will be sawed as soon as sawing can be performed without stripping aggregate from the concrete, generally within eighteen (18) to twenty-four (24) hours after placement. B . Doweled Expansion Joints: Shall be placed where concrete paving abuts the back of all concrete curbing, at points between pours and at intersections with other walks or concrete paved areas . 3 .12 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE: Any concrete which, in the opinion of the Architect/Engineer, has crazed or cracked considerably or possesses a bad finish or is not at the proper grade, size or location or does not meet the specified strength will be subject to rejection, and it shall be removed and replaced, at the Contractor's expense. Any concrete which needs to be repaired shall be repaired by methods approved by the Architect/Engineer. 3 .13 CLEANUP: It is the intent of this contract to ensure that an adequate cleanup job will be performed by the Contractor as soon during the construction procedure as possible. In particular, all concrete edging and sidewalk shall be backfilled as soon as possible . Before the project is accepted by the Owner, all rocks, stones, and other construction debris shall be removed. All necessary cleanup work shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items in this contract. 3 .14 SCHEDULE OF TEST SPECIMENS: Provide the indicated number of sets of specimens for testing, there being three cylinder specimens per set as described in this specification. Specimens shall be taken during placement of concrete as directed by the Owner or Architect/Engineer and under the supervision of a representative of the laboratory testing agency. Provide one (1) set per truck. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc . END OF SECTION 03310 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03310-6 S'1VLJIW-S NOISIAIO: 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 05120 STRUCTIJRAL STEEL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Product Data Shop Drawings and mill test reports . B. Comply with AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings--Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design," RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts," and A WS D 1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 2 .2 A. B. STRUCTIJRAL STEEL AND ACCESSORIES Structural-Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36 carbon steel. Cold-Formed Structural-Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B . Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B, standard weight (Schedule 40), black finish. Anchor Rods, Bolts, Nuts: ASTM A 36 unheaded rods ASTM A 325, headed bolts, Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts and heavy hex carbon-steel nuts. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325, Type 1, high-strength heavy hex steel structural bolts, heavy hex carbon-steel nuts, and hardened carbon-steel washers, uncoated. Primer: Fast-curing, lead-and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd, rust-inhibiting primer. Grout: ASTM C 1107, nonmetallic, shrinkage resistant, premixed. FABRICATION Fabricate structural steel according to AISC specifications and tolerance limits of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for structural steel. Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces according to SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning" or SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." Shop prime steel to a dry film thickness of at least 1.5 mils. Do not prime surfaces to be embedded in concrete or mortar or to be field welded. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 ERECTION Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc .. Structural Steel 05120-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Add ition A. Erect stmctural steel according to AISC specifications and within erection tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." B. Set base and bearing plates on wedges, shims, or setting nuts. Tighten anchor bolts, cut off wedges or shims flush with edge of plate, and pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates . C. Bolted Connections : Install and tighten nonhigh-strength bolts, unl~ss high-strength bolts are indic~ted. Snug tighten high-strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using . ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." D. Weld Connections : Comply with AWS Dl.1. END OF SECTION 05120 Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc .. Structural Steel 05120 - 2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Submittals: Shop Drawings showing details of fabrication and installation. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 2.3 A. B. C. A. A. B. METALS Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. Steel Tubing: Cold-formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), black finish. GROUT Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107; recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications. FABRICATION General: Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately . Remove burrs and ease exposed edges. Form bent-metal comers to smallest radius possible without impairing work. Welding: Weld comers and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. At exposed connections, finish welds and surfaces smooth with contour of welded surface matching those adjacent. C. Fabricate loose lintels from steel angles and shapes. Size to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to one-twelfth of clear span, but not less than 8 inches. D. Fabricate steel pipe columns with steel base and top plates drilled for anchor and connection bolts and welded to pipe with continuous fillet weld same size as pipe wall thickness . 2.4 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Hot-dip galvanize steel fabrications at exterior locations and Pump House/Filtration Building. B. Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning," and paint with a rust-inhibitive primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Metal Fabrications 05500 - I 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Add ition PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C . INSTALLATION Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing miscellaneous metal fabrications , Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation ; with edges and surfaces level, p lumb, true, and free of rack. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. END OF SECTION 05500 Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Metal Fabrications 05500 - 2 DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ' I 00% Construction Documents PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 07900 CAULKING AND SEALANTS Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.1 . _ CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT AND DIV~SION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS : Are hereby made a part of this section. 1.2 SCOPE: This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required in conjunction with the furnishing and application of gun-applied sealants, unless specified otherwise in the contract documents. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A . Section 03310 -Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: Submit to the Architect/Engineer in conformance with the requirements of the CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. A. Manufacturer's Literature: Submit manufacturer's literature on each type of sealant proposed for use. B. Color Samples of Gun-Applied Sealants : Submit manufacturer's chart of standard colors for color selection by the Architect/Engineer. 1.5 SPECIALTY SUBCONTRACTOR: Sealants shall be furnished and applied only by an applicator who can present positive proof of having successfully applied materials and used methods specified herein under comparable conditions over a period of at least five (5) years. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GUN-APPLIED SEALANTS: A. Sealant for Horizontal Joints Subject to Foot Traffic: A two-part pourable polyurethane sealant, conforming to Interm Federal Specification TT-S-00227E and shall be Pecora Corporation's Urexpan NR200 or Tremco Manufacturinge,.Company's THC/900 sealant, in gray color. Sonnebome paving joints sealer will be acceptable with prior approval. B . Sealant for concrete parking lot paving shall be specified in Section 03310 . C . Sealant for Vertical Wall Surfaces at Expansion Joints in Walls: If applicable, shall be a two-part urethane, complying with Federal Specification TT-S-00227E and shall be Pecora Dynaflex-2, Sonnebome NP-2, or Tremco Dymeric Elastomeric Sealant. D. Sealants for Buildings: l. Acrylic Terpolymer Sealant: Shall be used for exterior caulking joints and shall be MONO, as manufactured by Tremco, or 60+ Unicrylic, as manufactured by Pecora Chemical Corporation, color as selected by the Architect/Engineer, or approved equal. 2. Alkyd Resin Base Sealing Compound: Shall be used for all .interior caulking joints and shall be DAP Architectural Grade Caulk polymerized vegetable oil-based gun grade compound or Pecora, Inc. Archtiectural Caulking compound 200-R2, color as selected. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Caulking and Sealants 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.2 PRIMERS: As recommended by sealant manufacturers, and shall have been tested for staining and durability on samples of surfaces to be sealed. 2.3 BACKUP MATERIAL : Non-absorbent, non-staining, shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturers, and shall be compatible with sealants used. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 .1 DIMENSIONS OF JOilffS: A. Dimensions of Horizontal Paving Joints: Depth equal to joint width with a minimum depth of one- half (1/2") inch or as shown on the construction details. B. Dimensions of Vertical joints shall be equal to one-half (1/2) joint width with a minimum depth of one-quarter (1/4") inch. 3.2 SURF ACE PREPARATION: A. Concrete surfaces in contact with compounds shall be dry, sound, well brushed, and wiped dust free. Remove oil or grease with solvents . Wipe surfaces with clean rags. Where surfaces have been treated, remove curing compounds, oils, or other such materials by wirebrushing. Remove laitance and mortar from joint cavities. Use backup material in all joints and insert in joint cavities to required depths. B . All other surfaces, where required, shall be scraped with wire brush to remove scale, etc., or shall be cleaned of protective coatings where applicable. C. Backup: Install backup at required depths . 3.3 APPLICATION OF SEALANTS: A. Primers: Use on all surfaces to be sealed, as specified by compound manufacturers. Test primers for staining and durability on samples of actual surfaces to be sealed. B . Application: The ambient temperature shall be as recommended by sealant manufacturers when sealants are applied. Gun-apply compounds with nozzles of proper sizes to fit joints. Force into grooves with sufficient pressure to expel air and fill grooves solidly. Joints shall be free of wrinkles and tooled smooth . 3.4 CLEANING: Clean surfaces adjoining sealed joints of smears and other soiling resulting from sealing application. Clean up all debris caused by the work of this section, keeping the premises clean and neat at all times. END OF SECTION 07900 Kimley-Horn and Associates, Inc . Caulking and Sealants . 07900-2 DIVISION 9 -FINISHES I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition PART 1 -GENERAL SECTION 09920 PAINTING 1.1 The work to be performed under this section of the Specifications shall consist of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for painting pumps, exposed pipe, valves and fittings, hangers; supports, electrical conduits, metal work; structural steel, miscellaneous wood, concrete block, drywall, doors, etc., as specified herein. No painting shall be done below 45 degrees F. or be done in high moisture weather. In all cases, paints and coating shall be applied according to manufacturer's recommendations. Painting found defective shall be removed and the surface repainted as directed by the Engineer. Touch up paint for factory painted equipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS: Paint, stains and varnishes shall be that shown in the schedule or an approved equal. Submit technical formulation data for substitute to engineer for approval prior to use. All materials are to be delivered in new, sealed original labeled containers and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. General: Surfaces to be painted shall be clean before applying paint or surface treatments. Oil, grease, dirt, rust, loose mill scale, old weathered paint, and other foreign substances shall be removed except as hereinafter specified. The removal of oil and grease shall, in general, be accomplished by blast cleaning, minor amounts of grease and oil contaminates will be tolerated on the surface, prior to blast cleaning, provided that abrasive is not reclaimed and reused. Clean cloths and fluids shall be used in solvent cleaning to avoid leaving a thin film of greasy residue. Cleaning and painting shall be programmed that dust or spray from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces . Hardware, electrical fixtures and similar accessories shall be removed or suitably masked during preparation and painting operations, or shall be disconnected and moved to permit cleaning and painting of equipment, and following painting shall be replaced and reconnected. Hangers, brackets and other metallic surfaces which are inaccessible after installation shall be painted, except for final coat, prior to installation. Specific surface preparation requirements are included in Paint Systems. B . Metallic Surfaces: Preparation of metallic surfaces shall be conducted in accordance with applicable portions of surface preparation specifications of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC): SSPC-SP-1 Solvent Clean; SSPC-SP-2 Hand Tool Cleaning; SSPC-SP-3 Power Tool Cleaning; SSPC-SP-5 White Metal Blast Cleaning; SSPC-SP-6 Commercial Blast; SSPC-SP-7 Crush Off Blast Cleaning; SSPC-SP-10 Near White Blast. Unless specified otherwise steel shall be prepared as follows: (a) Above ground steel, normal exposure -SSPC-SP-6. (b) Submerged, immersed steel or steel exposed to vapor in enclosed tanks -SSPC-SP-10. All ferrous metals to be painted shall be supplied as primed metal and all subsequent painting performed on-site except as otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer. Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Painting 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Add it ion C. Preparation of Wood Surfaces : Wood surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned of dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with mineral spirits, scrapers, sandpaper, or wire brush. Finished surfaces exposed to view shall, if necessary, be made smooth by planing or sandpapering. Millwork shall be sandpapered where necessary, and given a coat of the specified exterior primer on all concealed sides before installation . Small, dry seasoned knots shall be surface scraped, sandpapered, and thoroughly cleaned, and shall be given a thin coat of acceptable knot sealer before application of the priming coat. All beads or streaks of pitch shall be scraped off, or if the pitch is still soft, it shall be removed with mineral spirits or turpentine and the resinous area shall be thinly coated with knot sealer. After priming, all holes and imperfections shall be filled with putty·.or plastic wood colored to match the finish coat, allowed to dry and sandpapered smooth. Painting of exterior wood surfaces shall proceed insofar as practicable only after masonry work has dried. D . Preparation of Concrete and Masonry Surfaces: All concrete surfaces which require c0ating or painting shall be dry and shall be prepared by light sandblasting. Sandblasting shall be sufficient to remove all dirt, dust, efflorescence, oil and grease stains and other foreign substances and shall provide adequate surface roughening for good adhesion between the concrete and coating or paint. New concrete surfaces which are to receive oil or varnish base coating shall be allowed to age for at least 60 days except as otherwise specified or directed and, in addition, shall be brush treated with a solution consisting of2% zinc chloride and 3% phosphoric acid in water, permitted to dry, and t h e residue removed by light brushing. E . Preparation of Plaster Surfaces : Unless specifically authorized otherwise, paint shall not be applied to plaster surfaces. F. Preparation of Galvanized surfaces: Generally, galvanized surfaces will not require painting . Galvanized surfaces specified or directed to be painted shall be solvent cleaned in accordance w ith SSPC-SP-1. G. Other Surfaces: The Plan Paint Schedule or the Interior and Exterior Paint Schedules included at the end of this section shall govern. Where any conflict between the two, the Plan Schedule or any Special Provisions shall prevail over the standardized specifications. 3 .2 WARRANTY: Warranty paint and coating for one year from date of substantial completion against becoming unserviceable or objectionable in appearance as a result of being defective or nonconforming . Without limiting this warranty scope, the work shall be warranted not to: A. Noticeably discolor, yellow, streak, bloom, bleach, or darken. B . Change sheet with excessive speed or irregularity C. Peel, blister, crack or alligator. D . Release from substrate or intermediate coats. E. · Chalk or dust excessively. F . Stay tacky or become tacky. G. Mildew. 3.3 TESTING: For final inspection the contractor shall furnish a Microtester or comparable equipment for testing dry thin film thickness. Tests shall be conducted on all painted surfaces having a specified mil thickness. Areas failing shall be repainted to match and retested. Microtesting to be done in the presen ce of the Engineer. 3.4 ACCESS: Do not remove scaffolding or other rigging necessary for painting until engineer approves coating. If necessary, for inspection or testing paint, the contractor will re-construct scaffolding or re-s et cables, rigging, hoists, or boatswain 's chairs. 3.5 SPARE MATERIALS: The contractor will furnish new, unopened one gallon containers of paints or · coatings of each color and type used on the project labeled as to project use and instructions. In the cast of Kimley-Hom and Associates , Inc. Painting 09920-2 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition epoxies or other "component" materials the components shall not be mixed. Instructions for use shall be attached to paint containers. 3.6 SAFETY: Observe OSHA requirements (29 CFR 1926) and manufacturer's recommendations for use of paints, solvents, epoxies or other coatings or thinners, cleaners, etc. Do not paint in spaces without proper ventilation. Do not use combustibles near possible source of ignition. Display caution signs during spraying advising against open flame. 3.7 PROTECTION: Do not paint during high wind. Protect surrounding equipment, fixtures and property . from droppings and overspray. Bear all expense for cleaning contaminated or damaged surfaces. Protect fresh paint from damage. Job Specifics City of Fort Worth, Texas Item Surface Preparation Primer Coat Under Coat Finish Coat Exposed structural Brush blast loose 6 mils Series 66 2 coats, total of2.5 steel, roof deck, paint; clean and dry Epoxiline mils carbon steel tanks surfaces free of Series 74 (exterior), steel pipe chemicals or greases Endura-Shield stands, ductile iron Polyurethane pipes, steel airways Epoxiline and Endura-Shield are Tnemec products. No paint substitutions will be allowed without express written permission of the Engineer! No new concrete shall be painted until the concrete has cured a minimum of 28 days. END OF SECTION 09920 Kimley-Hom and Associates, Inc. Painting DIVISION 13 -SPRAYGROUNDS. 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 13150 SWIMMING POOLS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 1.02 A. A. RELATED DOCUMENTS The BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CON1RACT FORMS, AND CONDIDONS OF TIIE CONTRACT and applicable parts of DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, as listed in the Table of Contents, shall be included in and made a part of this Section. SUMMARY OF WORK (for general guidance-not all inclusive) Introduction Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary to construct a recirculating spray ground at Sycamore Park. This work shall include the structure(s) as well as all products listed in Part 2 of Section 13150. B. Work included in this Section: It is the intent of this Section to place the entire responsibility for the construction of the sprayground(s) (including the construction of the sprayground shell(s)) under one vested CONTRACTOR Under this Section the Spray ground Contractor will provide but is not necessarily limited to the following : 1. Provide all equipment and services required for erection and delivery onto the premises of any equipment or apparatus furnished. Remove equipment from premises when no longer required. 2. Layout, excavate, remove from the construction site, replace and grade materials as required beyond the limits of excavation of the pool shell(s) to complete the work described in this section. Reference Division 2 -Site Work. 3. Grade and replace load bearing or high plasticity index soil, pump and dewater as necessary to keep excavations free from water during construction, and provide sub-surface drainage beneath the balance tank. Reference Division 2 -Site Work. 4 . Provide and maintain proper shoring and bracing for existing utilities, sewers and building foundations where required for related excavations. Reference Division 2 -Site Work. 5. Provide all electrical conduit, wiring, junction boxes, controls, relays, and all other ancillary equipment necessary to all low voltage aquatics equipment per Division 16 -Electrical. (Low voltage is considered less than 120 V.) 6. Furnish and install all necessary piping and valving as shown on the drawings and specified herein. 7 . Provide winterization services for the outdoor sprayground for a period not less than 12 months including a minimum of one (1) closing and one (1) opening. The Contractor shall provide one (1) additional opening if the outdoor facility is open for less than 40 days. Contractor to include winterization procedures with owner training. 8. Construct the concrete sprayground spray pad as described in these specifications and detailed on the Drawings, including reinforcement steel, inserts, fittings, drain sumps and all embedded items © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition (piping, anchors, etc.) for the _sprayground. Reference Division 3 -Concrete and Structural. Before commencing the placement of concrete, verify electrical bonding of sprayground embedded items and reinforcing steel. Also, coordinate and arrange any required electrical, plumbing and or building inspections. 9. Furnish and install an epoxy paint finish in the spary ground with a slip resistant surface 10 . Assemble and install the cleaning and maintenance equipment for the sprayground as specified herein. 11. Provide for the storage of all sprayground and/or aquatic related equipment, materials and systems. All items are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR until accepted by owner . . 12. Obtain final acceptance by jurisdictional health department(s). 13. Start, test, calibrate and adjust all mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, recirculation, chemical, and other supplied systems including deck, loose, maintenance, and safety equipment. Instruct the Owner's representative in the systems operation and maintenance as described herein. C. Related work specified in other sections: Work related to the spray grounds to be completed by other contractors. l. Provide, erect and maintain all necessary barricades, signs, lights and flares for sprayground construction to protect workers and the public. 2. Provide and maintain proper shoring and bracing for existing utilities, sewers and building foundations where required for spray ground . related excavations. Reference Division 2 -Site Work. 3. Prior to concrete pours, verify electrical bonding of pool embedded items. Coordinate and arrange any required electrical, plumbing and or building inspections to be performed on embedded items. Reference Division 16 -Electrical. 4 . Furnish and install sanitary sewer and storm drain connections. 5 . Provide rules and regulations signage as required by code. Reference Division 1 -General Requirements. 6. Provide chlorine resistant caulking (sealant) and backer rod on pool decks. Reference Division 7 -Thermal and Moisture Protection. D. Related work specified in Plumbing/Civil section. Reference Division 15 -Mechanical. Work to be completed by other contractors . l. Furnish and install water service to all hose bibs, flush hydrant boxes and auto-fill by-pass to air gap above fill funnel(s). Install slow closing solenoid valve in by-pass auto-fill piping. E. Related work specified in Electrical sections. Reference Division 16 -Electrical. Work to be completed by other contractors. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13 150-2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.03 A. 1.04 A. B. C. D. 1. Furnish and install motor starters, drives, transformers, auxiliary contacts, magnetic relays and other electrical appurtenances necessary for the complete operation of the sprayground recirculation and filtration systems. 2 . Ground sprayground structures and all equipment in accordance with Article 680 of the N.E.C. 3. Obtain permits, inspections, and approvals of all wiring including grounding and bonding of all metal components associated with the pool in accordance with local, State and National Electrical Codes. QUALITY ASSURANCE The specifications and drawings illustrate and detail one (1) recirculating sprayground for public recreational use . Certain technical aspects of the design are common only to sprayground systems planned for public use. Understanding these aspects, their functions and interaction through experience is vital to completing a successful operating system. It is a mandatory requirement that all bidders will have achieved such experience as a prerequisite for bidding this project. 1. The GENERAL CONTRACTOR must include a written bid bond from an approved surety company registered in the State of TEXAS certifying that the CONTRACTOR will provide 100% Performance and Labor -Materials Bond on this Project. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall show evidence of having adequate experience in constructing public pools. In order to be considered for this project, the CONTRACTOR must have completed at least two (2) public-use, recirculating spray grounds with a wet deck surface areas in excess of 1,000 square feet or more within the last 10 years . The spray grounds must be complete and currently in operation. Submit a list of such projects with the current names, address and telephone numbers of the Owner's Operator and Architect of Record to the Architect with the bid. 3. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligation of the contract and to complete the work described or if the bidder does not have the qualifications stated herein. Subject to compliance with item 2 above on this specification. REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS AND ENGINEERING SERVICES The entire system shall be designed and installed to meet all National, State and Local Codes and be in compliance with applicable sections of the American National Standards Institute / National Spa and Pool Institute (ANSI /NSPI-2 1999) The system shall comply with all necessary approvals obtained by the Architect from local regulatory agencies governing the design and construction of public spray grounds . The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits and pay all government fees, and other costs in connection with his work; file all necessary drawings, prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of governmental departments having jurisdiction; obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work and deliver same to the Architect before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. The Contractor shall include in the work, without extra cost to the Owner, any labor, materials, services, apparatus or drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not shown on drawings and/or specified. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-3 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.05 1.06 1.07 1.08 A. B. C. A. B. C. D. A. B. COORDINATION AND CLARIFICATION Coordinate with other contractors or subcontractors all work relating to this section. The Contractor must establish with other contractors or subcontractors, having related work in this Section, that all work necessary to complete the pool(s) as shown on the drawings and in the specifications is included in the base bid and alternates to the Owner. If in doubt regarding the responsibility for work covered in this Section and/or discovery of errors or omissions in the bidding documents, the Contractor shall notify the Architect through channels established by the specifications and request a clarification ten (10) days prior to the bid date. ALTERNATE PROPOSAL: a) Alternate Bid #2: Spray Ground Controls: Under this the add alternate proposal, the contractor shall provide an interactive controller, control valves, activator and all ancillary equipment necessary to make the spray ground complete and fully functional with interactive controls. Reference Section 13158-Spraygrounds. CONTRACTOR'S ALTERNATE PROPOSAL Contractor shall submit his bid to the owner based on materials, equipment and methods as specified in this Section. No substitutions of material will be allowed. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to encourage competition. The base proposal must be on furnishing the construction methods and equipment as specified and detailed. Any proposed system substitution must have prior written approval by the Architect. All proposed substitutions of specified construction methods and equipment shall include a complete submittal as required by these specifications and drawings of appropriate scale incorporating all required changes. The Contractor shall provide a list of at least ten ( 10) satisfactory installations comparable to this project that have been manufactured and installed under the manufacturer's current legal name. Submit a list of such projects with the name, address and current telephone number of the Owner's Operator and Architect of Record to the Architect on the bid date. Any changes or modifications to the Contract Documents that are not authorized by the architect shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. SUBMITIALS All submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 -General Requirements and in strict compliance with the following procedures and guidelines. Six ( 6) sets of shop drawings and engineering data shall be tabbed, indexed, referenced to the specifications, bound in 3 ring binders and submitted in two stages. Provide 8 Yz" x 11" cover sheet for each item submitted identifying item and product number. The first stage will be all embedded items for the sprayground equipment and the long lead items. The second stage submittal shall be the remaining items. Only complete sets will be reviewed. I. . Engineering data covering all systems, equipment, structures and fabricated materials, which will become a permanent part of the Work under this Contract shall be submitted for review. This data shall include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail and scale to show the kind, size, © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-4 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorage 's and supports required; performance characteristics; fabrication and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. A certification, in writing, shall be provided indicating that all equipment and devices will fit in the space allotted and as shown in the Drawings. 2 . All submittals regardless of origin shall be stamped with the approval of the CONfRACTOR and identified with the name and number of this Contract, CONfRACTOR'S name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and Contract Drawings . Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the Work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified by underlining, highlighting, or directional arrow. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all Drawings and other descriptive data. 3 . Submittals will not be accepted from anyone but the CONfRACTOR Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. 4 . CONfRACTOR'S stamp of approval is a representation that the CONfRACTOR accepts full responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, power requirements, and/or similar data, and that he has reviewed or coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents . 5. Each submittal shall include a statement prepared by the originator of the Drawings and data, certifying compliance with the Contract Documents except for deviations, which are specifically identified 6. All deviations from the Contract Documents shall be clearly identified on each submittal as a ''Proposed Change" and shall be tabulated in the CONfRACTOR'S letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by the CONfRACTOR (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. 7. CONfRACTOR shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each submission, and, in the case of a resubmission , shall verify that all exceptions previously noted have been taken into account. In the event that more than one resubmission is required because of failure of CONfRACTOR to respond to exceptions and rejections previously noted, CONTRACTOR shall make all further resubmissions in person at the consultant's office . 8. Any need for more than one resubmission, or any other delay in obtaining review of submittals, will not entitle the CONTRACTOR to an extension of the Contract Time unless delay of the Work is directly caused by a change in the Work authorized by a Change Order. 9. Review of drawings and data submitted by CONTRACTOR will cover only general conformity to the Contract Drawings and Specifications, external connections and dimensions that affect the layout. Review does not indicate a thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the materials and/or equipment either indicated on the drawings or in the specifications . Review of submittals shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors, omissions, deviations, responsibility for coordinating with other trades, and compliance with the Contract Documents and/or Local Code. 10. When the drawings and data are returned marked REJECTED, REVISE AND RESUBMIT or SUBMIT SPECIFIED ITEM, the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed and six corrected copies ( or one copy and one corrected reproducible copy) resubmitted. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-5 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 11 . Resubmittals shall bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter (A, B, etc.) to indicate the sequence of the resubmittal. All resubmittals shall be indexed, tabbed, referenced to the specifications and bound in a three-ring binder and submitted at one time. 12. When corrected copies are resubmitted, CONTRACTOR shall in writing direct specific attention to all revisions and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for on previous submissions. 13. When the drawings and data are returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN or MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED, no additional copies need to be furnished unless specifically requested to do so for record. C. Permits, Receipts and Test Reports: 1. Furnish the Architect with copies of all permits and receipts for fee payments. 2. Submit a sample format for each test report intended for use. Submit test reports required herein only on approved forms. D . Include complete product data indexed, tabbed, and referenced to specifications with 8 W' x 11" cover sheet covering: 1. Paragraph 2.01 -Overflow System 2. Paragraph 2.02 -Pumping Equipment 3. Paragraph 2.03 -Filtration Equipment 4. Paragraph 2.04 -Recirculation Fittings 5. Paragraph 2.05 -Piping Systems 6. Paragraph 2.06 -Chemical Treatment Systems 7. Paragraph 2.07 -Chemistry Monitoring and Control Systems 8. Paragraph 2.08 -Flow Meter and Water Meter 9. Paragraph 2.09 -Water Level Controllers 10. Paragraph 2.10-Maintenance Equipment 11. Paragraph 2 .11 -Safety Equipment 12. Paragraph 2.12 -Thermometers 13. Paragraph 2.13 -Finishes 14. Paragraph 2.14 -Waterproofing 15. Paragraph 2.15 -Sealants E. Include engineering/construction drawings for the pool structure. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWTh1MING POOLS 13150-6 100% Construction Docwnents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.09 F. G. A. B. 1. Reference Division 3 -Concrete. Include engineering construction drawings for all pool piping. Reference Section 13158 -Water Sprayground OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS Detailed operation and maintenance information shall be supplied for all equipment reqmnng maintenance or other attention. The equipment supplier and/or CONTRACTOR shall prepare an operation and maintenance manual for all equipment. Parts lists and operating and maintenance instructions shall be furnished. Each operation and maintenance manual shall include the following: 1. Equipment function and cahbration, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 2 . Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment and checking instructions. 3 . Operating instructions for startup, routing and normal operation, regulation and control, shutdown and emergency conditions. 4. One (1) copy of all video taped training sessions. 5. Operating cycles shall be specifically described in outline format and in referenced detail. A wall-mounted color-coded piping flow diagram shall be provided in equipment room. Diagram to be engraved on laminated plastic with color-coded piping to match color of coding on piping, and including valves identified with number on tags. Minimwn size to be 11 inch x 17 inch. 6. Include manufacturer recommended maintenance schedule, parts lists, piping diagram (to agree with wall mounted diagram) and trouble shooting information for all pool mechanical equipment. 7. Using reference to keyed valves and wall diagram, include specific written instructions for procedures to be followed for a) emptying and refilling the balance tank including de-watering during the period that the balance tank will be empty; b) water level control adjustment and chemical control operation c) filter operation and backwashing; d) super chlorination and e) normal balance tank operation and balancing. 8. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. 9. Guide to "troubleshooting". 10 . Parts list and predicted life of parts subject to wear . 11 . Outline, cross section, and assembly drawings; engineering data and wiring diagrams . 12 . Test data and performance curves , where applicable. 13 . Specific written instructions for procedure for emptying and refilling the pools including dewatering during any period that the pool will be empty. Include :furnishing and installing a ''Yellow" warning sign 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., to be mounted in the filter room, that reads: WARNING © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-7 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.10 1.11 Prior to emptying Pool Consult O & M Manuals for Procedures Add another sign to read: Keep all Caps, Plugs and Tops Tight Fitting to Prevent Escape of Fumes. 14. One set of applicable submittals shall be included in each manual. C. The operation and maintenance manuals shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered, or which may be required by the CONTRACTOR D. Manuals and other data shall be printed on heavy, first quality paper, 8-1/2 x 11 inch size with standard 3- hole punching and inserted in plastic covers. Drawings and diagrams shall be reduced to 8-1/2 x 11 inches or 11 x 17 inches . Where reduction is not practical, larger drawings shall be folded separately and placed in envelopes that are bound into the manuals. Each envelope shall bear suitable identification on the outside. E. Six ( 6) bound volumes of each manual shall be submitted. All parts lists and information shall be assembled in substantial manuals and permanent, three-ring or three-post binders. Material shall be assembled and bound in the same order as specified, and each volume shall have a table of contents and suitable index tabs. F. All material shall be marked with Project identification. Non-applicable information shall be marked out or deleted. G. A. B. C. D. E. A. Shipment of equipment will not be considered complete until all required manuals and data have been received PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Deliver material in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and crates with all labels intact and legible. Deliver materials in sufficient time and quantity to allow continuity of work and compliance with approved construction schedule. Handle materials in a manner to prevent damage. Store all materials on clean raised platforms with weather protective covering. Provide continuous protection of materials against damage or deterioration. Remove damaged materials from site. WARRANTIES The CONfRACTOR warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents, that the work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized may be considered defective. The CONTRACTOR's warranty may exclude remedies for damage or defect caused by abuse, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operations, modifications not executed by the CONfRACTOR or improper wear and tear under normal use. If required by the Architect, the © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-8 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.12 CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All warranties shall be for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion or the owner begins using the spray ground unless otherwise specified. B. The CONTRACTOR shall agree to repair or replace any defective or non-complying work at no cost to the Owner upon written notification from the Owner within the warranty period. Pro-rated warranties are not acceptable. C. Submit all warranties covering, but not limited to the following : A. B. 1. Defects in material, manufacture or installation of the interior coating of the trench for a period of one (1) year. 2. Defects in material, manufacture and installation of the filtration, backwash, chlorination, pH adjustments and cleaning systems, including controls for a period of one (1) year. 3. Defects in material or workmanship of the sprayground structure including the balance tank causing a loss of water for a period of three (3) years. 4. Defects in material, workmanship, and installation of the sprayground piping system for a period of three (3) years. 5. Defects in material, workmanship, and installation of the sprayground pumps for a period of one (1) year. 6. Manufacturer's minimum fifteen (15) year warranty on the filter tank against defective materials or workmanship of the tank and components. (Additional warranty time may be purchased from the manufacturer). 7. Manufacturer's minimum one (1) year warranty against defective materials, components and workmanship in the sanitizing feed system. 8 . Manufacturer's minimum one (1) year warranty against defective materials, components and workmanship in the ph buffer feed system. SYSIBM TRAINING A qualified representative of the CONTRACTOR performing work under this Section shall put the equipment into operation and instruct the Owner's representatives in the operation of this equipment to the Owner's satisfaction immediately after project substantial completion. Training periods shall be 24 hours on-site training scheduled as follows : 1. 16 hours initial training on the complete sprayground systems . Training to include procedures for System Start-up, typical maintenance procedures, Sprayground operations, etc. 2. 5 hours after Owner's staff has had experience operating the system. This time may be requested any time after the spray ground has been placed in operation within a period of one (1) year from the time the spray ground was accepted by the owner. 3. 3 hours of Training to include winterization procedures -Refer to Section 1.02 for winterization protocol. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-9 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.13 A. B. C. 1.14 A. B. C. 1.15 A. 4. CONTRACTOR shall video tape all training sessions and/or arrange taping sessions with major suppliers such as filtration system, water chemical feeders and controller and water level controller. 5 . CONTRACTOR shall include (1) one copy of all video taped training sessions in each Operations and Maintenance Manual. SPRAY GROUND FILL WATER QUALITY The Owner shall bear the cost of the water required for two (2) complete fillings of the spray ground (the initial leak test and the final filling). Removal of iron or copper (if in excess of .3 ppm) may be required for the final fill to avoid staining of the spray ground finish. Any subsequent fillings or partial fillings (more than 25%) of the spray ground shall be by the CONTRACTOR, at its own expense. CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary plant equipment so that the temperature of fill water will be within plus or minus 10 degrees of the ambient air and/or the spray ground structure at the time of filling. Extreme caution is urged if the temperature is greater than 10 degree F. CONTRACTOR to provide the necessary chemicals and to adjust and balance the water chemistry in the spray grounds to the following levels: pH Calcium Hardness Total Alkalinity (Calcium Hypochlorite) Langelier saturation index START-UP CHEMICALS 7.4-7.6 200-400PPM 60-80PPM -0.3 -+o.3 CONTRACTOR shall maintain the chemical balance of the spray ground water (including the cost of all chemicals required) until the spray ground and mechanical system is fully operational and accepted by the architect and the owner. Provide the owner with sufficient quantities of the necessary chemicals to maintain the spray ground operation for a minimum of thirty (30) days from substantial completion or the owner begins using the spray ground. Chemicals to be provided to the owner shall include those required by the chemical feed systems installed. RECORD DRAWINGS Provide a complete set of record drawings of the entire spray ground system including all sub- systems . All record drawings shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of Section 01700 and shall be a complete, stand alone set. The CONTRACTOR shall be permitted to obtain original documents and copy them for this purpose only. Furnish the record set 30 inch x 42 inch mylar, and compact disk (AutoCAD Release 12, 13, 14, 2000 or compatible software). PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 OVERFLOW SYSTEM © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-10 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.02 It is the intent of the specifications that the perimeter overflow system and surface cleaning be maintained under all conditions of normal operation and that no water be discharged to waste except when cleaning the filters or emptying the spray ground. A. Concrete Perimeter Overflow System A. B. A perimeter overflow system consisting of a continuous concrete overflow channel as detailed and shown on the drawings shall be installed on the sprayground. The bottom of the trough shall be level throughout. 1. The floor and walls of the perimeter trench drain gutter shall be coated with a high build epoxy or waterproofing material. The epoxy coating shall be "Zeran Epoxy Coating" as manufactured by Kelley Technical Coatings, including "Gunzite" primer (1 coat) and Zeron (1 coat). Apply per Bulletin #100 and manufacturer's instructions. Also acceptable are the products of Tnemec, Series 66 epoxy coatings, 2 coats required. Areas not meeting the manufacturer's recommended thickness will be recoated without additional cost to the Owner. 2 . The grating shall be formed of molded white PVC sections. Modular, interlocking pieces of PVC U.V. stabilized grating. The top surface shall have a raised, diamond ridge design to create good friction , wet or dry and be 11/16" wide with an outside depth of 1.0'' and a middle depth of 1-3/8" for extra strength. The space between pieces shall not exceed 3/8". Each piece of grate shall have a slotted hole at the ends for insertion of a stainless steel fastener clip and anchor screws every 5 feet and shall be easily removable. Grating surface bars shall run perpendicular to the trench drain and with the gap, provide at least 35% open space per foot for unrestricted water flow. The color of the grate shall be selected by Architect. The width of the grating shall allow the insertion of the touchpad holding brackets between the grating and the gutter lip. Grating shall be manufactured by Grate Technologies, Inc., or equal. 3. The trench drain gutter drains shall be a floor drain with basketed strainer. Model number 2005T06-B by Jay. R Smith or equal. 4. All exposed materials, embedded anchors and fasteners shall be 304 stainless steel or better. PUMPING EQUIPMENT It is not the intention of the specifications to limit competition. The base proposal must be on furnishing the equipment as specified; however, any bidder may, at his option, offer a substitution for consideration. In proposing a substitution, the project bidder must refer to Section 13150, Part 1.07 (Contractors Alternative Proposal). Any proposed substitutions shall include a mechanical drawing incorporating all required changes in layout, piping and valves . The cost of such changes shall be included in the price of the substitute. CONTRACTOR to confirm voltage prior to ordering pump. All motors shall be capable of continuously running without overloading at any point on the characteristic curve of the pump without overload or harm. CONTRACTOR shall confirm by 1/4 inch scale shop drawing that the pumps and filters to be furnished will fit in the available space and can be removed for servicing. I. Pumps shall be certified by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) and bear the certification mark. 2 . Pump casing shall be cast iron fitted with a replaceable bronze case wear ring. Mechanical seals shall be provided specific for a clear, mildly chlorinated water application. Pump impeller shall be enclosed type of cast bronze, statically and dynamically balanced, and trimmed for the specified design conditions. All bronze materials shall be suitable for use in a chlorinated environment. Suction and © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-11 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition discharge flanges shall be provided and tapped for gauge connections. Provide steel or cast iron bases. 3. Motor shall be Totally Enclosed, Fan Cooled (TEFC) and premium efficiency of the horsepower and speed specified. A pump requiring larger horsepower shall not be acceptable. 4 . Provide a hair and lint strainer, for each pump, of fiberglass or epoxy coated stainless steel construction with a clear observation top, as manufactured by MerMade Filter Inc., Neptune/Benson Inc., Fluidtrol, or US Filter in the sizes (or pipe sizes) indicated on the drawings. Verify and coordinate pipe and pump suction sizes in the field . Strainer to be of a low pressure drop full-open or a tapered eccentric reducing type. Straight reducing type strainers will not be acceptable without the addition of an approved tapered eccentric reducer between the strainer and the pump (in which case, sufficient space in the pump pit must be verified). Furnish a stainless steel basket with at least 4 times the free open area as the inlet pipe, and one spare basket with each strainer. 5. Provide a coating to protect all non-bronze pump(s) from corrosion. Coating shall be fusion bonded epoxy coating on all wetted parts. Preparation: Sandblast to bare, white metal. · Thickness: 8 to 12 mils (heavy film). Testing: Verify thickness by non-destructive testing. Coat parts as recommended by manufacturer, including preheating parts to 400 degrees and electrostatic deposition or fluidized bed technique. Provide primers if required to resist chlorinated water <10 ppm. Coating shall be Scotchkote 134 manufactured by Fusecote or equal, 9658 Alpaca St., South El Monte, CA 9733, 818-443-6760, 213-886-2258, or fax 818- 443-9142, or equal. 6. Entire pumping unit shall be mounted on a base using cap screws to preserve the back pull out feature of the pump. Pumps shall not be secured with floor studs. The pump base shall be coated with the same epoxy coating as the pump. An OSHA approved guard shall protect coupling and exposed rotating components of the pump and motor where required. 7. Recirculating Pumps and Motors: 1. Recirculation Pump {PP-1): Furnish and install one (1) horizontally or vertically mounted centrifugal pump, as shown on the Drawings and described in these specifications. Each pump is to be of a straight centrifugal, end suction, bronze fitted, close coupled type, capable of pumping 150 GPM against 70 ft. of total dynamic head with an efficiency of no less than 68% and a required Net Positive Suction Head (NPSHr) no greater than 10.0 ft. It shall be provided with a 5 HP, 1750 RPM, 240 VAC, three phase, 60 cycle electrically driven motor meeting these specifications. System design based upon ITT Marlow. Pumps manufactured by Paco, Griswold, or Aurora shall all be considered provided they meet the requirements. 2. Feature Pumps {PP-2): Furnish and install two (2) horizontally/vertically mounted centrifugal pump, as shown on the Drawings and descnoed in these specifications. Each pump is to be of a straight centrifugal, end suction, bronze fitted, close coupled type, capable of pumping 300 GPM against 75 ft. of total dynamic head with an efficiency ofno less than 68% and a required Net Positive Suction Head (NPSHr) no greater than 12.0 ft. It shall be provided with a 10 HP, 1750 RPM, 240 VAC, three (3) phase, 60 cycle electrically driven motor meeting these specifications. System design based upon ITT Marlow. Pumps manufactured by Paco, Griswold, or Aurora shall all be considered provided they meet the requirements. 3. All recirculation pumps shall be provided by the same manufacturer. Confirm voltages prior to ordering pumps. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-12 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.03 C. D. E. F. G. H. 8. Other System Pumps and Motors a. Provide one (1) submersible sump pump. The pump shall be a 1/2 HP, 1750 RPM, 115 volt, 1 phase, 60 cycle unit capable of 60 GPM at 25 ft. TDH. The pump body shall be bronze and the motor shall be sealed with a stainless steel shaft. Supply with an automatic mercury level control switch. Pump to be a PACO or equal. Pressure Gauges shall be installed on the discharge of the pump(s). Compound Gauges shall be provided at the intake port of the pump(s), after the hair and lint strainer. Gauges shall be liquid filled, 316L stainless steel bourdon tube type with a minimum 2-1/2 inch diameter dial, high impact polypropylene or stainless steel case, corrosion resistant white scale with black divisions and numerals, 300 Series stainless steel heavy duty rotary bushed movement, , black enameled balanced Micrometer pointer. Scale ranges shall be selected to indicate the normal system operating pressure of each system or location within the system. Pressure ranges shall be calibrated in psig and vacuum ranges shall be calibrated in inches of mercury. A stainless steel filter type pressure snubber shall be provided for each pressure gauge installed consisting of a 3/8 inch diameter by 1/8 inch thick Micro Metallic stainless steel filter and placed in the line just before the pressure gauge. Provide isolation brass valves or brass gauge cocks at each gauge for easy replacement and maintenance. Gauges shall be as manufactured by Weksler Instrument Corporation or equal. FILTRATION EQUIPMENT The filter system shall consist of high rate pressure sand filter tank(s) as shown on the drawings. Every aspect and component of the filter system must be certified by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) and bear the certification mark. The filter must have an engraved metal data plate permanently affixed on the face of the system that describes operational data and instructions and indicates start up date. It is the intent of these specifications to describe a filtration system complete in every respect with all accessory items and supplied and warranted by one manufacturer. A. Horizontally Oriented Fiberglass Tanks: The filter tanks shall be horizontally oriented single cell fiberglass tanks, minimum 32 inch diameter. The filter system must be listed as approved by National Sanitation Foundation prior to bid date. 1. Filter tanks must incorporate all components and feature as described in this section. 2. Saddle style bases (2) shall be provided for tank support. Systems that incorporate stacked tanks shall include similar bases and mounting saddles for the upper vessel. Tank supports and connections shall be seismic rated to support the filter tank(s) for the appropriate seismic zone where the project is located. Access to the tank shall be provided by a 14" x 18" manhole with two (2) curved yokes . Manhole seal shall be complete with a one piece 1/4" neoprene gasket and positioned so that internal pressure from the filter will augment the seal. No additional hardware or through bolts will be allowed. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-13 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 3. Each filter tank shall be equipped with the necessary flanges and connections for the internal and external piping. Connections shall be comprised of fiberglass flanges and schedule 80 PVC flanges . 4. All tank connections 2 inches and smaller shall be 150 lb. Type 316L stainless steel threaded full couplings. All tank connections 3 inches and larger shall be heavy steel bosses drilled and tapped both sides to receive standard flanged fittings or Sch. 40 Type 316L stainless steel nipples. 5. The discharge from the automatic air release valve shall be hard piped to waste. Each filter tank shall have a means of releasing air. Each coupling or orifice is to be provided with a slotted PVC sand retainer or stainless steel strainer. An automatic air release system shall be provided for each tank. 6. The drain system shall consist of a 3/4 inch 316L stainless steel coupling mounted at the lowest point in the bottom head. This drain shall be valved and piped to the nearest floor drain or backwash pit. B. Filter Piping -Internal 1. The lower internal distribution system shall be a horizontal header/lateral arrangement. The header shall be Schedule 80 PVC construction, capped on one end and flanged or threaded at the other end for field connection. Lateral connections shall be spaced no more than 6 inches on centers, and shall be 1-1/2 inch FPT connections. All attachments to header shall be solvent welded and thermo-welded to insure integrity of connection. 2. Underdrain system shall be factory installed and constructed of extra heavy Schedule 80 high impact PVC. Multiple PVC main headers to be tapped and threaded to receive laterals. 3. Laterals shall consist of 1-1/2 inch Schedule 80 PVC pipe with openings as required. Each lateral shall be fabricated complete with socket cap on one end and male adapter on the other end. Both fittings to be solvent welded to the slotted pipe. Laterals shall be designed and sized at the factory so as to be installed in the field and over the entire cross sections area of the filter. 4. The upper distributor shall consist of PVC piping Schedule 80 and/or deflector plate per manufacturer standard design. 5. Each filter shall be supplied with a pressure equalizing upper internal distribution system consisting of a horizontal header/lateral arrangement. The header piping shall be constructed of Schedule 80 PVC . The header/lateral piping and all connections shall be designed and sized to provide uniform distribution and unrestricted flow during the filtration and backwash cycles. 6. Upper laterals shall be constructed of Schedule 80 PVC pipe with machine slotted openings or orifices. All machined slots or orifices shall be clean, deburred and free of any obstructions that would not permit the free flow of water through the opening . Details of the lateral attachment to the header shall be submitted for review and approval. 7. The lower and upper distribution systems shall be properly supported and anchored. All hardware in wetted areas shall be Type 3 l 6L stainless steel or non-metallic. Tank interiors must be inspected prior to the media being placed in the filters . C. Filter Piping -External (Face) © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-14 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1. External face piping shall be Schedule 80 PVC pipe and fittings. Flanges shall be located so as to allow for easy dismantling of face piping. All fittings shall be solvent cemented. 2. Piping shall be drilled and tapped where necessary to accommodate gauge tubing connectors. 3. All valves 3" and larger shall be constructed with cast aluminum S12A alloy (as defined by ASTM B275) housing and fully coated with Rilsan on all interior and exterior surfaces. Internal components include EPDM resilient lining, Rilsan coated ductile iron disc and 316L stainless steel shaft. Valves shall be rated for 150 psi bubble tight shutoff. Unless otherwise specified, all nuts and bolts shall be stainless steel with stainless steel washers to be used when secured to PVC flanges. Systems incorporating solenoid, pneumatic, pressure amplified, hydraulic or multi-directional valves shall not be acceptable. 4. Standard accessory items shall include sight glass rated for 50 psi with polycarbonate glass, remote mounted gauge panel with two 4Yz" diameter pressure gauges, 1/.i'' petcocks, 1/.i'' poly vent tubing with PVC compression adapters. D. Backwash Control 1. The filter manifold face piping shall be designed to allow for one (1) filter tank to be backwashed at a time while the recirculation system is operating. A manual backwashing system shall be provided with the filter system. 2. Manual Backwash System: The manual backwash system shall be equipped with a face piping configuration such that the operator shall be manually control and operator both the time and sequencing of the backwash cycle. Valving on the filter face piping shall be a mechanical linkage device allowing the operator to simultaneously move two (2) valves at once. All mechanical linkage components shall be PVC or Type 316L Stainless Steel. E. Automatic Air Relief Valve A 1" valve shall be provided to automatically and continuously release air in the filter. The valve shall be fabricated of plastic with Buna-N seals. A plumbing kit shall be provided with two (2) PVC ball valves to allow manual air relief and isolation of the automatic valve. Valves fabricated of cast iron, bronze or stainless steel valves will not be accepted. F. Filter Media l. Filter media shall be a carefully selected grade of hard unifonnly graded silica material. Media shall be milled angular shaped particles of silica quartz. The filter sand shall have a particle size between .45 mm and .55 mm and have a uniformity coefficient not to exceed 1.53 . Specific gravity shall not be less than 2.5 with a pH of7.0. 2. All media (sand) shall be cleaned and free from any clay or limestone deposits. Bottom layer of support media shall be placed by hand to avoid damage to the underdrain system and leveled before the addition of the upper layer of filter media. 3. All media shall be delivered after approval by the manufacturer of the filter and stored in 100 pound bags for ease of handling and elimination of possible contamination. 4. Media to be supplied by the filter manufacturer and approved by the filter manufacturer prior to shipping. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-15 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.04 2.05 G. Filtration Characteristics a . Sycamore Park i. Manufacturer(s): Nemato (Basis of Design) 1. Alternate Manufacturers: Neptune/Benson, Stark, or Paragon Aquatics ii. Model Number: NRS -34-100-100 iii. Quantity: two (2) iv. Design Data Information 1. System a. Volume: b. Recirculation Rate: C. Tum-over Rate: 2 . Filtration a. Surface Area: b. Filtration rate: c. Backwash rate: d. Backwash flow rate: 4,000 gallons 150 gallons per minute (gpm) 26.67 minutes 20.0 square feet 7.5 gpm I sq. ft. 15.0 gpm/sq. ft. 150 gpm (per tank) H. Warranty A. B. A. The filter manufacturer shall guarantee the filter will maintain water clarity in the spray ground to the standards of the local and state health regulations under all maximum allowable conditions of spray ground use, if the filter is installed and operated in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. The manufacturer must also provide the Owner with a separate, written fifteen (15) year warranty against structural failure due to manufacturing defects. (Additional warranty time may be purchased from the manufacturer). Said warranty must describe in detail inclusions and exclusions. Provide the Architect with a sample copy of said warranty, prior to bid date, from all manufacturers' submitting a bid on this Section of the specifications. Prorated warranties are not acceptable. RECIRCULATION FITTINGS Concrete drop out boxes (converters) shall be concrete sumps with 12 gauge 316L stainless steel frame and PVC grating and sized as shown on the plans. Grate openings shall not exceed 11/32 inch in width, providing an open flow area to allow water velocity not to exceed 1.0 fps. The grate shall be PVC and fit closely and flush with top surface of frame, and secured to frame with vandal proof fasteners. Provide no-leak seal flange at midpoint of box. Anti-vortex plates shall be provided at the suction point in the balance tank. Each plate shall be connected to the suction pipe via a PVC flange and shall be 24 in. x 24 in. x Yi in. thick. The plate shall be located 6 in. above the finished floor of the surge tank. Four (4) 3/4 in. stainless steel threaded rods, nuts, anchor bolts and washers shall be used to fix the offset distance and provide a secure base for the suction pipe. PIPING SYSTEMS General 1. Provide all recirculating piping between the spray grounds and filter room, fill receptor and all interconnecting piping to and from the chemical feed systems and chemical controller. 2. Provide all necessary pipe supports and support systems required to support all associated piping and valves. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-16 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 3. Provide all other tubing, conduit, or piping associated with equipment specified herein. Coordinate with other trades. B. Pipes Pipe routing as shown and detailed on the Contract Drawings is diagrammatic only and is not intended to show minor details or exact locations of piping systems. Installation is required to be adjusted to accommodate interference and adjustments anticipated and encountered. Pipe sizes on plans refer to nominal inside diameter of the pipe. 1. Sprayground piping above the floor or deck in the filter room shall be NSF approved, PVC, and SCH 80 . All PVC pipe shall conform to ASTM D-1785. Both pipes and fittings shall be the product of one manufacturer. Approved manufacturers of PVC piping are Eslon, Harvel, and Chemtrol or engineer approved equal. · 2. All other pipes and fittings shall be Schedule 40 PVC. 3. Connections between metallic fittings, piping and/or equipment and PVC shall be flanged. Molded fittings shall be as manufactured by Asahi, Eslon, Chemtrol, Spears, or acceptable substitute. Fabricated fittings shall be as manufactured by Harrison Machine, Plastinetics, or acceptable substitute. 4. Tubing used for chemical feed lines from chemical feeders to recirculation lines shall be enclosed in Schedule 40 PVC piping. Piping shall have long radius 90 degree "L" and piping shall not be glued. All Piping shall be vented and pitched back toward the chemical feed pump or to an immediate drain location. 5. All flanged plumbing connections at pumps, valves, strainers, and filters shall be stainless steel. 6. All materials shall be installed by workmen thoroughly skilled in their trades and all work shall present a neat and mechanical appearance when complete. The CONTRACTOR, at no additional expense to the owner, shall replace or correct any work not judged acceptable by the architect, owner's testing agency, or their consultants. 7. All support hardware, brackets, fasteners, and etc installed in the balance tank shall be stainless steel. 8. No installation shall be made that will provide a cross-connection or inter-connection between a distributing supply for drinking purposes and the spray ground, or between the pool and a sanitary or storm water sewer system that will permit a backflow of water into the pool water system. 9. All piping shall be hydrostatically (water) pressure tested for leaks before and after backfilling to guarantee water tightness. Pneumatic or air pressure testing not allowed. 10. The CON1RACTOR shall furnish and install 1/4" PVC water stops for this work for watertight penetration of concrete walls. Water stops shall be round and the O.D. shall be sized to 150% of the O.D. of the pipe. The water stops shall be thermo-welded to the pipe from both sides and shall be located at the centerline of the wall being penetrated prior to placing the concrete to assure a watertight seal. 11. CONTRACTOR must adhere to all the applicable provisions in Division 15 -Mechanical, "General Provisions" and "Basic Materials and Methods" for installation of piping system. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-17 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 12. All mechanical equipment to be connected into the recirculation piping system shall be done so using flanged or union connections. 13. Provisions shall be made to purge all pipes, drains, and other ancillary devices in the system prior to placing it into operation. 14 . Concentric reducers shall be fiberglass by MerMade Filter, Inc., 304 stainless steel or cast iron with Scotcbkote applied lining. C. Pipe Supports 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, pipe banger and support systems shall be manufactured by Cooper B-line (Basis of Design), Inc, TOLCO, and Anvil International or approved equal. 2. Piping shall NOT be supported from the building structure. All p iping shall be installed using a free standing or floor support system. 3. Floor Supports a. Electro plated carbon steel adjustable pipe saddle and nipple attached to steel base stand sized for pipe elevation. B-Line Model B3093 and B3088T or B3090 and B8088. Pipe saddle shall be screwed or welded to appropriate base stand. b. Alternate floor support system may be a strut system from Cooper B-Line. 4. Vertical Supports a. Steel riser clamp sized to outside diameter of pipe, B-Line Model B3373. 5. Supplementary Structural Supports -Design and fabricate supports using structural quality steel bolted framing materials. Channels shall be roll formed, 12 gauge ASTM Atoll SS Grade 33 steel, 1-5/8 inch or greater as required by loading conditions . Submit design for pipe tunnels, pipe galleries etc . to engineer for approval. Use clamps and fittings designed for use with the strut system. D. Valves 1. Valves 3 inch and larger shall be butterfly type valves, with PVC body, 175# SWP with stainless steel shaft, polypropylene disc and replaceable resilient seat bonded to a rigid shaft and guaranteed for bubble tight shutoff from 27 inch vacuum to 150 PSI. Extended neck 2 inch beyond flanges for any insulated piping shall be provided with handle for manual operation . Valves to be Asahi/America, Chemtrol, George Fisher (G.F .), Bray or Dominion or acceptable substitute. 2. Valves smaller than 311 shall be PVC true union ball valves, full port, three-piece construction, blowout-proof stem, Viton seal with socket end connectors . 3. Check valves shall be a quick closing non-slam type, either self aligning wafer or flanged type, of corrosion resistant materials suitable for use in a spray ground environment. Install check valves in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Locate Check valves at least 5 pipe diameters from pumps and fittings. Check valves shall be either by Techno check Corp., elastomeric hinge design, Style 5005 series, with PVC body and disks, stainless steel bolts, connectors and fittings, or bronze/stainless steel body with 316L stainless internals; or shall be © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-18 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition by Centerline/Crane, series 800, elastomeric lined, with bronze/stainless disks and 316L stainless fittings, or approved equal, for installation between 150 lb flanges. 4. Submerged valves up to 3 inch shall be PVC true union ball valves. Submerged valves over 3 inches to be PVC bodied, wafer type, butterfly valves with stainless steel handle extensions as required. Valves shall be by approved manufacturers listed above. Submerged valves must be provided with all stainless steel connectors. The stem housing extensions shall be properly supported and braced. 5. All butterfly type valves 8 inches and larger shall be fitted with a watertight gear operator. 6. All valves located 7 ft. or greater off the floor shall be fitted with a chain operator. 7. All submerged valves, valves buried below grade or valves not readily accessible, shall be Furnished with a stainless steel reach rod and handle. E. Pipe and valve identification 1. All exposed pool piping shall be equipped with color coded flow directional arrows at thirty (30) inch intervals . In addition to the flow direction arrows all exposed pool piping shall be fully painted with the colors indicated in the chart below. The following table shall be used to indicate the pool pipe color selection. The Contractor shall verify that all pool piping identification is in accordance with all local and state health regulations. Pine Service Annlication Color Fresh or Make-Up Water Lines DARK.BLUE Backwash Waste Water Lines DARK.BROWN Main Drain Lines BLACK Filter Water Lines AQUA Chlorine Feed Lines YELLOW Acid Feed Lines PINK All valves shall be identified with minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter brass tags stamped with minimum 1/2-inch high numbers and attached to valves with #16 brass jack chain . (Plastic laminate engraved tags with nylon attachment acceptable.) Valves shall be described as to their function and referenced in the operating instruction manual and wall mounted piping diagram to be prepared by the CONTRACTOR. F. Testing All piping installation and pressure testing shall be reviewed by the Owner's testing agency before commencei:nent of backfilling. A minimum of one weeks notice is required prior to review. Results of review shall be documented. 1. All pool related piping, shall be hydraulically pressure tested (with water, not air) to a pressure of not less than 50 psig for a period ofno less than two (2) hours. 2. Contractor is responsible for the maintenance of a sustained 20 psig pressure on all related piping throughout the course of construction. 3. Contractor shall adhere to the applicable provisions of Division 15 -Mechanical, "General Provisions" and "Basic Materials and Methods" for installation of piping system. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-19 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.06 A. CHEMICAL 1REATMENT SYSTEMS Calcium Hypochlorite (Chlorinator Briquettes) Shop drawings complete with a piping diagram dep icting the location in which the Dry Chlorination Feeder is to be connected to the system shall be provided and approved prior to installati on. Installation of the system shall be as specified in the manufacturer's directions and no exceptions shall be taken. A factory-authorized representative shall provide training to the owner and the training shall be video taped per 13150, Section 1.12 of the project contract documents . 1. Pulsar I System a. The Sanitization System shall operate in a non pressurized manner to ensure optimum safety and ease of operation. b. A post filter recirculation loop will be added to the main pool recirculation system as part of the Pulsar I System. The recirculation loop will provide the inlet water supply to the chlorinator as well as the vacuum to evacuate the chlorinated solution. c. The Sanitization System shall be N.S.F. ® listed. d. The Sanitization System shall incorporate the principle of spray technology. Water shall spray on to the grids of Briquette Tank making contact with Pulsar® Plus Dry Chlorinator Briquettes. The briquettes shall be in contact with the water for a short time creating a chlorinated solution which will fall into the discharge tank. The chlorinated solution shall be drawn by the vacuum from the discharge tank and introduce into the recirculation system. The output shall operate with a vacuum range between 5" and 29" Hg. e. The vacuum is created by a Mazzei venturi, model 1585X. An emergency shutoff valve shall ensure that water flow to the spray manifold is shut off in the unlikely event that the discharge tank has not emptied properly. f. The Briquette Tank shall have a capacity of twenty-seven (27) of Pulsar® Plus Dry Chlorinator Briquettes. g. Pulsar I -The chlorine output shall be controlled by a timer or an ORP controller. The timer has twenty-one settings . One knob controls the off time which ranges from 19 seconds to 53 minutes and is called out from A (19 seconds) to G (53 minutes). The on time is controlled by a second knob, which has 3 settings, ranging from 10 to 30 seconds, low being 22 seconds, normal being 11 seconds and high being 30 seconds. The timer will allow a minimum available chlorine (AvCl) output of 1 lb/day and will allow a maximum available chlorine (A vCl) output of 30 lbs per day. h . Toe Sanitization System shall be capable of functioning in temperature between 40°F. and 130°F . 1. The Sanitization System shall operate with Pulsar Plus Dry Chlorinator Briquettes having 65% minimum available chlorine with at 0.4 to 0 .6% scale inhibitor (by weight). © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 131 50-20 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition j. The Sanitization System shall be provided with a spare screen. k. The Sanitization System shall be capable of satisfactory performance if installed as per the Manufacturer's recommendations . An Authorized Representative of the Manufacturer shall be located within a reasonable distance of the facility and shall be available to install and service the system as required. 1. Manufacturer warrants parts of the Sanitization System to be free of defects in workmanship and material for 2 years from date of installation. m. The unit shall be provided with an illustrated installation, operating and maintenance manual with drawings and detailed written descriptions of all phases of controller function. n. Final installation, start-up calibration, and instruction of operating personnel shall be performed on-site by an authorized representative of the manufacturer. o. Training sessions shall be video taped and included with the final O&M manuals. B. pH Buffering System (Muriatic Acid) 1. Chemical feeders for muriatic acid shall be peristaltic type pumps. Chemical feed pumps shall be furnished and connected to the filtered water return lines to the pool(s) as shown on the pool plans. The pumps shall be capable of feeding a solution to the pool( s) to maintain pH level against the back pressure involved and shall be fully adjustable while in operation. 2. The pumps shall be furnished complete with fractional horsepower motor for HOV 60 Hz current, plastic feed lines, and fitting necessary for connections to pool system piping. 3. All chemical pumps shall be electrically connected to, and operated by the water chemical controllers. 4. All acid pumps shall be affixed with a metallic stamped label indicating the chemical being pumped and the pool to which it is connected. 5. Provide non-metallic wall mounted shelf support for all chemical feeders. 6. Provide one (1) fifteen (15) gallon acid drums by LMI. 7. Furnish a PVC, acid resistant, vent check valve for the acid drum or carboy to reduce the acid fumes in the acid room and to prevent the acid container from a vacuum condition. Vent to atmosphere. 8. Chemical feeders to be manufactured by the G. H. Stenner & Co.; LMI, or equal: Acid ( one required): Model 45 15 GPD C. lntraviolet Dechloramination and Disinfection System It is the intent of these specifications that the recirculation water be routinely monitored and treated by UV sterilization in the range of 220nm to 400nm to kill bacteria, viruses, molds and their spores and to continuously remove chloramines. The concentration of free chlorine residual shall at all times meet the requirements of the Health Department authority having jurisdiction over the swimming pool. Maintained combined chlorine levels shall be guaranteed at a level no greater than 0.2ppm. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-21 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition The method of monitoring and treatment specified and shown on the drawings is intended as the basis for receiving bids. It is not the intent of these specifications to limit competition. The base proposal must be on furnishing equipment as specified; however, a bidder may at his option offer a substitution. The bidder is cautioned that any substitution must meet the quality and operational requirements of this specification . Any proposed UV system must have a UL listing on the complete system, and be listed under NSF Standard 50. Any substitute system shall have Health Department approval for thi s project prior to being offered. Bather safety shall not be compromised and attention to the safety features is mandatory. The UV system offered under these specifications shall have been used for a minimum of ten years in swimming pool applications and the bidder must supply a list of at least ten satisfactory installations with contact names and telephone numbers. The specified equipment shall be by · Hanovia and is available through PurAqua Products Inc., (803-980-7100) model #P11D200Dl/6AW or equal. 1. Equipment General Description: The UV System shall be a complete unit with all necessary controls. The control panel and the UV chamber shall be capable of being installed. up to 200 feet apart. The system shall be pre-assembled and controls packaged for ease of installation at the job site and shall include; a. The UV chamber with flow and output safety control. b. A UV medium pressure arc tube modified to emit UV light from 220nm to 400nm. c. An automatic, adjustable, electric motor-driven quartz sleeve cleaning system . d. Operational and power controls. e. The ability to do automatic dose control of the UV delivered to the pool water. f. The system shall be sized to match the swimming pool recirculation rate and turnover rate of each pool. 2. UV Chamber: The UV chamber shall be pressure rated for continuous operation at 150psi tested to 225psi and constructed of type 3 l 6L stainless steel. It shall be designed for an internal pressure drop not to exceed 2 psi at maximum flow. The chamber shall incorporate: a. A temperature sensor to shut off the UV arc tube when there is inadequate flow in the chamber. b . An UV intensity monitor which alarms when the UV arc tube output drops below the dosing level required for proper operation. The monitor shall be of the wet probe type wavelength specific to 240nm -280nm with a 4-20mA output. It shall display actual lamp intensity (nW/cm2) on the control cabinet door display. (NOTE: Relative type UV monitors shall not be acceptable). Dry probe monitors shall not be acceptable, as this type cannot be wiped during the automatic wiping action. Direct line of site monitors (ie those types that have the sensor directly exposed to UV light) shall not be permitted. The monitor shall use offset filters to extend monitor life and to ensure only a limited band of wavelengths is measured. c. A stainless steel terminal cover fastened to the chamber end plate, to which is affixed the electrical conduit, to protect the lamps and electrical leads. (NOTE: plastic terminal covers/caps shall not be permitted). © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-22 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition d. A design for laminar flow to provide maximum efficiency in the transfer of UV to the water. (NOTE : baffle plates or similar devices create turbulent flow and dead spots which reduce the efficiency of UV transfer into the water and are therefore not permitted). e. Limit switches shall be located to position the wiper, and to prevent the wiper parking over the active arc tube. The switches shall be magnetic type, and shall include visual indication of the wiper position. The wiper mechanism shall be fail safe, and shall shut the system down in the event of failure, as described below. f. The chamber shall contain a quartz sleeve, wh ich is sealed at both ends by a UV shrouded 0 ring. The quartz must be annealed for durability and against breakage. Systems that contain a quartz thimble shall not be permitted. The thimble is inherently buoyant and poses a safety risk to operators during annual maintenance. g. The wetted surfaces shall be chemically passivated and all welds ground to eliminate any potential corrosion mechanisms. Crevices (as found behind a quartz thimble) shall not be permitted under any circumstance. 3. Automatic Wiper System: For periodic cleaning of the quartz sleeves and the UV monitor probe, the chamber shall be fitted with an automatic cleaning mechanism. It shall consist of a single SS yoke with Teflon bosses and replaceable molded viton wiper rings that travel the full length of the quartz sleeve twice per cleaning cycle. The frequency of the wiper cycle shall be adjustable from 15 to 720 minutes and set for job conditions. The mechanism shall be driven by a two-pole bi-directional electric motor and acme lead screw. Reed type limit switches shall control the length of travel. The wiper mechanism wiper rings in the "parked" position shall not be over the lamp, blocking the transfer of UV light, or creating a "hot" spot on the arc tube . 4. Ultra Violet Lamp: The UV lamp shall be h igh intensity, medium-pressure UV arc tube modified to emit a continuous UV spectrum from 220nm to 400nm into the water. The lamp shall be designed to have a spectral output at 245nm (Monochloramine), 297nm (Dichloramine) and both 260nm and 336nm for Trichloramine. Full output must be available from Oto 200 degrees . The lamp shall be UL approved with one electrical lead at each end. Lamps with metal frames to permit a single electrical connection diminish operational life and shall not be permitted, as the frame can obscure the UV and metal from the frame can be transferred onto the inside of the quartz sleeve, thus inhibiting the UV action . A spectral certificate shall be provided with each lamp to demonstrate spectral accuracy. Each lamp shall be individually numbered and the manufacturing process shall permit full audit and traceability of assembly. In addition to an individual serial number, the part number shall be displayed on the lamp. 5. UV System Control: The system control cabinet shall be epoxy-coated steel, NEMA 12 fan cooled with louvers and replaceable filters. The control system shall be de-energized when the cabinet door(s) are open . All wiring shall be harnessed in DIN channels. The power supply to the UV arc tubes shall be from a constant wattage transformer. High frequency ballast systems shall not be used. The entire system shall be UL listed and there shall be a UL decal clearly showing this listing displayed in the cabinet. The control cabinet shall display via a back lit liquid-plasma display the following information: a . Poweron b. UV intensity(% and nW/cm2) © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-23 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition c. UV dose (mJ/cm.2) d. Flow rate in GPM e. Arc tube ready indicator f. Any alarm condition g. Wiper status and alarm h . Consumable spare parts list with part numbers 1. Local/remote operation switch, door mounted j. Data Logging of UV Dose, lamp hours, lamp intensity for regulatory audit. The control panel shall contain an Earth Leakage detector, which shall provide fail-safe protection for bathers and those working on the equipment within the pool environment. This requirement is mandatory, as the voltages used within UV systems can pose risk of death. The control panel will require a dedicated 25 or 50 amp circuit. The control panel shall be UL LISTED, and in addition shall conform to EN 50081 and EN 61000. The panel and all UV components shall be manufactured to ISO 9001-2000. 6. Instructions: The manufacturer (supplier) shall prepare complete drawings for the installation and printed instructions for the operation of the UV system herein specified and shown on the drawings. A qualified factory trained representative of the manufacturer shall install this equipment, put it into operation and instruct the owner's representative in the operation and maintenance of all such equipment. 7. Warranty: The equipment shall be warranted in writing that when operated and maintained according to the manufacturers operating instructions provided and accepted, it will perform in complete accord with these specifications. All components (excluding the UV arc tube) shall have a limited warranty to be free from defects in worki:nanship and materials for a period of 12 months from date of start-up. UV arc tubes are warranted to operate for · 4000 hours when operated continuously. A continuously operated UV arc tube that fails prior to 4000 hours of operation shall be replaced free of charge. Intermittently operated UV arc tubes (> 1 on/off cycle per day) will be replaced free of charge should failure occur prior to 2000 hours and prorated between 2000 and 4000 hours. All warranty replacements are FOB point of shipment. Any claims under this warranty must be made on a timely basis, in writing, to PurAqua Products Inc, P.O.Box 11723, Rock Hill, South Carolina, 29730. 2.07 WATER CHEMISTRY MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS A programmable chemical automation system shall be furnished for each sprayground for continuous monitoring of water chemistry (ORP/HRR, PPM, pH and Temperature), Langelier Saturation Index, and for automatic control of the chemical feeders, heater, and water level. Installation of the system shall be as specified by the manufacturer and no exceptions shall be taken. Contractor shall furnish and install the water chemistry monitoring and control system as specified below. A factory- authorized representative shall provide training to the owner and the training shall be video taped per 13150, Section 1.12 of the project contract documents. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-24 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1. Water Chemistry Controller -Specification based upon a Chemtrol PC255 . i. The controller shall be microprocessor based and shall feature separate digital readouts for PPM and pH. All instrumentation shall be enclosed in a watertight non-metallic cabinet with a clear window cover. All operating controls, calibration adjustments and safety alarm settings shall be accessible from the front panel. 11. The control system shall automatically activate the appropriate chemical feeders in order to maintain the parts per million (PPM) of the Free Available Chlorine level within+/- 0.1 ppm units and the pH within +/-0 .1 of the setpoints selected by the operator. Setpoint selection shall be by direct input on scales calibrated in PPM and in pH units. iii. The control system shall include the following feed modes: off, manual, automatic and proportional. The feed rate in the proportional zone shall be adjustable by the changing the bandwidth of the zone from 1 % to 100% of the setpoint value. iv. The face panel shall feature two LED digital readouts for PPM of Chlorine and for pH units. Calibration of the PPM and pH display shall be adjustable from the front panel, using a standard chemical test kit for pH and free available chlorine. v. A solid state PPM SENSOR with a selective membrane shall monitor and display the Free Chlorine concentration in water in PPM and shall be used to control the chlorine feed device. The sensor readings must be accurate to 0.01 PPM and be compatible with CYA in excess of 20 PPM. PPM values derived from ORP sensor readings shall not be acceptable. The PPM sensor shall not require the use of chemical reagents and/or of a special flow cell for water flow and pressure regulation. vi. Audible, visual and remote alarms shall be activated by high/ low pH or sanitizer conditions and by the overfeed safety timers . All alarm settings shall be adjustable from the front panel. An interlock jumper shall prevent sanitizer feeding if the pH is below 7 .0 or above 8.0 . vii. All electronics shall be mounted on a single enclosed, plug-in PC board and shall be coated with a corrosion-proof coating. The sanitizer and pH sensors shall be potentiometric. The parts per million sensor shall be solid state with a selective membrane for free available chlorine (PPM). The pH sensor shall be a sealed combination glass electrode. b. OPTIONS -Provide with the Option FCA: The PPM and pH sensors shall be mounted in a see- through flow cell with a clear cover, pre-assembled with a water spigot and two (2) ball valves . c. WARRANTY 1. The controller electronics shall be covered by a standard manufacturer warranty of five (5) years. Special extensions of more limited warranties shall not be considered acceptable. All sensors will be covered by a standard one (1) year warranty. Other parts shall be covered by their own manufacturer's warranty. ii. The manufacturer shall supply a complete instruction, operating and maintenance manual. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-25 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.08 A. d. Water chemistry controller shall be either a Chemtrol PC255 or alternate equivalent system by , Siemens, Acu-Trol, CAT or a technically equal system capable of providing equal performance for all operating functions. FLOW METER AND WATER METER Flow Meter 1. Flow meters (1 required) shall be installed in the filtered water return lines to each of the pools. Flow meter shall be GF Signet 8150 Battery Powered Flow Monitor. Paddle wheel flow sensor shall be GF Signet 515/2536. Flow sensor shall be installed in the pool return piping according to the manufacturer with the dial to be located next to the chemical controller as shown on the drawings. Furnish and install the coaxial cable from the sensor to the flow meter or Chemtrol 3000 (if used). Flow meter accuracy shall be +/-0.5% of reading. The flow meter shall have an LCD display with four-digit flow rate display and simultaneous eight-digit totalizer display. Flow rate and flow totalizers shall be calibrated independently. The flow meter shall be powered by an internal 3.6 V , 4.5 Amp-hour lithium battery with nominal life expectancy of four years. The flow meter shall have a low battery indicator and provisions to retain calibration settings while the battery is being changed. 2. Backwash piping flow meter (1 required) shall be a pilot, impact ball, variable area type with one piece, impact resistant machined acrylic plastic body. GPM scale to be permanently etched or imprinted on the meter. Flow rate indicator to be of stainless steel material. Scale range to be appropriate for specific flow rate. Pipe size to accommodate backwash rate. Manufacturer shall be BLUE-WIDTE or equal 3. Installations are to be installed in a straight run of pipe, with a minimum 10 pipe diameters upstream and minimum 5 pipe diameters downstream of any pipe fitting. B. Water Meter 1. Water meter ( 1 required) shall be provided by the Contractor. The water meter shall be installed downstream of the slow closing solenoid valv e located at the fresh water supply over the fill funnel as shown on spray ground drawings . 2. The water meter shall have a non-corrodible main case, measuring chamber, and hermetically sealed register. The standard register shall include a straight reading, odometer-type totalization display, 360° test circle with a center sweep hand and a low flow (leak) detector. Gears to b e self lubricating molded plastic. 3. The remote readout system shall be a self-generating system energized by an electrical pulse, provided by the meters generators register and then transmitted to the remote totalizer. The totalizer shall have the ability to be reset. 4 . Water meter shall be Model SR II by Sensus Technologies, Bailey & Gallatin Avenues, Uniontown, PA 15401 , ph# 412-430-4054. C . Refill Flow Meter Refill flow meter ( 1 required) shall be installed on dilution piping to backwash tank. Flow meter shall be one piece meter body of injected molded polysulfone adapters, viton o-ring seals, and 316L stainless steel floats and float guide, impact resistant machined acrylic plastic body. GPM scale to be permanently etched or imprinted on the meter. Flow rate indicator to be of stainless steel © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 131 50-26 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.09 A. A. 2.10 material. Scale range to be appropriate for specific flow rate. Manufacturer shall be BLUE-WlilTE or equal Model F-45750LHN-12, 3/4" M/NPT @ 0.4 to 10.0 gpm. WATER LEVEL CONTROLLERS In Surge Tank Probe Type Water Level Controller 1. Provide a water level sensing and control system for each spray ground that will monitor the water level in the balance tank and automatically activate the auto water make up control valve. For sensing water level and activating make-up water control valve for each pool, use Series 16 controls, solid state plug-in module, with NEMA 4 weather tight control enclosure and inverse mode, differential level service pump up. Interlock with auto water make-up solenoid valve; provide with adjustable time delays for both increasing and decreasing level and manual override; 115 VAC, 1 phase, 60 Hz. Manufactured by Warrick Controls, Model 16MM1A4 ov-ov. Provide either as part of a Neptune Benson WLC-100 control system or as part of an integrated spray ground motor control center (if provided). Refer to drawings for additional information. Provided and installed by CONTRACTOR and connected by electrical. 2. Mount in 3" diameter standpipe at balance tank mounted in Electrode Fitting Model 3G3Bl with 3" flange, stainless steel fittings and neoprene gaskets. Refer to drawings for additional information. 3. Wiring from the probes to the Controller shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR and shall be connected to the terminal points mounted within a corrosion-resistant, nonmetallic NEMA 4X enclosure. All wiring connections shall be made through the bottom of the enclosure . The enclosure size shall be no less than 8 inches wide x 10 inches high x 5 inches deep . The access door shall be the entire front face of the enclosure with a vertically mounted stainless steel hinge equal to the full height of the door. Stainless steel hasp with locking loop latch shall be permanently secured to the enclosure . 4. Mounted within the enclosure shall be a liquid level relay, adjustable delay timer, 24 hour clock/timer and terminal board. Major components shall be plugged-in type for ease of replacement without re-wiring. Unit shall be designed to activate a 110 volt solenoid valve. 5. Provide a make up water solenoid valve, normally closed, stainless steel fitted, manual shut-off: non- slam, slow closing, adjustable 2 to 4 seconds operational time. 115 VAC. Size to pipe. Interlock with automatic water level control system. Such as manufactured by Hardy, Series 500, Singer Model 106-SC, Griswold, Series 2000, O.A.E . Balance tank access hatch (1 required) shall be furnished and installed as shown on the Drawings. The access hatch shall be a single door 2 ft.-6 in. x 2 ft .6 in with l" fillable pan to receive concrete deck fill. The frame shall be 1/.i inch extruded aluminum with built in neoprene cushion and continuous anchor flange . Door shall be W' aluminum plate reinforced with aluminum stiffeners as required. Door shall be equipped with heavy continuous stainless steel hinges and shall have compression spring operators for easy operation. Door shall open to 90 degrees and lock automatically in that position. Door shall be built to withstand a live load of 150 lbs . per square foot and equipped with a continuous Type 316L stainless steel hinge, tubular type, and an automatic hold open arm with release handle. All hardware is to be Type 316L, 18-8, stainless steel. A flush lift handle and a snap lock with removable key wrench shall be provided. Factory finish shall be mill finish with bituminous coating applied to the exterior of the frame . The access door shall from the series of Type TER, single leaf pan type door as manufactured by the Bilco Company. MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-27 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addit ion A. 2.11 A. B. C. 2 .12 2.13 2.14 A. The following items are to be supplied by the CONTRACTOR unless otherwise noted. All proprietary names are to designate performance only. Equal products will be accepted. Provide two (2) Test Kits -The first test kit shall feature liquid reagents, color comparator, waterproof instructions and treatment charts, chemistry guide and watergram. Test kit to have the ability to test for free and total chlorine (0.5 - 5 .0 ppm), bromine (1-10 ppm), pH (7.0 -8.0), acid and base demand, total alkalinity, calcium hardness and cyanuric acid. Test kit shall be Taylor Complete 2005 Test Kit, Recreonics No. 56-192, or equal. The second test kit shall be the same as Taylor Complete 2005 Test Kit except that sanitizer tests shall be completed by titrations to improve accuracy and eliminate color- matching problems for free and combined chlorine. Test kit shall be Taylor K 2006 Test Kit, Complete FAS -DPD Chlorine, Recreonics No. 56-204, or equal. SAFETY EQUIP1\1ENT First Aid Kit -(1 required) -First aid kit shall be a 24 unit kit per American Red Cross standards as manufactured by Swift First Aid, or equal. Safety Eye Wash Station -(1 required) -Safety eyewash station shall be a self-contained system in which eyewash bottles are securely positioned in a portable holder. Eyewash bottles shall be 32 ounces and easily removable from case, and shall contain a sterile, saline solution with the ability to neutralize a varying quantity acids or caustics. Eyewash stations shall be equipped with a double back screw and holes for easy mounting in location to be determined by the Architect. Stations shall be Recreonics 12-033, or equal. Safety Eyeglasses -Furnish and install a safety eyeglass dispenser station containing ten (10) pairs of safety glasses. Eyeglasses shall be ANSVOSHA accepted, and be equal to Lab Safety Supply Inc. (1-800-356- 0783) No. WQ-14740B. THERM01\1ETERS 1. Portable thermometer (1 required) shall be a molded ABS plastic tube body type with the ability to measure temperature in both degrees Fahrenheit and Celsius. A 3 ft . polyethylene cord is to be attached to thermometer. Thermometer is to be Recreonics No. 56-112, Manufactured by Pac- Fab/RainbowNo. Rl41036, or equal. FINISHES A. Refer to the architectural specifications and drawings for the sprayground finish . WATERPROOFING Scope: The interior surfaces of the trench drain trough shall be coated with a high build epoxy or waterproofing material. The color shall be white or an approved light color. 1. General: Coating shall be a pre-blended, cementitious waterproofing coating/mortar consisting of hydraulic binders, selected aggregates and a synthetic polymer intended for the protection of concrete masonry surfaces. 2 . Surface Preparation: Surface shall be structurally sound and free of any forei gn substances and debris that could reduce or impair adhesion. Surfaces shall be roughened by sand blasting, water jetting, shot blasting, scarifying, or grinding. Surface defects or holes shall be pat ched per manufacturer's recommendations . 3. Application: Concrete substrate shall be maintained moist a few hours before application of waterproof coating. However, surface shall be free from any standing water. Apply first coat of © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-28 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2.15 A. waterproof coating with a trowel or a brush. First coating shall be worked against the concrete surface as to ensure a uniform coat. Waterproof coating shall be allowed to harden for a time period of at least 5 hours and not to exceed 24 hours before the second coat is applied. Application of the second coat of waterproofing can be done by the use of a trowel. 4 . All mixing and application procedures shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations . 5. Waterproofing coating shall be Xypex, Vandex, Planiseal 88, Thoroseal, Aquafin 2KM, or equal. SEALANTS Provide sealed expansion joints as shown on the pool and pool structural drawings or noted on the Contractor's construction/expansion joint layout, and as required. Expansion joints shall be constructed and sealed as indicated and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation. Sealant to be Vulkem by Tremco, Inc. or approved equal, phone: 216 -292-5000, in either of the two types: 1. Vulkem 116, one part, water cured, high performance elastomeric Polyurethane sealant in the color( s) as selected. 2. Vulkem 227 (fast cure), two part, chemical cured, high performance elastomeric Polyurethane sealant in the color(s) as selected. B. Material storage: All materials are to be stored in the original un-opened factory containers in a cool dry location 60 to 80 degrees F. Protected from the elements and the hazards of construction. Open only as many containers as can be used in any particular period. C. Joint preparation: 1. Clean the joints of all deleterious material, to sound, clean and dry substrate. 2. Joint is to be formed or filled with an approved, resilient, non-asphalted, closed cell, polyethylene joint filler material down · to firm substrate. Allow space at the top of the joint for the installation of approved closed cell polyethylene backer rod and install same to the required depth below the surface of the slab to control the depth of the sealant bead to within manufacturer requirements. D. Surface Preparation: 1. Concrete surfaces to receive sealant must be fully cured, clean, dry and free of dirt, dust and any deleterious material that might compromise the adhesion and performance of the sealant. Curing aids, form release agents and joint former residue must be completely removed, if necessary by sand blasting and/or grinding. Loose dust must brushed off. 2. Prime all surfaces to receive sealant with Vulkem 171 primer prior to sealant application. E. Application: 1. Apply sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Tool the joint immediately after application to insure a firm, intimate contact with the joint interface. 3. Remove excess sealant and smears from adjacent surfaces with Xylol or Toluol before sealant cures. 4 . After the sealant has fully cured (generally a minimum period offive days at 72 degrees and 50% humidity), paint the surface of the sealant with a chlorine resistant chlorinated rubber or equivalent pool paint, such as Ramuc, in a compatible color as selected by the Architect © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-29 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 3.05 A. B. C. A. B. A. A. B. A. B. EXISTING CONDffiONS, INSPECTION AND PREPARATION Carefully examine all of the Contract Documents for requirements that affect the Work of this Section. Prior to starting of Work, notify the General Contractor of defects requiring correction. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. Verify that all Work by others, related to this Section, has been completed . This includes all earthwork, concrete work, and mechanical, electrical and plumbing connections. Protect all materials and Work completed by others from damage while completing the Work in this section . FIELD MEASUREMENTS Verify benchmark and pool location prior to layout. If field measurements differ from the Construction Drawing dimensions, notification shall be given to the Architect prior to proceeding with Work. EXCAVATION, REINFORCING STEEL AND CONCRETE Reference Division 2 -Site Work Reference Division 3 -Concrete TOLERANCES FOR CONSTRUCTION OF POOL SHELL The completed structures shall be constructed level and to the dimensions, elevation, depths and thickness as shown on the plans. The elevation tolerances of the sprayground and gutter lip shall be plus or minus 1/8 inch. WATER TIGHINESS TEST This test applies to the trench drain and balance tank systems . The water tightness test shall be comp leted prior to the application of the waterproofing. Water Tightness Test Procedure 1. Preparation: Allow the concrete structures to set a minimum 28 days for curing purposes . Once the structure has gained sufficient strength to withstand the test load and after all the outlets have been securely sealed, the structure shall be filled with water . 2. Fill: Fill and then isolate the balance tank and the gutter system. The water tightness test shall begin after the pool has been filled for a minimum of three (3) days. During the filling, all outlets shall be monitored for water tightness and all concrete joints shall be monitored for any visible leakage. If any visible leakage from the pool shell is observed, the condition shall be corrected prior to the start of the test. a. After the initial fill, all ground water shall be removed from the pool sight sump or the pool location de-watering system. This shall be completed "prior" to the start of the © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-30 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition watertightness test. De-watering of the pool site sump shall be maintained during the entire duration of the test. 3 . Evaporation/Precipitation Measurement Procedure: Fill a floating, restrained, partially filled, calibrated, open container with water and allow the container to float within the pool during the testing period. This will be used to measure evaporation and precipitation. 4. Measurement: On a separate sheet of paper draw a sketch of the pool. Measurements shall be taken at the balance tank, and gutter system. Multiple test points with averaging are recommended for pools which may be exposed to wind. Document the separate findings on the chart below. Repeat the measurements and document every 12 hours for a total of three (3) days. The General Contractor shall check the balance tank and gutter system for water loss with the Architect or owners representative every 12 hours. 5. The maximum water loss shall not exceed 0.1 % of the Total System volume. a . Sprayground Volume: 4000 gallons x 0.001 = 4 gallons Time Balance Tank Trench Drain Volume (gal) Volume (gal) Starting 12 hrs 24hrs 36hrs 48 hrs 60hrs 72hrs Pan Depth (inches) Total Loss = 7.481 x Structure Surface Area (SF) x Total Water Loss per Day (FT) - Evaporation per Day (FT) + Precipitation per Day (FT) Day#l = Day#2= Day#3= Repair: The allowable leakage rate for an unlined pool structure shall not exceed 0.1 percent of the total water volume in a 24-hour period. (Example: 0.001 x 200,000 gallon pool= 200 gallons per 24 hour period) This excludes the addition of evaporation loss . Absorption: Waiting 3 days after the initial water fill will allow the concrete to absorb water and should be sufficient to minimize the effect of absorption on the test results. Evaporation: Evaporation should not have a significant effect on natatoria that are completely enclosed with no air circulation during the water tightness test However, evaporation will have a significant effect on the water level in natatoria that has air movement across the water surface or are still partially uncovered. 6. If leaks are detected, repair the spray ground shell, balance tank or piping to ensure it is watertight. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-31 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 3.06 A. 7. With regard to this test, the curing requirements, the final fill and the cost of the water for two (2) complete fillings shall be borne by the Owner . Any subsequent fillings or partial fillings (more than 25%) of the pool shall be by the CON1RACTOR, at its own expense. PIPlNG lNSTALLATION General: Provide and erect, according to the best practices of the trade, all piping shown on the Drawings and required for the complete installation of these systems . The piping shown on the Drawings shall be considered as diagrammatic in indicating the general run and connections, and may or may not in all parts be shown in its true position . The piping may have to be offset, lowered or raised as required or as directed at the site. This does not relieve the CON1RACTOR from responsibility for the proper erection of the systems or piping in every respect suitable for the Work intended as described in the Specifications and approved by the Architect. In the erection of all piping, it shall be properly supported and proper provisions shall be made for expansion, contraction and anchoring of piping. All piping shall be cut accurately for fabrication to measurements established at the construction site . Pipe shall be worked into place without springing and/or forcing, properly clearing all windows , doors, and other openings and equipment. Cutting or other weakening of the building structure to facilitate installation will not be permitted. All pipes shall have burrs and/or cutting slag removed by reaming or other cleaning methods in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All changes in direction shall be made with fittings. All open ends of pipes and equipment shall be properly capped or plugged to keep dirt and other foreign materials out of the systems. Plugs of rags, wool, cotton waste or similar materials may not be used in plugging. All piping shall be arranged so as not to interfere with removal and maintenance of equipment, filters or devices, and so as not to block access to manholes, access openings, etc. Flanges or unions as applicable for the type of piping specified shall be provided in the piping at connections to all items of equipment. All piping shall be installed to ensure noiseless circulation. All valves and specialties shall be so placed to permit easy operation and access. B. Pipe Supports: 1. All piping shall be rigidly supported from the floor by means of support assemblies properly selected and sized for the application in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications . C. Piping Installation: Trench bottoms shall be smooth and free ofrocks and debris. If the trench is dug in ledge rock, hardpan or where large boulders are not removed, place 3 inches of sand or compacted fine-grained soil below pipe. Pipe must be supported over its entire length with firm, stable material. Blocking may not be used to change pipe grade or provide intermittent support over low sections in the trench. Surround the pipe with backfill meeting the requirements of Section 02200 with a particle size of 1-1/2 inch or less. Compact in layers not to exceed 6 inches with vibratory method. Follow installation methods of AS1M D2774 'Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping". D. Flushing, Draining and Cleaning Pipe Systems: The CONTRACTOR shall flush out all water systems with water before placing them in operation. Other systems shall be cleaned by using compressed air or nitrogen. After systems are in operation and during the test period, all strainer screens shall be removed and thoroughly cleaned. E. Expansion and Contraction : © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-32 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 3.07 F. G. H. I. J. 3.08 The CONTRACTOR shall make all necessary provisions for expansion and contraction of piping with offsets, loops, flexible connections and anchors as required preventing undue strain. CONTRACTOR shall provide shop drawings for proposed method and arrangement for control of expansion and contraction of piping. EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLATION The CONTRACTOR shall assemble and install all equipment, special parts and accessories as shown on pool drawings, specifications and shop drawings of the equipment suppliers. CONTRACTOR shall furnish all anchors and inserts to be imbedded in the deck including all fittings, inserts and structure sleeves and required anchorage's as shown on the plans and as indicated in this Section of specifications. Equipment shall be set true and plumb, using factory jigs where available. Removable equipment items shall be easily removable from anchors and shall fit without noticeable wobble. Provide templates for all equipment anchors. Provide anchor bolts of the size and spacing as required by the equipment manufacturer. All anchor bolts shall be stainless steel Type 316L and of a length capable of adequate anchorage into rough slalron-grade allowing for finish deck tile and setting bed. Anchors shall be set and cast into place during building concrete work. Inspect all anchor settings for horizontal and vertical alignment prior to placing concrete. CONTRACTOR to install all equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Equipment shall all be assembled and in place for final observation. All items necessary to complete this Section are shown on the plans or described in the specifications including items that may be purchased by the Owner. Items are detailed and specified as a guide for dimensional purposes. The CONTRACTOR must make provisions accordingly and submit shop drawings and submittals based on that data. START-UP AND INSTRUCTION The CONTRACTOR shall supply the services of an experienced spray ground operator/instructor for a period of not less than two days (total 16 hours) after the pool has been filled and initially placed in operation. During this period, the Owner's representatives who will be operating the pool shall be thoroughly instructed in all phases of the pool's operation. CONTRACTOR shall deliver six (6) complete sets of operating and maintenance instructions for the spray ground, structures, finishes and all component equipment. Prior to leaving the job, he shall obtain written certification from the designated Owner's representative acknowledging that the instruction period has been completed and all necessary operating information provided. CONTRACTOR shall, in his Contract, include the cost of two (2) additional days (total 16 hours) of instruction and operational check out by the qualified representative of the CONTRACTOR during the first season of operation. Written reports of each of these visits outlining the pool's operation, competence and performance of the pool's operation personnel, and other pertinent comments shall be submitted to the Owner and Architect/Engineer within ten ( 10) working days after each visit. The CONTRACTOR shall provide specific written procedures to be followed for emptying and refilling the pool as mentioned previously in this Section. The procedures must be included in the bound volume of operating instructions and references in the front index with a note headed by the words: "CAUTION -- VERY IMPORTANT". 3.09 CONCLUSION © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-33 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition It is the intention of these specifications to provide a complete installation. All accessory construction and apparatus necessary in the operation or testing of the performance of the · work shall be included. The omission of specific reference to any part of the work necessary for such complete installation shall not be interpreted as relieving the CON1RACTOR from furnishing and installing such parts. Any such omission or clarification shall be brought to the attention of the Architect prior to bidding as provided in this Section. END OF SECTION 13150 © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HlJNSAKER SWIMMING POOLS 13150-34 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 13158 WATERSPRAYGROUND PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.02 1.03 A. B. C. D. Drawings and .General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 -Specification Sections, apply to the work specified in this Section. SUMMARY Furnish all labor, material, equipment and services for installation of the Water Sprayground(s) including splash pad areas, water features, controllers, programming software and all sprayground recirculation mechanical systems. The Sprayground shall have an approximate area of 1,924 square feet and shall include various water play features as indicated in these Specifications as well as Swimming Pool Drawings. Provide a water pad structure and install final :finishes to this surface. Furnish and install the Water Sprayground system(s) as indicated on the Swimming Pool Drawings, specified herein, and as necessary for proper completion including, but is not necessarily limited to: 1. All water sprayground features 2. All water sprayground activation devices 3. All sprayground controllers E. Related Work Specified Elsewhere : A. B. 1. Refer 13150 Swimming Pool for the spray ground recirculation, filtration, water level controllers, water chemistry controllers and etc. 2. All demolition and repairs to decks, fences and landscaping. 3. All electrical works, buildings and permits 4. Modification, ifrequired to the pool. QUALITY ASSURANCE Supplier shall demonstrate their specific experience and competency in the manufacturing and installation of Water Sprayground equipment and systems . The supplier shall have completed at least three (3) installations comparable to the system specified herein within the last ten (I 0) years. Submit a list of such projects with name, address and current telephone number of the Owner's Operator and Architect of Record to the Architect with bid on bid date . © 2007 COUNSILMAN -IillNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.04 1.05 1.06 1.07 C . A. B. C. D. E. A. B. C. A. A. B. The Owner reserves the right to reject any bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligation of the contract and to complete work described or if bidder does not have the qualifications stated herein. REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS AND ENGINEERING SERVICES The entire Water Spr ayground system shall be designed and installed to meet all National and local codes and be in compliance with applicable sections of the American National Standards Institute/ National Spa and Pool Institute (ANSI /NSPI-2 1999). The system shall comply with all necessary approvals obtained by the Architect from local regulatory agencies governing the design and construction of public swimming pools. The CONTRACTOR shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits and pay all government fees, and other costs in connection with his work; file all necessary drawings, prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of governmental departments having j urisdiction; obtain all requ ired certificates of inspection for his work and deliver same to the Architect before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. The CONTRACTOR shall include in the work, without extra cost to the Owner, any labor, materials, services, apparatus or drawings in order to comply with all appli cable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not shown on drawings and/or specified. Where provisions of pertinent codes and standards conflict with this specification, the more stringent shall govern . COORDINATION AND CLARIFICATION Coordinate with other Trades affecting and affected by work in this Section. The CONTRACTOR must establish with other contractors or subcontractors, having related work in this Section, that all work necessary to complete the pool(s) as shown on the drawings and in the specifications is included in the base bid and alternates to the Owner. If in doubt regarding the responsibility for work covered in this Section and/or discovery of error s or omissions in the bidding documents, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the Architect through channels established by the specifications and request a clarification ten (10) days prior to the bid date. CONTRACTORS ALTERNATIVE PROPOSAL Suppliers to submit their bid based on materials, equipment and methods as specified in this Section. Any substitutions of material, equipment or method must be submitted in accordance with the specified procedure described in Division 1. Any required changes to the construction documents shall be described in writing and any costs or changes must be included in the price quoted to complete the installation. SUBMITTALS Division 1 requirements . Shop Drawings: © 2007 COUNSILMAN -lillNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.08 1.09 C. D. E. F. G. H. I. A. B. C. D. A. B. C. 1. Provide a complete set of checked shop drawings required to fabricate and assemble all Water Sprayground systems. 2. Statements: Furnish the Owner with copies of all permits, inspection reports and receipts for fee payments. 3. Test Reports: Submit a sample form of any performance test reports that will be used by the installer following the Water Sprayground erection, prior to beginning of installation. Include complete product data indexed, tabbed and referenced to specifications. Submit all details indicating the water spray elements, activation devices, sprayground controllers, control valves as well as any necessary flow regulation devices necessary to operate the Water Sprayground system as indicated by the manufacturer. Submit piping and control wiring schematics. Submit full color selection charts . Submit details indicating the power and control requirements for all activation devices, sprayground controller and/or all ancillary control devices required to make the sprayground complete and fully functional. Specify water supply requirements and required pump characteristics to Architect, for approval, prior to preparation of fabrication drawings. Guarantee/ Warranty: All work of this Section shall be warranted against all defects of material and/or application for a period of one (1) year from date of acceptance. Any failures that may occur within this warranty period, due to defective installation and/or materials, shall upon written notification of such failure be immediately repaired or replaced. MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS Submit six (6) bound volumes of complete Operating and Maintenance instructions covering all installed equipment. Include wiring diagrams, lubrication and user maintenance instructions. Include manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule, parts lists, piping diagram and troubleshooting information. Include one set of approved submittals as a part of each O & M manual. All submittals must also meet the requirements set forth in other accompanying swimming pool specifications such as 13150-Swimming Pools. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver material in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and crates with all labels intact and legible. Deliver materials in sufficient time and quantity to allow continuity of work and compliance with approved construction schedule . Handle materials in a manner to prevent damage . © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-3 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition D . Store all materials on clean raised platforms with weather protective covering when stored outdoors. Provide continuous protection of materials against damage or deterioration . PART 2 -PRODUCTS A. GENERAL -The specified Water Sprayground elements shall be provided in the locations as provided in the Swimming Pool Drawings and/or specified hereinafter . B. The Water Sprayground elements shall be provided by Water Odyssey, P.O. Box 807 San Marcos, TX 78667, Phone# (512) 392-1155. The supplier shall furnish Water Sprayground features complete with all required anchoring, fasteners, gaskets, controllers, programs and program software . Pumps, pipes, filters and all other aquatic equipment shall be provided by Contractor. C. SPRA YGROUND COMPONENTS -The following feature items shall be provided for the respective sprayground as listed below: l. AQUA ARCH™ 1. Model Number W006 2. Interactive Water Effect: An arching stream of water. 3. Housing: 20 gauge deep-drawn stainless steel with l" FPT bottom connection, grounding lug, and stainless steel anchor bolts with leveling nuts and washers . 4. Construction Cover: 7" diameter high density polyethylene (HDPE). 5. Top Plate: 7" diameter domed cast bronze coated with skid resistant UV protected aliphatic urethane and 70 durometer EPDM o-ring. 6. Top Plate Color: Color Selection by Architect. Provide Full Color Chart. 7 . Fasteners: Tamper resistant W'-20 18/8 fasteners supplied with protective construction sleeves. 8. Nozzle: Precision machined brass. 9. Hydraulic: l. 4'0" Height x 7'0" throw; 7 GPM@ 3 PSI/7 Head Ft. 2 . Baby Long Legs™ 1. Model Number W036 2. Interactive Water Effect: Multiple vertical streams of water arching outward. 3 . Housing: 20 gauge deep-drawn stainless steel with 1" FPT bottom connection, grounding lug, and stainless steel anchor bolts with leveling nuts and washers. 4 . Construction Cover: 7" diameter high density polyethylene (HDPE). 5 . Top Plate: 7" diameter domed cast bronze coated with skid resistant UV protected aliphatic urethane and 70 durometer EPDM 0 -ring. 6. Top Plate Color: Color Selection by Architect. Provide Full Color Chart. 7. Fasteners: Tamper resistant W'-20 18/8 fasteners supplied with protective construction sleeves. 8 . Nozzles : Six precision machined brass. 9. Hydraulic: 1. 4'0" Height; 18 GPM @3 PSJ/7 Head Ft. 3. Dandelion Dome™ l. Model Number : W043 2. Interactive Water Effect: A low level fine mist spray. 3. Housing: 20 gauge deep-drawn stainless steel with l" FPT bottom connection, grounding lug, and stainless steel anchor bolts with leveling nuts and washer s. 4 . Construction Cover: 7" diameter high density polyethylene (HDPE). © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-4 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 5. Top Plate: 7" diameter domed cast bronze coated with skid res istant UV protected aliphatic urethane and 70 durometer EPDM 0 -ring . 6. Top Plate Color: Color Selection by Architect. Provide Full Color Chart. 7 . Fasteners: Tamper resistant W'-20 18/8 fasteners supplied with protective construction sleeves. 8. Nozzle: Precision machined brass . 9 . Hydraulic: Maximum recommended 2 ' Height x 6 ' Spread; 5 GPM@ 3 PSI/7 Head Ft. 4. Gravity Cannon 1. Model Number W056 2 . Interactive Water Effect: A highly aerated stream of water . 3. Shaft: 2.375" diameter type 304 stainless steel with machined type 304 base plate. 4. Joints: Machined bronze and stainless with replaceable 0-ring seals. 5. Anchor Base : Type 304 stainless steel machined to mate with shaft base plate. 6. Gasket: 1/8" thick flat neoprene. 7 . Fasteners: Tamper resistant 18/8 stainless steel. 8. Finish: Textured aliphatic urethane with a UV and chlorine resistant sealer coat. 9. Color : Color selection by Architect 10 . Adjustability: 45° vertical plane. 45°, 90°, 120°, or 360° in horizontal plane (specify with order.) 11 . Activation: Operates from horizontal to 45° above horizontal and shuts off automatically when not in use . 12. Anchor Bolts: Four, 3/8" x 12" x 2" 18/8 stainless steel with two leveling nuts and washers per bolt. 13 . Nozzles : Precision machined brass. 14. Hydraulic: 15'0" Throw; 16 GPM@ 16 PSl/37 Head Ft. 5. JetWay™ 1. Model Number WO 11 2. Interactive Water Effect: An aerated vertical stream of water. 3 . Housing: 20 gauge deep-drawn stainless steel with 1" FPT bottom connection, grounding lug, and stainless steel anchor bolts with leveling nuts and washers. 4. Construction Cover: 7" diameter high density polyethylene (HDPE). 5. Top Plate: 7" diameter domed cast bronze coated with skid resistant UV protected aliphatic urethane and 70 durometer EPDM 0-ring. 6. Top Plate Color: Color Selection by Architect. Provide Full Color Chart. 7. Fasteners: Tamper resistant W'-20 18/8 fasteners supplied with protective construction sleeves. 8. Nozzle : Precision machined brass. 9. Hydraulic : 1. 4 'O" Height; 9 GPM @ 4 PSl/10 Head Ft. 6 . PopDrop™ 1. Model Number WOllC 2. Interactive Water Effect : shall be a vertical aerated stream of water. 3 . Housing: 20 gauge deep-drawn type 304stainless steel with grounding connection and l" FPT inlet. Supplied with 4, 3/8" x 12" x 2" 18/8 stainless steel anchor bolts with two (2) leveling nuts and washers per bolt. and wood pour template . 4. Gaskets: 70 durometer EPDM o-ring. 5. Constructi on Cover: Reusable 7" diameter HDPE © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-5 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 6. Top Plate: 7" diameter slightly domed cast bronze with interchangeable nozzle assembly and UV Stabilized, textured elastomeric urethane coating with a UV and chlorine resistant sealer coat. 7 . Top Plate Anchors: Three (3) Yz" x 5" machined brass with 30 degree hook been. 8. Color: Color selection by Architect. Provide full color selection chart. 9. Fasteners: Tamper-resistant 18/8 stainless steel. 10. Nozzle: Precision Machined brass. 7. Silly Shower™ 1. Model Number W023-HW 2. Interactive Water Effect: A shower of water droplets. 3 . Shaft: Straight 4.5" diameter type 304 stainless steel with machined type 304 base plate. 4. Arms : 2.375" diameter type 304 stainless steel. 5. Anchor Base: Type 304 stainless steel machined to mate with shaft base plate. 6. Gasket: 1/8" thick flat neoprene. 7. Fasteners: Tamper resistant 18/8 stainless steel. 8. Finish: Textured aliphatic urethane with a UV and chlorine resistant seafor coat. 9. Color: Color Selection by Architect. Provide Full Color Chart. 10. Activation: Shaft mounted hand wheel. 11. Anchor Bolts: Four, 3/8" x 12" x 2" 18/8 stainless steel with two leveling nuts and washers per bolt. 12. Nozzles: Three precision machined brass. 13 . Hydraulic: 30-120 GPM@ 5 PSl/12 Head Ft. 8 . Spin & Spill™ 1. Model Number: WI30 2. Interactive Water Effect: Shall be a bucket dump requiring the alignment of the fill lines with the buckets. 3. Shaft: Straight 6" diameter type 304 stainless steel with machined type 304 handles and base plate. 4. Arms: 1 Yz" type 304 stainless steel pipe. 5. Buckets: Heavy-duty Fiber reinforced polyester. 6. Joint: Delrin ®. 7. Anchor Base: Type 304 stainless steel machined to mate with shaft base plate with grounding connection and 2" FPT inlet. Supplied with four (4), 3/8" x 12" x 2" 18/8 stainless steel anchor bolts with two (2) leveling nuts and washers per bolt and wood pour template. 8. Gasket: 70 durometer EPDM o-ring. 9. Fasteners: Tamper-resistant 18/8 stainless steel. 10. Finish: Textured elastomeric urethane with a UV and chlorine resistant sealer coat. 11. Color: Color selection by Architect. Provide full color, color selection chart. 12 . Nozzles: three (3) stainless steel precision jets. 9 . Tidal Barrel™ 1. Model Number: W186 2. Interactive Water Effect: shall be a periodic discharge of the full volume of the barrel. 3. Shaft: Straight 6" diameter type 304 stainless steel with machined type 304 base plate. 4 . Tank: Heavy-duty Fiberglass reinforced polyester © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-6 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 5. Anchor Base: Type 304 stainless steel machined to mate with shaft base plate with grounding connection and 2" FPT inlet. Supplied with four (4), 3/8" x 12" x 2" 18/ 8 stainless steel anchor bolts with two (2) leveling nuts and washers per bolt and wood pour template . 6. Gasket: 70 durometer EPDM o-ring. 7. Fasteners: Tamper-resistant 18/8 stainless steel. 8. Finish: Textured elastomeric urethane with a UV and chlorine resistant sealer coat. 9 . Controller: 12" x 12" NEMA 4x enclosure with time delay relay to active dump action water line . l" 24V AC cast bronze solenoid valve to be supplied with controller . 10 . Color: Themed -selection to be provided by Architect. 11. Hydraulics: 1. Fill Line : 8 to 20 GPM at 7 psi 2. Activation line: 0.5 gpm at 30 psi (from domestic water service). 10. Water-Brella™ 1. Model Number W039-HW 2 . Interactive Water Effect: A circular falling shower of water . 3. Shaft: Straight 4.5" diameter type 304 stainless steel with machined type 304 base plate. 4. Dome: 3 '0" diameter type 304 stainless steel. 5. Anchor Base: Type 304 stainless steel machined to mate with shaft base plate. 6. Gasket: . 1/8" thick flat neoprene . 7. Fasteners: Tamper resistant 18/8 stainless steel. 8. Finish: Textured aliphatic urethane with a UV and chlorine resistant sealer coat. 9. Color: Color selection by Architect. 10. Activation: Operates continually with hand wheel. 11. Anchor Bolts: Four, 3/8" x 12" x 2" 18/8 stainless steel with two leveling nuts and washers per bolt. 12. Hydraulic: 30-60 GPM @4-6 PSI/10-14 Head Ft. 11. Water Weavetm 1. Model Number: W093 2. Interactive Water Effect: A ''basket weave" effect of multiple outward arching streams of water . 3. Housing: 20 gauge deep-drawn stainless steel with 1 Yz" FPT bottom connection, grounding lug, and stainless steel anchor bolts with leveling nuts and washers . 4 . Construction Cover: 13" diameter high density polyethylene (HDPE). 5. Top Plate: 13" diameter domed cast bronze coated with skid resistant UV protected aliphatic urethane and 70 durometer EPDM 0-ring. 6. Top Plate Color: Color selection by Architect. 7 . Fasteners: Tamper resistant W'-20 18/8 fasteners supplied with protective construction sleeves. 8. Nozzles: Eighteen precision machined brass. 9. Hydraulic : 4'0" Height x 8'0" Spread; 14 GPM @2 PSI/5 Head Ft. 12 . Water Wicket™ 1. Model Number : W093 2 . Interactive Water Effect: Four arches of misters. 3. Shaft: Full radius bend 4.5" diameter type 304 stainless steel with machined type 304 base plate. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-7 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 4. Anchor Base: Type 304 stainless steel machined to mate with shaft base plate. 5. Gasket: 1/8" thick flat neoprene with integral #20 mesh stainless steel strainer. 6. Fasteners: Tamper resistant 18/8 stainless steel. 7. Finish: Textured aliphatic urethane with a lN and chlorine resistant sealer coat. 8. Color: Color selection by Architect 9. Activation : Operates continuously. 10. Anchor Bolts: Four, 3/8" x 12" x 2" 18/8 stainless steel with two leveling nuts and washers per bolt. Four, W'-13 stainless steel concrete anchors with tamper resistant 18/8 bolt. 11. Nozzles: Twenty precision machined brass. 12 . Hydraulic: 16 GPM@ 20 PSI/47 Head Ft. D . SPRA YGROUND ACTIVATORS -The following Water Sprayground Activators shall be included. l. Base Bid: l. No exterior activators . System shall be manually started and stopped within the · mechanical room. 2. Alternate Bid #2 -Under this add alternate bid, the contractor shall furnish and install one (1) activator and all ancillary equipment necessary to make the system complete and fully functional. 1. LAUNCH PAD™ (Wireless) l. Model Number: WO 17-W 2. Housing: High impact polyvinyl chloride. 3. Transmitter: Solid state with encoded signal and integral Omni-directional antenna. 4. Activator Power: 9VDC alkaline battery. 5. Mounting: Surface (fasteners by installer). 6. Fasteners: Tamper resistant 18/8 stainless steel. 7 . Finish: Textured aliphatic urethane with a lN and chlorine resistant sealer coat. 8. Color: Color Selection by Architect 9. Fasteners: Tamper resistant 18/8 stainless steel. E . SPRA YGROUND CONTROLLERS -The following Sprayground Controllers shall be included. 1. Base Bid -Under the base bid, the sprayground shall function have no interactivity, except for the periodic dumping of the tidal barrel. 2. (Alternate Bid #2) Controller System -Under this add alternate, the contractor shall provide a complete interactive control package to include, sprayground controller, Sprayground activator, control / solenoid valves, conduit, wiring (power and control) necessary to make the sprayground complete and fully operational. 1. CONTROLLER™ 1. Model Number: WDC816-W-NX 2. Housing: NEMA 4 with lockable hasp . 3. Functions: Timed duration, cycled, defined, dynamic sequencing and programmed sequencing, field adjustable. 4. Programming: Through keyboard or with Windows© based computer using Waterscript™ CD for click and drag modification of programs and operating hours . Program uploads to WDC Controller through serial port 5. Input Voltage: 120VAC/60 Hertz, 20 Amps. © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-8 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 6. Output Voltage: 24V AC/60 Hertz/200 Max. VA. 7. Wired Activator Input: 12VDC. 8. Power Cord: 6 feet, 16-3 type SIT with grounded plug. 9. Time Clock: Integral, electronic, 7 day, 24 hour. 10 . Interface: Keypad with 20 keys and a 4 x 20 backlit LCD display. 11. Max.# Wireless Inputs: 128 12. Max.# Wired Inputs: 8 13. Max.# Solenoid Outputs: 16 14. Computer Connection: 9 pin, RS-232, serial port. 15. Receiver/Antenna: Solid state receiver with encoded signal and integral omni- directional antenna supplied with 150 feet of3-wire shielded cable. 16. Safety: Underwriters' Laboratories Listed. 2. Control valves 1. 24 VAC cast bronze solenoid valve supplied with the controller. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 3.02 A. B. C. D. E. A. SYSTEMS INSTALLATION The Water Sprayground installer shall assemble and install all equipment, special parts and accessories in accordance with these specifications and detailed layouts and shop drawings of equipment supplier. Installer shall furnish and install all anchors and inserts to be imbedded including all fittings, inserts, structure sleeves and required anchorages. Install all equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturer's directions. The Water Sprayground shall be as described in the specifications. Items are detailed and specified as a guide reference and for dimensional purposes. The CON1RACTOR must make provisions accordingly and submit shop drawings and submittals based on that data. Installer shall coordinate, supervise and approve work by other trades responsible for work related to this Section. All work in this Section shall be performed by the water sprayground installer except as noted. SITE CONDIDONS Inspection 1. Prior to installation of the work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all sprayground waterspray features may be fabricated and erected in strict accordance with the original design, the approved Shop Drawings and the referenced standards. B. Discrepancies 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect and Project Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with fabrication or installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies are fully resolved. 3.03 FABRICATION © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-9 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition A. 3.04 General: Fabricate the Water Sprayground and its related systems in strict accordance with the approved Shop Drawings and referenced standards . CLEAN-UP Upon completion of the work of this Section, immediately remove all debris and rubbish created by this work to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.05 START-UP AND INS1RUCTION Supply the services of an experienced operator/instructor to assist in the initial start-up and training of the Water Sprayground and its related systems has been completed and initially placed in operation . During this period, the Owner's representatives who will be operating the pool shall be thoroughly instructed in all phases of the Water Sprayground operation . Prior to leaving the job, obtain written certification from the designated Owner's representative acknowledging that the instruction period has been completed and all necessary operating information provided. One (1) 4-hour session shall be required. Sprayground equipment manufacturer shall have a factory-trained representative on-site for the commissioning of the water sprayground. 3.06 WINTERIZATION The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for assisting the Owner in the proper winterization methods for the Water Sprayground and its related equipment. Winterization equipment shall include Winterization plates that are manufactured to a minimum of 1/8" thickness, type 304 stainless steel plate with replacement gasket or 0-ring and tamper resistant stainless steel screws. Winterization instructions shall also be included with the Operation & Maintenance manual. 3.07 WARRANTY The warranty shall be furnished by manufacturer providing a five year unconditional warranty against all defects in workmanship, materials and equipment operations for a period of one year from system start-up . 3.08 INSTALLATION Drawings and instructions shall be supplied by manufacturer for ease of installation. Manufacturer shall supply a service technician to be onsite at the time of system startup to ensure spray patterns are correct, lines are free and clear, water pressures are correct, the dynamic control module is programmed correctly, play events are correct and facility staff is properly trained on the operations of the dynamic module controller. 3.09 CONCLUSION It is the intention of these specifications to provide a complete installation of the sprayground as described. All accessory construction and apparatus necessary or advantageous in the operation or testing or high performance of the work shall be included. The omission of specific reference to any part of the work necessary for such complete installation shall not be interpreted as relieving the sprayground supplier or installer from furnishing and installing such parts. Any such omission or clarification shall be brought to the attention of the Architect prior to bidding. END OF SECTION 13158 © 2007 COUNSILMAN -HUNSAKER WATER SPRA YGROUNDS 13158-10 DIVISION.16 -ELECTRICAL 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION SECTION 16010 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK A . The general requirements for electrical work are intended to be complementary to and not instead of the General Requirements of the Construction Contract of the~ Specificat ions. B. Work Included: Provide complete electrical, fire alarm and telephone service where shown on the drawings, as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper installation inc!11ding , but not necessarily limited to the following summary of work: 1. Underground electric feeder where indicated. 2. Safety switches and motor starters. 3. Weatherproof panelboard. 4. Spray ground equipment grounding and bonding system. 5. Motor circuits and controls. 6. Lighting fixtures and lamp,. 7. Wiring devices and "in-use" coverplate. 8. Branch circuit wiring . 9. Other items and services required to complete the systems. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS A . Codes: All electrical work shall conform with the requirements andrecommendations of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code and all local codes and ordinances . In conflicts between codes, the more stringent requirements shall govern. B. Standards: The specifications and standards of the following organizatbn are by reference made a part of these specifications and all electrical work, unless otherwise indicated, shall comply with their requirements and recommendations wherever applicable : Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (A .E .I.C .) Institute ofElectrical and Electronic Engineers (I.E.E.E.) American National Standards Institute (A.N.S .I.) American Society for Testing and Materials (A.S .T .M .) Certified Ballast Manufacturers (C .B.M.) Electrical Testing Laboratories (E .T .L.) Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (I.P .C.E.A.) National Bureau of Standards (N.B .S.) National Electrical Contractors Associations (N.E.C .A .) National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (N .E.M .A .) National Fire Protection Association (N.F.P .A.) Radio-Television Manufacturer's Association (R.T.M.A.) Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . General Requirements 16010-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition Reflector Luminaire Manufacturers (R.L.M.) Underwriters ' Laboratories, Inc. (U.L .) 1.3 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A . The requirement s and recommendations of the latest edition of the Occupational Safety and Heath Act are by reference made a part of these specifications and all electrical work shall comply with their requirements and recommendations wherever applicable. 1.4 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . All other Sections of Division 16 . B. All other divisions of the contract documents. Refer to each division's specifications and drawings for all requirements. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of this section . B . Product Data: Submit the following: I. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under Division 16. 2 . Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements. 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when reviewed by the Engineer,. will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Submittals required of materials and equipment under this section include the following : I. Panelboards. 2. Lighting fixtures. 3. Circuit breakers. 4 . Conductors. 5. Conduit and fittings. 6. Cabinets. 7 . Wiring devices and cover plates ; receptacles. 8. Grounding and Bonding system components. 9. Disconnects and Starters. 1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS A . The use of manufacturers' names and catalog numbers f>llowed by the phrase "or equal" is generally Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. General Requirements 16010-2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition used to establish a standard of quality and utility for the specified items and to provide a dimensional reference for construction documents that are drawn to scale. B. Submittals for "equal" items shall, whffe applicable, include the following data which are not necessarily required for specified items : 1. Performance characteristics. 2 . Materials. 3 . Finish. 4 . Certification of conformance with specified code8 and standards . C. Submittals of "equal" components or systems may be rejected if: 1. The material or equipment would necessitate the alteration of any portion of the mechanical, electrical, architectural, or structural design. 2 . Dimensions vary from the specified material or equipment insuch a manner that accessibility or clearances are impaired or the work of other trades is adversely affected. D. Proposed substitutions for materials or equipment must be submitted ten (10) days prior to final bid date for consideration as approved equals . Otherwise, such substitutions will not be permitted. Proposals for substitutions shall be made only by the bidders. Manufacturers, distributions, and su\;contractors shall not make proposals to the Owner for substitutions. E . No substitution shall be made unless authorized in writing by the Owner. Should a substitution be accepted, and should the substitute material prove defective or otherwise unsatisfactory for the service intended, and within the guarantee period, the Contractor shall replace this material or equipment with material or equipment specified, at his own expense, and to the satisfaction of the Owner. F. Contractors submitting bids on substitute materials and equipment must also submit a bid on the "as specified" materials and equipment. G. Contractors submitting bids on substitute materials and equipment must also provide a written performance guarantee certifying that the substitute materials and equipment will produce the specified effects and meet the approval of the Owner. 1. 7 UTILITIES AND TEMPORARY POWER A . Verify the location and capacity of existing utility services pertaining to work of Division 16. The location and sizes of electrical lines are shown in accordance with data secured from the Owner's survey . Data shown is offered as an estimating guide without guarantee of accuracy. B . Temporary Power: I. Provide temporary power in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications. 2. Provide temporary lighting and power system required by the buildilg trades installed in accordance with OSHA requirements and described in the General Requirements Division 1. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. General Requirements 16010-3 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.8 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A . Perform excavation and backfilling associated with the work in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications. B . Perform all excavation and backfilling necessary for the installation of the work. This shall include shoring and pumping in ditches to keep them in dry condition until the work has been installed. A ll shoring required to protect the excavation and safeguard employees shall be properly performed. C. All excavations shall be made to the proper depth, with allowances made for floor slabs, forms, beams etc. Ground under .conduits shall be well compacted before conduits ar~ installed . D. Exterior conduits shall be installed with a minimum of 24 inches of cover below the finished grade, unless otherwise indicated or required by local ordinances. All exterior conduit shall be installed with a minimum of 12" of cover below the fmishedpaving grade, unless otherwise indicated or required by local ordinances. E . Backfilling shall be made with selected soil, free from rocks and debris and shall be pneumatically tamped with 6 inch layers to secure a field density ratio of 90 percent as druned by ASTM Designation D698-58T (Proctor Soil Compaction Test). F. Excavated materials not suitable and not used in the backfill shall be removed from the site. G . Coordinate and verify the locations of all underground utilities . Avoid disturbing these as far as possible. In the event existing utilities are damaged, they shall be repaired at no cost to Owner. H. In a line stabilized area, the lime stabilization shall be fully restored after the excavation is complete. I. Replace concrete, curbs, paving and other surface improvements cut during excavation to their original condition. 1.9 FLASHINGS, SLEEVES AND INSERTS A. Furnish and install flashings where conduits pass through outside walls. Flashings shall be properly formed to fit around conduit and shall be caulked, with 790 Silicone Building Sealant by Dow Coming Corporation, so as to make a watertight seal between conduit and building. B . Unless otherwise specified, install sleeves for each conduit where it may pass through interior wals or floors . Galvanized 22 gauge sheet iron sleeves shall be used. Finish flush with each fmished wall surface. In pipe chases, they shall extend 1-1/2" above the floor slab and be watertight cemented. The sized of sleeves shall be such as to readily permit the subsequent insertion of the proper size conduits of raceways. C. The conduits and raceways that pass through concrete beams or walls and masonry exterior walls shall be provided with galvanized wrought iron pipe sleeves. The inside diameterofthese sleeves shall be at least Yi inch greater than the outside diameters of the service pipes. After the pipes are installed in these sleeves, fill the annular space between pipes and sleeves with 790 Silicone Building Sealant by Dow Coming Corporation. The completed installation shall be watertight. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . General Requirements 16010-4 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition D. All roof penetrations shall be provided with counter flashings arranged to provide a weatherproof installation . E. Penetration through walls floors and ceilings shall be done in such a manner to mahtain the integrity of the fire rating of the respective wall, floor or ceiling. 1.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING A . Perfonn cutting and patching as sociated with the work in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications and the following : I. Coordinate work to minimize cutting and patching of work. 2. Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper perfonnance of the work. 3. Request for Architect's Consent: a . Prior to cutting which affects structural safety , submit written request to the Architect for permission to proceed with cutting. b. Should conditions of the work, or scredule indicate a required change of materials or methods for cutting and patching, so notify the Architect and secure his written pennission and the required change order prior to proceeding. 4 . Perfonn cutting by methods which Vlill prevent damage to other portions of the work and provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repair and new work. 5. Perfonn fitting and adjusting of products to provide finished installation complying with the specified tolerances and fmishes. B . Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be perfonned. Work required to correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work shall be included as part of the work of this section. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 1.11 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. The drawings show the arrangements of work. Should project conditions necessitate rearrangement, or if the materials or equipment can be installed to a better advantage ii a different manner, the Contractor shall, before proceeding with the work, prepare and submit five copies of Drawings of the proposed arrangement for the Engineer's review . B. Should the Contractor propose to install equipment requiring space conditions other than those shown, or rearrange the equipment, he shall assume responsibility for the rearrangement of the space and shall have the Engineer review the change before proceeding with the work. The request for such a change shall be accompanied by shop drawings of the space in question. C. This Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location and size of all slots, holes, or openings in the building structure pertaining to his work, and for the correct locations of pipe sleeves. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. General Requirements 16010-5 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1.12 PREPARATION AND COORDINATION A. Perform coordination work in strict accordance with provisions of these specifications and the following: 1. Coordinate as necessary with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision for interface with the work in this Section. 2. Coordinate the installation of electrical items with the schedule for work of other trades to prevent unnecessary delays in the total work. 3. Where lighting fixtures and other electrical items are shown in conflict with locations of structural members and mechanical or other equipment, provide required supports and wiring to clear the encroachment. 4. Install all power and control wiring for the installation of equipment furnished under Division 15 sections of work. The Contractor shall fimish all disconnect switches and other equipment as required for the proper operation of the equipment unless such equipment is specified to be factory mounted. 5 . Coordinate equipment changes from those scheduled or specified with work affected. Additional compensation to other trades for equipment changes are the responsibility of the Contractor making the change. B. Data indicated on the drawings and in these specifications are as exact as could be secured, but their absolute accuracy is not warranled. The exact locations, distances, levels, and other conditions will be governed by actual construction and the drawings and specifications should be used only for guidance in such regard. C. Where outlets are not specifically located on the drawings, hcate as determined in the field by the Architect. Where outlets are installed without such specific direction, relocate as directed by the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Field verify all measurements. No extra compensation will beallowed because of differences between work shown on the drawings and actual measurements at the site of construction. E. Branch circuit wiring and arrangement of home runs have been designed for maximum economy consistent with adequate sizing for volta~ drops and other considerations. Install the wiring with circuits arranged exactly as shown on the drawings, except as otherwise approved in advance by the Engineer. F. The electrical drawings are diagrammatic, but are required to be followed as closely as actual construction and other work will permit. 1.13 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide project record documents associated with the work of Division 16 in strict accordance with the provisions of these specifications. B. Throughout progress of the Division 16 Work, maintain an accurate record of changes in the contract documents that apply to work of Division 16. C. Delegate the responsibility for maintenance ofrecord documents to one person on the Contractor's staff as approved by the Architect. D. Accuracy of Records: Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. General Requirements 16010-6 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the record documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of specifications and each sheet of drawings and other documents where such entry is required to show the change proi:erly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the contract documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved project record documents . E . Maintain the job set of record documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the work and transfer of all recorded data to the final project record documents . F . Making Entries on Drawings: 1. Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. 2. Date all entries. 3. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. 4. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlappingchanges. 5 . Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. G. Conversion of Schematic Layouts: 1. In some cases on the drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to portray precise physical layout. Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the Engineer's approval. However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the fina physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the drawings . 2. Show on the job set of record drawings, by dimension the centerline of each run of items such as all sleeves and conduit below grade, in walls, or in the concrete slab. A surface mounted device indicates the exact location: a. Clearly identify the item by accurate note such as "Rigid Conduit" and the like. b. Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the item "under slab," "in ceiling plenum," "exposed," and the like. c. Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related reliably to the specifications. H . Final Project Record Documents : 1. The purpose of the final project record documents is to provide factual information regarding al aspects of the work, both concealed and visible, to enable future modification of the work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . General Requirements 16010-7 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2. Present a clean, neat set ofreproducible mylars showing "as-build" conditions in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph "Project Record Documents". 1.14 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. . Submit two copies of preliminary draft of the proposed manual or manuals to the Engineer for review and comments . B. Unless otherwise directed in other sections, or in writing by the Archjtect, submit three copies of the final manual to the Architect prior to indoctrination of operation and maintenance personnel. C. Where instruction manuals are required to be submitted under other sections of these specifications, prepare in accordance with the following . Format: Size: 8 W' x 11" Paper: White bond, at least 20 lb. Weight Text: Neatly written or printed Drawings: 11" in height preferable; bind in with text; foldout acceptable; larger drawings acceptable but fold to fit within the manual and provide a drawing pocket inside rear cover or bind in with text. Flysheets: Separate each section of manual with neatly prepared flysheets briefly describing contents of the ensuing section; flysheets may be in color. Bindings: Use heavy-duty plastic or fiber-board covers with binding mechanism concealed inside the manual; 3-ring binders will Measurements: be acceptable; all binding is subject to the Architect's approval. Provide all measurements in U.S . standard units such as feet.and-inches, lbs, and cfm; where items may be expected to be measured within ten years in accordance with metric formula, provide additional measurements in the "International System of Units" (SI). D. Provide front and back covers for each manual, using durable material approved by the Architects , and clearly identified on or through the cover with at least the following information: OPERA TING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . General Requirements 16010-8 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition Name and Address of Work General subject of this manual Space for approval signature of the engineer and approval date E . Contents: Include at least the following : 1. Neatly typewritten index near the front of the Manual, giving immediate information as to location within the manual of all emergency information regarding the installation. 2. Complete instruction s regarding operation and maintenance of all equipm-:r.t involved including lubrication, disassembly, and reassembly . 3. Complete nomenclature of all parts of all equipment. 4. Complete nomenclature and part number of all replaceable parts, name and address of nearest vendor and all other data pertinent to procurement procedures. 5 . Copy of all guarantees and warranties issued . 6 . Manufacturer's bulletins, cuts, and descriptive data, where pertinent, clearly indicating the precise items included in this installation and deleting, or otherwise clearly indicating, all manufacturers' data with which this installation is not concerned. 7. Such other data as required in pertinent sections of three specifications. 1.15 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS A . Provide equipment foundations associated with the work of Division 16 in accordance with the provisions of these specifications . B. Provide concrete bases for main switchboard, distribution panels, and floor mounted transformers. Bases shall be four inches (4") above finished floors or grades (unless otherwise noted) and shall protrude two inches (2") beyond all sides of equipment and shall have exposed chamfered edges. Construct bases from ready-mixed hardrock concrete, ASTM C94, reinforced with #3 rebars, ASTM A615, Grade 40, at 18" on center each way. C . Field verify exact location of outdoor pad mounted electrical equipment with the Architect. Supply necessary fill and grade site to provide natural drainage away from equipment. 1.16 PAINTING A. All equipment shall be delivered to the job with suitable factory fmish . Should the fmish be dam~ed in transit or during the installation, it shall be fmished to match appearance of original finish . 1.17 TESTING AND INSPECTION A . Provide personnel and equipment, make required tests, and secure required approvals from the Architect and governmental agencies having jurisdiction. B. Make written notice to the Architect adequately in advance of each of the following stages of Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . General Requirements 16010-9 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition -·-.. , C. construction: 1. When all rough-in is complete, but not covered. 2. At completion of the work of this section. 3 . In the underground condition prior to placing backfill, concrete floor slab, and when all associated electrical work is in place. · When material or workmanship is found to not comply with the specified requirements, remove the noncomplying items from the job site and replace chem with items complying with the specified requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. This shall be performed within 3 days after receipt of written notice of noncompliance. D. In the Architect's Presence: 1. Test all parts of the electrical system and prove that all such items provided under this section function electrically in the required manner. 1.18 PROJECT COMPLETION A. Upon completion of the work of this section, throughly clean all exposed portions of the electrical installation, removing all traces of soil, labels, grease, oil, and other foreign material, and using on ly the type cleaner recommended by the manufacturer of the item being cleaned. B. Thoroughly indoctrinate the Owner's operation and maintenance personntl in the contents of the operations and maintenance manual required to be submitted as part of this section of these specifications. C. All new lighting fixtures shall be operational at final inspection including replacing all lamps that do not operate. END OF SECTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . General Requirements 16010-10 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 16111 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1.3 A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements, including but not limited to the following; I. Section 16190 -Supporting Devices. 2. Section 16195 -Electrical Identification. SCOPE A. Provide all equipment, materials, labor, supervision, and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of a complete and operating electrical raceway system as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included: 1. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. 2. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings. 3. Flexible metal conduit and fittings. 4 . Liquid tight flexible metal conduit and fittings. 5 . Non-metallic conduit and fittings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested, provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUITS AND FITTINGS A. Provide metal conduits, tubing, fittings, and couplings of types, grades, sizes, and weights (wall thicknesses) for each service indicated. Where types and grades are not indicated, provide proper selection determined by installer to fulfill wiring requirements and comply with applicable :ia>rtions of NEC for raceways. B . Rigid Metal Conduit and Fittings: 1. Rigid steel conduit: ANSI C80. l. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc Raceways and Fittings 16111-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 2. Fittings and conduit bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; threaded type, material to match conduit. C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) and Fittings . 1. EMT: ANSI C80.3 galvanized tubing. 2 . Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1: steel compression type . D. Flexiblt: Metal Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit: FS WW-C566 ; steel. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. E. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit: Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. F . Plastic Conduit and Fittings: 1. Conduit: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. 2 . Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3 . 2.2 CONDUIT SUPPORTS A. Conduit Clamps, straps and supports : Steel or malleable iron. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 .1 CONDUIT SIZING, ARRANGEMENT, AND SUPPORT A. Size of conduit shall be as scheduled on the drawings or sized for conductor type installed, whichever is larger. B. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. C. Route exposed conduit and conduit above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. D . Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between condiit and piping. Maintain 12 inch clearance between conduit and heat sources such as flues, steam pipes, and heating. E. Arrange conduit supports to prevent distortion of alignment by wire pulling operations. Fasten conduit using galvanized straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, or bolted split stamped galvanized hangers . F. Group conduit in parallel runs where practical and use conduit rack constructed of steel channel with conduit straps or clamps. G. Do not fasten conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove all wire used for temporary conduit support during construction, before conductors are pulled. 3 .2 CONDUIT INSTALLATION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc Raceways and Fittings 16 111-2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition A . Cut conduit square using a saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends. B. Bring conduit to the shoulder of fittings and couplings and fasten securely. C. Use conduit hubs for fastening conduit to cast boxes, and for fastening conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp or wet locations. D. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes. E. . Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. F . Use hydraulic oile-shot conduit bender or factory elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2 inch size. G. A void moisture traps where possible; where unavoidable, prc,vire junction box with drain fitting at conduit low point. H. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. I. Provide No. 12 A WG insulated conductor or suitable pull string in empty conduit. J. Install expansion joints where conduit crosses building expansion joints and for seismic considerations. K. Where conduit penetrates fire-rated walls and floors, provide mechanical firestop fittings with UL listed fire rating equal to wall or floor rating. Seal q,ening around conduit with UL listed foamed silicone elastomer compound. L. Route conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork where possible; otherwise route through r<?of jack with pitch pocket. M. Maximum size conduit in slabs above grade: 3/4 inch. N. Use PVC-coated rigid steel factory elbows for bends in plastic conduit runs longer than 100 feet or in plastic conduit runs which have more than two bends regardless of length. 0. Make joints in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. P. Provide plastic warning tape for underground conduit installation. 3 .3 CONDUIT INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Underground installations more than two feet from foundation wall: Schedule 40 plastic conduit. B. Installations in or under concrete slab, or underground within two feet of foundation wall: Rigid steel conduit. C. In slab above grade: Rigid steel conduit. D. Exposed outdoor locations: Rigid steel conduit or EMT with weathertight fittings. E. Wet interior locations: Electrical metallic tubing with weathertight fittings. F. Concealed dry interior locations: Electrical metallic tubing. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc Raceways and Fittings 16111-3 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition G . Exposed dry interior locations: Electrical metallic tubing. H . Where allowed by local authorities having jurisdiction, PVC schedule 40 may be installed in exposed locations at the filtration area END OF SECTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc Raceways and" F ittings 16111 -4 100% Construction Documents PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 16120 WIRE AND CABLE Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition A. The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16 . B . All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements, including but not limited to the following ; I. Section 16111 -Raceways and Fittings. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment, matGrials, labor, supervision, and servi:es necessary for or -incidental to the installation of conductors as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Building Wire . 2. Cable . 3. Wiring connections and terminations. 4 . Underground wire installed in conduit. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested, provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A . Provide conductors made of soft-drawn annealed copper with conductivity not less than that of 98% pure copper; Anaconda, Triangle Cable Company, or approved equal. B. Building Wire: 1. Thermoplastic-insulated building wire: NEMA WC 5 . 2. Feeders and branch circuits: Copper, stranded conductor, 600 volts insulation, THHN/THWN. 3. . Control circuits: Copper, stranded conductor 600 volt insulation, THHN/THWN. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Wire and Cable 16120-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition PART 3 -EXECUTION 3 .1 GENERAL WIRING METHODS 3.2 3.3 3.4 A. Use no wire smaller than 12 A WG for power and lighting circuits, and no smailer than 20 A WG for control wiring. B . Unless indicated otherwise on the contract drawings, use IO A WG conductor for 20 ampere, 120 volt · branch ampere. C. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in same raceway or cable. D . Splice only in junction or outlet boxes. E . Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes , equipment, and panelboards . F . Make conductor lengths for parallel circuits equal. WIRING INSTALLATION IN RACEWAYS A . Pull all conductors into a raceway at the same time. B. Install wire in raceway after interior of building has been physically protected from the weather and all mechanical work likely to injure conductors has been completed. C. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway system before installing conductors. CABLE INSTALLATION A. Provide protection for exposed cables where subject to damage . B. Plenum rated cable above ceilings shall be routed in neat and workmanship manner,bundle cables together with cable ties and route parallel to building walls and structure. Support bundles from walls or structure, not from equipment. C. Support cables above accessible ceilings; do not rest on ceiling tiles. Use spring metal clips er metal cable ties to support cables from structure. Include bridle rings or drive rings. D. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. WIRING CONNECTIONS AND TERMINATIONS A . Splice only in accessible junction boxes .. B. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper wire splices and taps, 8 A WG and smaller. C . Use split bolt connectors for copper wire splices and taps, 6 A WG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connectors with electrical tape to 150 percent of the insulation value of conductor. D. Thoroughly clean wires before installing lugs and connectors. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . Wire and Cable 16120-2 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition E. Make splices, tape, and terminations to carry full capacity of conductors without perceptible temperature rise. F . Terminate spare conductors with electrical tape . 3 .5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspeqtion and testing will be perforrp.ed under applicable prpvisions of Division I and Division 16 . B. Inspect wire and cable for physical damage and proper connection. C. Torque test conductor connections and terminations to manufacturer's recommended values. D . Perform continuity test on all power and equipment branch circuit conductors. Verify proper phasing of all connections. 3.6 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. All locations: Building wire in raceways. END OF SECTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Wire and Cable 16120-3 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B . All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements, including but not limited to the following; I. Section 16141 -Wiring Devices. 2. Section 16160 -Cabinets and Enclosures. 1.3 SCOPE 1.4 A. Provide all equipment, materials, labor, supervision, and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of outlet, pull, and junction boxes as indicated on the Drawings and/ or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. 2. Pull and junction boxes. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested, provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 OUTLET BOXES A. Provide standard, stamped galvanized steel outlet boxes except as hereinafter noted, by Steel City or approved equal. B. Outlet Boxes: l. Sheet metal outlet boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS l ; galvanized steel, with Ji'2 inch male fixture studs where required. 2. Cast boxes: Aluminum or castferroalloy, deep type, gasketed cover, threaded hubs. C. Pull and Junction Boxes: 1. Sheet metal boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1; galvanized steel. 2. Sheet metal boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimension:Hinged enclosure in accordance with Section 16160. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Boxes Boxes 16130-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 3. Cast metal boxes for outdoor and wet location installation NEMA 250; Type 4 and Type 6, flat-flanged, surface--mountedjunction box, UL listed as raintight. Galvanized cast iron or cast aluminum box and cover with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. 4 . Pre-Cast concrete boxes for underground installations: outside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting, UL listed. Galvanized cast iron or cast aluminum cover wth neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATION OF BOX LOCATIONS A. Provide electrical boxes as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections, and code compliance. B. Electrical box locations shown on Contract Drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. C. Locate and install boxes to allow access. D. Locate and install to maintain headroom and to present a neat appearance. 3.2 OUTLET BOX INSTALLATION A. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide minimum 6 inch separation, except provide minimum 24 inch separation in acoustio-rated walls. B. Locate boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of masonry unit comer only. Coordinatemasonry cutting to achieve neat openings for boxes. C. Provide knockout closures for unused openings. D. Support boxes independently of conduit. E. Use multiple-gang boxes where more than one device are mounted together; do not use sectional boxes. Provide barriers to separate wiring of different voltage systems. F. Install boxes in walls without damaging wall insulation. G. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, benches, and backsplashes. H. Position outlets to locate luminaires as shown on reflected ceiling plans. I. In inaccessible ceiling areas, position outlets, and junction boxes within 6 inches of recessed luminaire, to be accessible through luminaire ceiling opening. J . Provide recessed outlet boxes in finished areas; secure boxes to interior wall and partition studs, accurately positioning to allow for surface fmish thickness. Use stamped steel stud bridges for flush outlets in hollow stud wall, and adjustable steel channel fasteners for flush ceiling 01.tlet boxes. K. Align wall-mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. L. Provide cast outlet boxes in exterior locations and wet locations. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Boxes Boxes 16130-2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 3.3 PULL AND JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION A. Locate pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings or in unfinished areas. B. Support pull and junction boxes independent of conduit. C. Set underground pull and junction boxes level and flush with finished grade. D. Provide coverplates for all junction boxes. E. Indicate on cover plates, with permanent marker, circuits contained within junction boxes. END OF SECTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Boxes Boxes 16130-3 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 16141 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 1.2 A. The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements . 1.3 SCOPE 1.4 A. Provide all equipment, materials, labor, supervision, and services necessary f>r or incidental to the installation of all wiring devices as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Receptacles. 2 . Device plates and box covers. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested, provide the Architect with mamfacturer' s certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 WIRING DEVICES A. Provide factory-fabricated wiring devices, in types, colors, and electrical ratings for applications indicated. B. Provide color selection chart to the Architect for review and selection for all wiring devices and device plates. C. Receptacles: 1. Weatherproof, GFCI Duplex: 2-pole, 3-wire, grounding type, 20-amperes, 125 volts AC with NEMA Configuration 5-20R unless otherwise indicated . Leviton or Hubbell .. E Device Plates and Box Covers: 1. Wallplates: Provide wallplates for single and combination wiring devices, of types, sizes, and with ganging and cutouts as indicated. Select plates which mate and match wring devices to which attached. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to devices; screw heads colored to match finish of plates; wallplates colored to match wiring devices . Provide plates possessing the following additional construction features: Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . Wiring Devices 16141-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition Weatherproof Cover Plates: Gasketed "In-Use" type with hinged clear device covers . PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A . Install wiring devices as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer'.s written instructions, applicable requirements ofNEC and NECA's "Standard oflnsta!!ation:, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring work, as necessr.ry t o interface installation of wiring devices with other work. C. Install specific-use receptacles at heights shown on Contract Drawings. D . Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas, using jumbo s ize plates for outlets installed in masonry walls . E . Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface-mounted outlets. F. Install devices and wall plates flush and level. H. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean; free from excess building materials, dirt, and debris . I. Install galvanized steel wallplates in unfinished spaces. J. Install wiring devices after wiring work is completed. K. Install wallplates after painting work is completed. L. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for wiring devices. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening t orques specified in UL Standards 486A and B. Use properly scaled torque indicating hand tool. M. The Contractor may be directed by the Architect to move a wiring device during the roughin stage of construction. The Contractor shall move devices at no additional cost if within six (6) feet of where shown on the documents. 3.2 PROTECTION OF WALLPLATES AND RECEPTACLES A . At time of Substantial Completion, replace those items which have beei damaged, including those burned and scored by faulty plugs. 3.3 GROUNDING A. Provide equipment grounding connections for wiring devices, unless otherwise indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques in UL Standard 486A to assurepermanent and effective grounds. 3.4 TESTING A. Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring for electrical continuity, and for shoncircuits. Ensure Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Wiring Devices 16 141-2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition proper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energization, test wiring devices to demonstrate compliance with requirement. END OF SECTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Wiring Devices 16141-3 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 16160 CABINETS AND ENCLOSURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS .. 1.2 A. The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A . All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements, including but not limited to the following; I. Section 16190 -Supporting Devices. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment, materials, labor, supervision, and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of electrical cabinets and enclosures as indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included; 1. Hinged cover enclosures. 2. Cabinets. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested, provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURES A. Construction: NEMA Type lor 3R as indicated. B. Finish: Manufacturer's standard gray enamel finish. C. Covers: Continuous hinge, held closed by flush vandal resistant latch operable by key. Make keys interchangeable with new enclosures of the same voltage anduse. D. Panel for Mounting Terminal Blocks or Electrical Components: 14 gage steel, manufacturer's standard gray enamel. 2.2. CABINETS A. Cabinet Boxes: Galvanized steel with removable endwalls, 24 inches wide, 10 inches deep. Provide 3/4 inch thick plywood backboard painted matte white, for mounting terminal blocks. Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Cabinets and Enclosures 16160-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition B. Cabinet Fronts: Steel, surface type with concealed trim clamps, screw cover front concealed hinge and flush lock keyed to match branch circuit panelboard; finish in gray baked emmel. 2.3 . . FABRICATION A. Shop assemble enclosures and cabinets housing terminal blocks or electrical components in accordance with ANSI/NEMA ICS 6. B. Provide knockouts on enclosures. C. Provide protective pocket inside front cover with schematic diagram, connection diagram, and layout drawing of control wiring and components within enclosures. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinets and enclosures plumb; anchor securely to wall and structural supports at each comer, minimum . B. Provide accessory feet for free-standing equipment enclosures. C. Install trim plumb minimum 6~6" from finished grade or floor to top of enclosure. END OF SECTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Cabinets and Enclosures 16160-2 I 00% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 16195 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION · PART 1 -GENERAL I. I RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to the work specified in th.is Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1.3 A. All other Sections of Division 16. B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements. SCOPE A. Provide all equipment, materials, labor, supervision, and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of identification for electrical equipment as shown and/oras specified. B. Work included; I. Nameplates and tape labels. 2. Wire and cable markers. 3. Buried conduit markers . 4. Junction and poll box identifications. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A . When requested, provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic white letters on a black background. B. Wire and Cable Markers: Cloth markers, split sleeve, or tubing type. C. Buried Conduit Marker: Continuous printed metallic tape. PART 3-EXECUTION 3 .1 INSTALLATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates. B. Install nameplates parallel to equipment lines. C. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using screws. Secure nameplate to inside face of recessed Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Electrical Identification 16195 -1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition panelboard doors in finished locations. 3 .2 WIRE IDENTIFICATION A. Provide wire markers on each conductor in panelboard gutters, pull boxes, and junction boxes, and at load connection. Identify with branch circuit or feeder number for power and lighting circuits, and with control wire number as indicated on equipment mamfacturer's shop drawings for control wiring. 3.3 NAMEPLATE ENGRA YING SCHEDULE A. Provide nameplates to identify all electrical distribution and control equipment, and loads served. Letter Height: 1/4 inch for individual switches and loads served, 1/4 inch for distribution and control equipment identification. 3.4 BURIED CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION A . Underground-Type Plastic Line Marker: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed metallic tape, intended for direct-burial service; not less than 6" wide x 4 mils thick. B. Provide tape with printing of"Buried Electrical Conduit" or other similar warning. Install directly above buried conduit 1 O" below finished grade. 3.5 JUNCTION AND PULL BOX IDENTIFICATION A. Identify circuits contained within each junction and pull box with permanent marker. END OF SECTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Electrical Identification 16195-2 100% Construction Documents PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SECTION 16450 GROUNDING AND BONDING Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition A. The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE . A. All other Sections of Division 16 . B. All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements, including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16111 -Raceways and Fittings. 2. Section 16120 -Wire and Cable. 1.3 SCOPE A. Provide all equipment, materials, labor, supervision, and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of electrical systems grounding as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included: 1. Power system grounding. 2 . Sprayground apparatus grounding. 3. Electrical equipment and raceway grounding and bonding. 4 . Pump and equipment bonding. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit for approval: 1. Material list of items proposed to be provided as part of the work of this section. 2 . Proposed method of grounding, including drawings indicating location and sizes of grounding materials. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested, provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Provide electrical grounding system indicated with assembly of materials, including but not limited to: Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . Secondary Grounding 16450-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 1. Wires and cables. 2 . Connectors. 3.. Terminals. 4. Ground rods. 5 . Bonding jumper braid. 6. Surge arrestors. B. Where materials or components are not indicated, provide products complying with l\TEC, UL, IEEE, and established industry standards for applications indicated. . C. Ground Rods: Copper-encased steel, 3/4" diameter, minimum length 8 feet. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A . Install electrical grounding systems in accordance with applicable portions ofNEC, with NECA's "Standard of Installation," and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products comply with requirements and serve intended functions. B. Provide a separate, insulated equipment grounding conductor in feeder circuits. Terminate each end on a grounding lug, bus, or bushing C. Connect grounding electrode conductors to metal water pipe using a suitable ground clamp. Make connections to flanged opening at street side of flange. Provide bonding jumper around water meter. D . Supplementary Grounding Electrode: Use driven ground rod in main service equipment areas. E . Bond all handrails, grates, pumps, and pool structural steel to bonding conductor per NEC Art. 680. Use minimum #8 bare copper buried bonding conductors. F Provide grounding and bonding at Utility Ccmpany's metering equipment in accordance with Section 16420. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. B. Measure ground resistance from system neutral conned.on at service entrance to convenient ground reference point using suitable ground testing equipment. Resistance shall not exceed 5 ohms. END OF SECTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Secondary Grounding 16450-2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition SECTION 16471 PANELBOARDS PART 1 -GENERAL . 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The general provisions of the contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE 1.3 1.4 A . All other Sections of Division 16. B . All other Divisions of the Contract Documents. Refer to each Division's Specifications and Drawings for all requirements, including but not limited to the following; 1. Section 16160 -Cabinets and Enclosures . 2. Section 16195 -Electrical Identification. SCOPE A. Provide all equipment, materials, labor, supervision, and services necessary for or incidental to the installation of electrical panelboards as shown or indicated on the Drawings and/or as specified. B. Work included: 1. Power and branch circuit panelboards. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. When requested, provide the Architect with manufacturer's certificate that materials meet or exceed minimum requirements as specified. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS 2.2 A. The panelboards shall be manufactured by one ofthe following : 1. Cutler Hammer 2. General Electric 3. Square D Company PANELBOARDS {GENERAL) A . Panelboards shall be service entrance rated, listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., and shall be so labeled, rated for intended voltage and current characteristics as scheduled. B. Cabinets for panelboards shall be by NEC gage sheet steel having steel doors and trim to conform to the cabinet mounting. The trim on cabirets shall be made adjustable with the door. Door shall be mounted with heavy concealed hinges. C . Cabinets shall have wiring space top, bottom, and both sides in accordance with the National Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . Panelboards 16471-1 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition Electrical Code, but no less than 4-inches wide, with standru:d knockouts. D . Provide a clear plastic covered typed directory card and .card holder on the inside of each door. Key locks alike and provide Owner with not less than 5 keys. Finish shall be gray enamel over a rust inhibitor, except cans may be galvanized. E . Multi section panels shall be same height and depth. F. Interiors shall be completely factory assembled, consisting ofrigid frame supporting the rectangular bus, mains, neutral and ground bars. Bussing shall be sized in accordance with Undeiwriters Laboratories Standards, braced throughout to conform with industry standards governing short circuit stresses in panelboards, and arranged for sequence phasing throughout. G. Phase bussing shall be full height without reduction, full size neutral unless otherwise scheduled, with suitable lug for each outgoing circuit requiring a neutral connection. H. Terminals for feeder conductors, branch circuit devices and neutrals shall be UL listed as suitable for type of conductors specified. I. Interiors shall be designed such that circuit protective devices may be changed, replaced, or additional circuits added without disturbing adjacent units and without machining,drilling, or tapping. In no case shall the width ofpanelboard enclosure be less 1han 20-inches. J. Enclosures: 1. Circuit switching/protective devices shall be housed in an enclosure suitable for the environment in which they are located. Provide lifting eyes or brackets. 2 . Normal indoor locations -NEMA 1 general purpose. 3. Outdoor or vault locations-NEMA 3R. 4 . Provide lifting eyes or brackets. 2.3 POWER DISTRIBUTION P ANELBOARDS A. Provide dead-front safety type power distribution panelboards as indicated, with panelboard switching and protective devices in quartities, ratings, types, and with arrangement shown; with anti- turn solderless pressure type main lug connectors approved for copper conductors. Equip with copper bus bars with not less than 98% conductivity, and with fuUsized neutral bus; provide suitable lugs on neutral bus for outgoing feeders requiring neutral connections. B. Provide bolt-in type heavy duty molded-case main and branch circuit-breaker types for each circuit, with toggle handles that indicate when tripped. Where multiple-pole breakers are indicated, provide with common trip so overload on one pole will trip all poles simultaneously. Provide panelboards with bare uninsulated grounding bars suitable for bolting to enclosures . Select enclosures fabricated by same manufacturer as paneboards, which mate properly with panelboards. C. On Multi section and split-bus panels, the lugs and bus on each and every section shall be of the same current rating as the main overcurrent device protecting the feeder serving the panel and each section shall have a separate neutral, ground bar and conductors. Panel bus shall have double lugs to effect parallel feed of bus bars (rather than series) where scheduled. Feed-thru lugs are not acceptable. 2.4 LIGHTING AND BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . Panelboards 16471 -2 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition A. Provide dead-front safety type lighting and appliance panelboards as indicated, with switching and protective devices in quantities, ratings, types, and arrangements shown; with antibum solderless pressure type lug connectors approved for copper conductms. B . Equip with copper bus bars, full-sized neutral bar, with bolt-in type heavy-duty, quick-make, quick- break, single-pole circuit-breakers, with toggle handles that indicate when tripped. Interrupting rating shall be in excess of the . available fault current at the panel in accordance with UL listing for sizes involved, but no less than 10,000 rms symmetrical amperes. C. Provide suitable lugs or. neutral bus for each outgoing feeder required; provide bare uninsulated grounding bars suitable for bolting to enclosures. Select enclosures fabricated by same manufacturer as panelboards, which mate properly with panelboard. D. On multisection and split-bus panels, the lugs and bus on each and every section shall be of the same current rating as the main overcurrent device protecting the feeder serving the panel and each section shall have a separate neutral, ground bar and conductors. Panel bus shall have double lugs to effect parallel feed of bus bars (rather than series) where scheduled. Feed-thru lugs are not acceptable. 2.5 INDIVIDUALLY MOUNTED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Individually mounted circuit breakers shall be molded case, capacity as indicated, in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure unless otherwise noted. Breakers shall be quicl~-make, quick-break thermal magnetic common trip type, ambient compensated with trip-free handle and have interrupting rating in accordance with UL listings for sizes required, but not less than 10,000 amperes rms symmetrical, and conform to requirements ofNEMA Standard Publication No. ABl-1969.· Each unit shall have insulated neutral and/or ground terminal of proper size, where indicated. Lugs shall be UL listed for copper cables. B. Enclosures: 1. Circuit switching/protective devices shall be housed in an enclosure suitalie for the environment in which they are located. Provide lifting eyes or brackets. 2. Normal indoor locations -NEMA 1 general purpose. 3. Outdoor or vault locations-NEMA 3R. C. Circuit breakers shall be of same manufacturer as panelboards. D. Acceptable Manufacturers -Challenger, General Electric and Square D. 2.6 PANELBOARD ACCESSORIES A. Provide panelboard accessories and devices including, but not necessarily limited to, circuit. breakers, ground-fault protection units, etc., as recommended by panelboard manufacturer for ratings and applications indicated. PART 3-EXECUTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc . Panel boards 16471-3 100% Construction Documents Sycamore Park Sprayground Addition 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Instali panelboards and enclosures as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements ofNEC s1andards and NECA'S "Standard of Installation", and in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products fulfill requirements. B. Co0rdinate installation of panelboards and enclosures with cable and raceway installation work. C . Anchor enclosures firmly to walls and structural surfaces, ensuring that they are permanently and mechanically secure. D. Provide properly wired electrical co.Qp.ections within enclosures. E. Prepare and affix typewritten directory to inside cover of pantiboard indicating loads controlled by each circuit. F. Install wall mounted panelboards a maximum of 6 feet 6 inches above finish floor to top of panel. END OF SECTION Hector Gomez Engineers, Inc. Panel boards 16471-4 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE -- IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED , the policy(ies) must be endorsed . A statement on th is certificate does not confer rights to the cert ificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and cond itions of the policy, certa in pol icies may require an endorsement. A statement on this cert ificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issu ing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer , and the certifi cate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon . 25 (2001/08) • 'O I ,-, CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH Date~ NAME OF PROJECT : Splash Pad Improvements at Sycamore Park PROJECT NUMBER : C282 801580061300 IS TO CERTIFY THAT: Northstar Construction, Inc. is, at the date of this certificate, Insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described , for the type of insurance and accordance with provisions of the standard policies used by this Company, and further hereinafter described . Exceptions to standard policy noted on reverse side hereof. TYPE OF INSURANCE Policy Effective Expires Limits of Liability Worker's Compensation Comprehensive General Bodily Injury: Liability Insurance (Public Ea . Occurrence : $ Liability) Property Damage : Ea . Occurrence : $ Blasting Ea. Occurrence : $ Collapse of Building or structures adjacent to Ea. Occurrence : $ --- excavations Damage to Underground Utilities Ea. Occurrence : $ Builder's Risk Comprehensive Bodily Injury : Automobile Liability Ea. Person: $ Ea. Occurrence : $ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ Bodily Injury: Contractual Liability Ea. Occurrence: $ Property Damage: Ea. Occurrence: $ Other Locations covered:----------------------------------- Description of operations covered:----------------------------- The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provided that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less than five (5) days after the insured has received written notice of such change/or cancellation. Where applicable local laws or regulations require more than five (5) days actual notice of change or cancellation to be assured, the above policies contain such special requirements, either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement thereto attached. The City , its officers , employees and servants shall be endorsed as an additional insured on Contractor's insurance policies excepting employer's liability insurance coverage under Contractor's worker 's compensation insurance policy . A enc Insurance Co .: ___________ _ ~F~o~rt_W~o~rt~h~A~ge~n=t ______________ By ___________________ _ Address Title ------------------------------------ CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKERS' COMPENSATION LAW Pursuant to V.T.C.A Labor Code Section 406.096 (2000), as amended, Contractor certifies that it provides w orkers ' compensation insurance coverage for all its employees employed on city of Fort Worth Department of Engineering No. 5721 and City ofFort Worth Project Number C282 801580061300 Northstar Construction, Inc. CONT~Crl OR J! By: 1J!(Mk.£ a,,#~ v,C.E. PR-BtDt:tJ, Title VAN. ~ \ I 'LOO'o Date STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF TARRANT § """~£L. A. BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared ~IML-lU' known to me be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the same as the act a~d deed of Northstar Construction, Inc. the purpose and consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. u GIVEN UNDER MV HAND AND SEAL OF OFF!~ cl,. u Notary Public in and for the State of Texas BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS Firm Name: _ ____,!Nol=rt,=11111""""'-'·()ww~ .. drn-.... lrc.------Date Organized: -~--+----+------- 0 PARTNERSHIP CORPORATION Address~ 3c2./0 -:Jo~ce-Dr·, v e_ . City: \--±, I i)o c±h State: /)( Zip: '7 & / ( (p Telephone Number: <l/ 1 · d. L/ L/ -2 ~ S15 Fax Number: '6 / '7--~ LJ-4 -~ '2 8 0 N~ws Number of years in business under present name: Former name(s) of organization: N /il -~-, ~W----------------- CLASSIFICATION: Kl General D Building D Electrical D Plumbing ~ Utilities ~ Earthwork ~Paving D Other 0HVAC LIST A MINIMUM OF THREE SIMILAR COMPLETED PROJECTS WITHIN LAST THREE . YEARS PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION __ b~R..Q. __ cdh~_O!_CbR~~&_~~------- NAME /fELEPHONE NUMBER OF OWNER --------------- NAME /fELEPHONE NUMBER OF SURETY --------------- AMOUNTOFCONTRACT ------------------~- CO MP LE TIO N DATE ---------------------- SCOPE OF WORK DESCRIPTION ------------------ PROJECT NAME AND LOCA TION __ S_Q_Q_, __ a=tt_· _fA._ci\p_~_. "-'--"cl'---',.-_____ _ NAME /TELEPHONE NUMBER OF OWNER --------------- NAME /fELEPHONE NUMBER OF SURETY --------------- AMOUNT OF CONT RAC T -------------------- CO MP LE TIO N DATE ---------------------- BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS • I • SCOPE OF WORK DESCRIPTION __________________ _ PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION ------------------ NAME !TELEPHONE NUMBER OF OWNER -----------'------ NAME /TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SURETY --------------- AMOUNT OF CONTRACT ____________________ _ CO:MPLETIONDATE. ______________________ _ SCOPE OF WORK DESCRIPTION __________________ _ PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION __ ~ ___ d-h_..o...;~c....:~=--~'+--------- NAME !TELEPHONE NUMBER OF OWNER ---------------- NAME !TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SURETY --------------- AMOUNT OF CONTRACT __________________ ~-- CO:MPLETIONDATE ______________________ _ SCOPE OF WORK DESCRIPTION ·------------------- PROJECT NAMEANDLOCATION ~ ~& . -----------=::....,,,,,,. ..... ------ NAME !TELEPHONE NUMBER OF OWNER ---------------- NAME !TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SURETY --------------- AMOUNT OF CONTRACT --------------------- CO MP LE TIO N DATE ----------------------- SCOPE OF WORK DESCRIPTION ------------------- BIDDER'S ST A TEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS -2- Company Project History (cont.) Project Name: Miscellaneous Paving Improvements 2002 Description : Removal & Replacement of Reinforced Concrete Street Pavement Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/demolition of concrete pavement, placement of concrete pavement. 100% of contract performed with own forces . Completion Date: _A_u_g_u_st_2_0_0_2 ___________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No .: Town of Addison , Robin Jones (972) 450-2849 Contract Amount: $ 53,296 .80 Superintendent: Mike Heimlich ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Veterans Park Concrete Improvements Description : Excavate , grade, and construct exposed aggregate concrete plaza and sidewalks in park. Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/grading, all concrete work. Completion Date : March 2002 ------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No.: City of White Settlement, Richard Tharp (817) 246-4971 Contract Amount: $ 24,903.50 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry....._E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Maybrook Wall Improvements -Gradlng & Drainage Description : Remove Concrete Retaining Walls & Slope Protection , Storm Drainage Improvements Company's Responsibilities : Excavation/Grading , All Concrete Work & Underground Utilities ., C ' Completion Date : December 2001 ------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Farmers Branch , Sallie Mullins (972) 919-2635 Contract Amount: $ 90,472 .20 Superintendent: , ___ L_a_rry..__E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Easement Park Drainage Improvements Description : Remove & Replace Concrete Sidewalks, Install Storm Drain Pipe & Inlets. Company's Responsibilities : Excavation/Grading , All Concrete Work & Underground Utilities . · Completion Date: September 2001 _....,_ __________________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No.: Town of Addison , Luke Jalbert (972) 450-2860 Contract Amount: $ 87 ,818 .00 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry..__E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Keller Sports Park, Phase IV Description : Excavate & Grade, Install New Asphalt Parking Lots , Storm Drain Box Culvert Company's Responsibilities : All Concrete Work & Underground Utilities. Completion Date : June 2001 ------------------------------------ Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Keller, Patty Moos (817) 743-4050 Contract Amount: $ 397 ,144.00 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry..__E_. _S_m_it_h __ Company Project History Company Name: Northstar Construction , Inc. Address: 3210 Joyce Drive, Ft. Worth , Texas 76116 Telephone/Fax: (817) 244-8885 (817) 244-8886 Years In Business : __ 1_4_.5 ____ _ Contact/Title: Signature: Micha~lich, Vice President PROJECT HISTORY Project Name: Lynn Creek Park Description : Concrete Sidewalks, Toll Booths, Playground, Architectural Paving & Amenities Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/Grading , Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete , Storm Drainage , Installation of Toll Booths Completion Date : June 2007 ------------------------------------ Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Grand Prairie, Tim Shinogle (972) 237-8104 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No.: Schrickel Rollins and Associates, Inc., Janna Tidwell (817) 649-3216 Contract Amount: $ 1,024,452.00 Superintendent: Jim Cowart ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project t:Jame : Walnut Creek Linear Park Description : Concrete Hike & Bike Trafls, Pavilions, Playground , Pedestrian Bridges , & Amenities Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/Grading , Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete , Storm Drainage , Installation of Bridges Completion Date: Ma 2007 _ _._ _________________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Mansfield, James Fish (817) 834-811 O Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No .: _H_a_lff_A_s_s_oc_i_a_te_s...:.., _ln_c_. _L_a_.y'-n_e_O_liv_o _____________ _ Contract Amount: $ 3,153,458 .00 Superintendent: Glenn Allison ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Amtrak Station Improvements Description : Concrete Paving/Ramps, ADA Tile Removal & Replacement Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/Grading, Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete, Installation of ADA Tiles , Striping & Signage Completion Date : _F_e_b_ru_a_ry.__2_0_07 ___________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No .: Fort Worth Transportation Authority , Ken Frost (817) 215-8720 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No .: Huitt Zollars, Inc., (817) 335-3000 Contract Amount: $ 586,708.50 Superintendent: Jose Gaona ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Fish Creek Linear Park Description : Concrete Hike & Bike Trails , Modular Block Wall , Pedestrian Bridge , & Architectural Steel Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/Grading , Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete , Storm Drainage, Installation of Amenities Completion Date: February 2007 ___ ....._ _______________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No .: City of Grand Prairie , Ken Unkart (972) 237-8110 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No .: Schrickel Rollins and Associates, Inc., James Williams (817) 649-3216 ContractAmount: $ 418 ,511.49 Superintendent: Jim Cowart ---------- Company Project History (cont.) ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Inland Trail -Phase I Description : Concrete Hike & Bike Trails , Pedestrian Bridge , & Amenity Stations With Landscaping Company's Responsibilities : Excavation/Grading , Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete, Storm Drainage , Installation of Bridges Completion Date: October 2006 ------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No.: C ity of Highland Village , Rhoda Savage (972) 317-7430 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No .: BW2 Engineers , Inc. Jim Waldbauer, P .E . (972) 864-8200 Contract Amount: $ 1,298,558.50 Superintendent: Jose Gaona ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Shady Grove Park Description : Concrete Sidewalks, Pavilions , Basketball Courts, Playground Equipment, Electrical Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/Grading , Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete, Storm Drainage , Installation of Amenities Completion Date: _A_u_,.g'-u_st_2_0_0_6 ____________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Grand Prairie, Ken Unkart (972) 237-8110 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No .: Oliver Windham (817) 277-8689 Contract Amount: $ 418 ,511.49 Superintendent: Jim Cowart ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Victoria Park Description : Concrete Sidewalks, Pavilions , Sand Volleyball Courts, Electrical Company's Responsibilities : Excavation/Grading , Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete, Storm Drainage, Block Wall Installation, Volleyball Court, Pavilion Installation Completion Date: Jul 2006 _...._ __________________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Irving , Terry Read (972) 721-2501 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No.: C ity of Irving , Terry Read (972) 721-2501 Contract Amount: $ 466,333 .00 Superintendent: Jim Cowart ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Bear Creek Nature Park Description : New Park With Asphalt Parking Lot, Sidewalks!Trails, Playground, & Pavilion Company's Responsibilities : Clearing/Grubbing , Concrete Flatwork, Storm Drainage, Playground, Pavilion , Fishing Pier & Decomposed Granite Hiking Trails Completion Date : January 2006 ---~--------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Lancaster, Gary Sims (972) 227-6671 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No .: Schrickel Rollins and Associates , Inc., Henry Parker (817) 649-3216 Contract Amount: $ 372,986 .25 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry~S_m_it_h __ _ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Dunlop & Randol Mill Parks Description : Baseball Ballfields, Concession Building and Maintenance Company's Responsibilities: Clearing/Grubbing , Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete, Storm Drainage , Water Lines , Sanitary Sewer Lines , Building Construction , and Ballfield Construction Completion Date : May 31, 2005 -~------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Arlington , De'Onna Garner (817) 459-6937 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No.: Schrickel Rollins and Associates , Inc., Dub Hirst (817) 649-3216 Contract Amount: $ 1,203 ,800 .00 Superintendent: Glenn Allison ---------- Company Project History (cont.) Project Name: Ridgmar Mall Paving Improvements Description : Concrete Paving for Bus Transfer Station Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/Grading, Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete , Storm Drainage , Traffic Control , Striping & Signage Completion Date : November 24 , 2004 Project Owner/Phone No .: Fort Worth Transportation Authority , Ken Frost (817) 215-8720 Project Engineer-ArchitecUPhone No .: Huitt Zollars , Inc., K. J . Hughes (817) 335-3000 Contract Amount: $ 586 ,708 .50 Superintendent: Glenn Allison ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Fort Worth Bus Transfer Center At Town Center Description : Concrete Paving for Bus Transfer Station Company's Responsibilities : Excavation/Grading , Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete , Storm Drainage , Concrete Staining , Brick Pavers Completion Date : _A_u...,.g'-u_st_2_1-'-,_2_0_04 __________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No.: Fort Worth Transportation Authority , Ken Frost (817) 215-8720 Project Engineer-ArchitecUPhone No .: Huitt Zollars , Inc., K. J . Hughes (817) 335-3000 Contract Amount: $ 399 ,535 .55 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry_E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: McFalls West Park Renovations Descriplion : Six Baseball Ballfields and Restroom/Picnic Pavilion Company's Responsibilities: Clearing/Grubbing, Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete , Storm Drainage , Water Lines , Sanitary Sewer Lines , and Structural Steel Scoreboard Feature. Completion Date: _J_a_n_ua_ry..._ __ 3_1"'""", _20_0_5 ______ __, _________ ___,,----------- Project Owner/Phone No .: City of Grand Prairie , Ken Unkart (972) 237-8110 Project Engineer-ArchitecUPhone No.: Schrickel Rollins and Associates , Inc., Henry Parker (817) 649-3216 Contract Amount: $ 1,703 ,985 .66 Superintendent: Michael A. Heimlich ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Trinity River Regional Park/River Legacy Parks Description : Hike & Bike Trails and Bridge Across Trinity River, New Entry To Park Company's Responsibilities: Clearing/Grubbing, Concrete Flatwork, Structural Concrete , Storm Drainage, Water Lines , Structural Steel Entry Feature , Miscellaneous Site Amenities , and Prefabricated Pedestrian Bridge . Completion Date: October 29 , 2004 ------'--------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No .: City of Arlington , John Fain (817) 354-9654 Project Engineer-ArchitecUPhone No.: Schrickel Rollins and Associates , Inc ., Suzanne Sweek (817) 649-3216 Contract Amount: $ 1,984,861 .00 Superintendent: Larry E. Smith ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Trophy Wood Drive Improvements Description : Miscellaneous Concrete & Demolition Improvements Company's Responsibilities : Concrete Sidewalk , Concrete Retaining Wall , Pavement Removal Completion Date : June 30 , 2004 --------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No .: Town of Trophy Club, Randy Briggs (682) 831-4600 Project Engineer-ArchitecUPhone No .: Town of Trophy Club , Roger Unger (682) 831-4600 Contract Amount $ 28,630.00 Superintendent: Jose Gaona Company Project History (cont.) Project Name: Vandergriff Park Description : Concrete parking lots for swimming pool facility with new lighting & storm drain systems. Company's Responsibilities: Installation of storm drainage system , new concrete parking lot and sidewalks , Irrigation/Landscaping , Electrical , Striping & Signage Completion Date : October 2003 ------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No .: C ity of Arlington , John Fain (817) 459-5478 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No .: Graham Associates , Inc., Laney Newman (817) 640-8535 Contract Amount: $ 609 ,466.80 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry..._E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Northwest Park Pool Renovation Description : Removal of Swimming Pool Concrete Gutter & Wall, Install New Stainless Steel Gutter Company's Responsibilities: Installation of new concrete pool deck with trench drain . Oversee demolition and installation of new gutter. Completion Date : March 2003 ------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No .: C ity of Irving , Walter Richie (972) 721-2715 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No .: City of Irving , Walter Richie (972) 721-2715 Contract Amount: $ 114,800.00 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry..._E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Concrete Restoration (2001-20) Description : Removal & Replacement of Reinforced Concrete Street Pavement Company's Responsibilities : Excavation/demolition of concrete pavement, placement of concrete pavement. 95% of contract performed with own forces . Completion D~te : _J_a_nu_a_ry...__2_0_0_3 ___________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No .: City of Ft. Worth , George Leone (817) 871-8306 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No.: C ity of Ft. Worth , Najib Fares (817) 871-7802 Contract Amount: $ 1,607,904.65 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry.._E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Terminal Building Parking Lot -Decatur Municipal Airport Description : Construct New Reinforced Concrete Parking Lot Company's Responsibil ities: Excavation/grading , all concrete work & underground utilities Completion Date: December 2002 ------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No .: City of Decatur, Michael Sayers (940) 627-2855 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No .: Kimley Horn & Associates, (817) 335-6511 Contract Amount: $ 78 ,138.00 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry.._E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Casino Beach Park Boat Ramp Improvements Description : Construct New Concrete Boat Ramp , Floating Courtesy Dock, & Asphalt Parking Lot Company's Responsibilities : All concrete work & underground util ities Completion Date : August 2002 -~-----------------------------------Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Ft. Worth , David Creek (817) 871-5745 Project Engineer-Architect/Phone No.: City of Ft. Worth , David Creek (817) 871-5745 Contract Amount: $ 308 ,941.49 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry..._E_. _S_m_it_h __ Company Project History (cont.) Project Name: Miscellaneous Paving Improvements 2002 Description : Removal & Replacement of Reinforced Concrete Street Pavement Company's Responsibilities : Excavation/demolition of concrete pavement, placement of concrete pavement. 100% of contract performed with own forces . Completion Date : _A_u_..g'-u_st_2_0_0_2 ___________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No .: Town of Addison, Robin Jones (972) 450-2849 Contract Amount: $ 53 ,296.80 Superintendent: Mike Heimlich ----------************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Veterans Park Concrete Improvements Description : Excavate, grade, and construct exposed aggregate concrete plaza and sidewalks in park . Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/grading, all concrete work. Completion Date: March 2002 ------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No.: City of White Settlement, Richard Tharp (817) 246-4971 Contract Amount: $ 24,903.50 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry.,__E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Maybrook Wall Improvements -Gradlng & Drainage Description : Remove Concrete Retaining Walls & Slope Protection , Storm Drainage Improvements Company's Responsibilities : Excavation/Grading, All Concrete Work & Underground Utilities ~ ( ; Completion Date: December 2001 ..:;;....;;_;;_..;.;...;;;._;;.;..;;;;...;;..;;_;_ _____________________________ _ Project Owner/Phone No .: City of Farmers Branch , Sallie Mullins (972) 919-2635 Contract Amount: $ -90 ,472.20 Superintendent: , ___ L_a_rry.,__E_. _S_m_i_th __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Easement Park Drainage Improvements Description : Remove & Replace Concrete Sidewalks, Install Storm Drain Pipe & Inlets. Company's Responsibilities: Excavation/Grading , All Concrete Work & Underground Utilities. · Completion Date: September 2001 --'------------------------------------ Project Owner/Phone No .: Town of Addison, Luke Jalbert (972) 450-2860 Contract Amount: $ 87,818 .00 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry..__E_. _S_m_it_h __ ************************************************************************************************************************** Project Name: Keller Sports Park, Phase IV Description : Excavate & Grade, Install New Asphalt Parking Lots , Storm Drain Box Culvert Company's Responsibilities: All Concrete Work & Underground Utilities. Completion Date : June 2001 ------------------------------------- Project Owner/Phone No.: City of Keller, Patty Moos (817) 743-4050 Contract Amount: $ 397 ,144.00 Superintendent: ___ L_a_rry.._E_. _S_m_it_h __ 2. LIST CONSTRUCTION SUPERINTENDENT'S NAME AND CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE: h0,/'~"1 Smi+b -3~ + 'fe,<v~ toDSfrv_diori e><,p · 3. LIST ALL LABOR SUBCONTRACTORS (attach additional pages as needed) SUBCONTRACTORNAME ~T, 4 5 --'------------------- TRADE ~ t Mv=>c. ~ml PREVIOUS PROJECT EXPERIENCE/ CONTACT NAME /TELEPHONE NUMBER A. --------------------------- B. --------------------------- C. --------------------------- SUBCONTRACTOR NAME ___________________ _ TRADE ------------------------- PREVIOUS PROJECT EXPERIENCE I CONTACT NAME /TELEPHONE NUMBER A. B. C. --------------------------- --------------------------- --------------------------- BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS - 3 - SUBCONTRACTOR NAME ____________________ _ TRADE ______________________________ _ PREVIOUS PROJECT EXPERIENCE/ CONTACT NAME /TELEPHONE NUivfBER A.~-------------------------------~ B·--------------------------------~ SUBCONTRACTOR NAME ____________________ _ TRADE~----------------------------- PREVIOUS PROJECT EXPERIENCE I CONTACT NAME /TELEPHONE NUivfBER A.~-------------------------------~ B.~--------------------------~-----~ SUBCONTRACTOR NAME ____________________ _ TRADE~------------------------------ PREVIOUS PROJECT EXPERIENCE I CONTACT NAME /TELEPHONE NUivfBER A. --------------------------------- B. --------------------------------- Note 1. Section 8.1 of the Standard Specifications for Street and Storm Drain Construction for the City of Fort Worth will be enforced. 2. The Prime Bidder selected for this project shall submit Letters Of Intent executed . between the Prime -Bidder and any and all subcontractors to be utilized on this project within five working days of being recognized as the overall qualified low Prime Bidder by the City. Subsequent substitution of sub-contractors must be approved by the City. 3. Prime Bidder shall include financial statement in this submittal. BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS -4- STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF TARRANT § KNOWN ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: This Contract is made and entered into this the 22nd day of January, 2008, by and between the City of Fort Worth, a home-rule municipal corporation situated in Tarrant, Denton, Parker, and Wise Counties, Texas, hereinafter referred to as "Owner", by and through Libby Watson, its duly authorized Assistant City Manager, and Northstar Construction, Inc., hereinafter referred to as "Contractor", by and through its duly authorized representative. WITNESSETH: That said parties have agreed as follows: 1. That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Owner, and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, the said Contractor hereby agrees with the said Owner · to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Splash Pad Improvements at Sycamore Park 2. That the Contract Documents shall consist of the written, printed, typed and drawn instruments which comprise and govern the performance of the work. Said Contract Documents include the notice to bidders, instructions to bidders, proposal, plans, specifications, notice of award, special provisions, general provisions, work order(s), this Contract, and the payment, performance, and maintenance bonds. The Contract Documents shall also include any and all supplemental agreements approved by the Owner which may be necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of the plans and specifications in an acceptable manner, and shall also include the additional instruments bound herewith. 3. That the work herein contemplated shall consist of furnishing as an independent contractor all labor, tools , appliances and materials necessary for the construction and completion of said project in accordance with the Contract Documents prepared through the Parks and Community Services Department of the City of Fort Worth, which the plans and specifications of the Contract Documents are hereto attached and made a part of this Contract the same as if written herein. 4. The Contractor hereby agrees and binds itself to commence the construction of said work within ten (10) days after being notified in writing to do so by the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth. 5. The Contractor hereby agrees to pro s ecute said work with reasonable diligence after the commencement thereof and to full y complete and finish the same ready for the inspection and approval of the Department of Engineering of the City of Fort Worth and the City Council of the City of Fort Worth within a period of 120 Calendar Days from the time commencing said work. If the Contractor should fail to complete the work as set forth in the Plans , Specifications, and Contract Documents within the time so stipulated, plus any additional time allowed as provided in the General Conditions, there shall be deducted from any monies due or which may thereafter become due him, a per day charge per Working Day as stipulated in these contract documents , not as a penalty but as liquidated damages , the Contractor and his Surety shall be liable to the Owner for such deficiency . 6. Should the Contractor fail to begin the work herein provided for within the time herein fixed or to carry on and complete the same according to the true meaning of the intent and terms of said Plans, Specifications , and Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to either demand the Surety to take over the work and complete same in accordance with the Plans , Specifications, and Contract Documents or to take charge of and complete the work in such a manner as it may deem proper, and if in the completion thereof, the cost to the said City shall exceed the Contract price or prices set forth in the said plans and specifications made a part hereof, the Contractor and /or its Surety shall pay said City on demand in writing, setting forth and specifying an itemized statement of the total cost thereof, said excess cost. 7. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify , hold harmles s and defend, at its own expense , the Owner, its officers , servants and employees, from and against any and all claims or suits for property loss , property damage , personal injury, including death, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed hereunder by Contractor, its officers, agents , employees, subcontractors, licensees or · invitees , whether or not any such injury, damage or death is caused, in whole or in part, by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants, or employees. Contractor likewise covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against any and all injuries to Owner's officers, servants and employees and any damage, loss or destruction to property of the Owner arising from the performance of any of the terms and conditions of this Contract, whether or not any such iniury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or alleged negligence of Owner, its officers, servants or employees .. In the ev ent Owner receives a written claim for damages against the Contractor or its subcontractors prior to final payment, final payment shall not be made until Contractor either (a) submits to Owner satisfactory evidence that the claim has been settled and /or a release from the claimant involved, or (b) provides Owner with a letter from Contractor's liability insurance carrier that the claim has been referred to the insurance carrier. The Director may, if deemed appropriate , may refuse to accept bid s on other City of Fort Worth public work from a Contractor against whom a claim for damages is outstanding as a result of work performed under a City Contract. 8. Owner agrees and binds itself to pay, and the said Contractor agrees to receive, for all of the aforesaid work, and for all additions thereto or deductions therefrom , the price shown on the Proposal submitted by the Contractor hereto attached and made a part hereof. Payment will be made in monthly installments upon actual work completed by contractor and accepted by the Owner and receipt of invoice from the Contractor. The agreed upon total Contract amount shall be Six' Hundred Seven ';,Tho ti sand an:d ''f10/lOO ............... -:: .... : ... : ............... : .. Doilars, {$670:000:00): 9. It is further agreed that the performance of this Contract, either in whole or in part, shall not be sublet or assigned to anyone else by Contractor without the written consent of the Owner. 10. The Contractor agrees to pay at least the minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is classified, promulgated and set out by the City of Fort Worth , Texas, a copy of which is attached hereto and made a part hereof the same as if it were copied verbatim herein. 11. It is mutually agreed and understood that this Contract is made and entered into by the parties hereto with references to the existing Charter and Ordinances of the City of Fort Worth and the laws of the State of Texas governing all matters affecting this Contract, and the Contractor agrees to fully comply with all the provisions of the same. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties hereto have made and executed this Contract in multiple originals the day and year first abo ve written, in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, Texas. RECOMMENDED BY: ~EERING DIRECTOR Northstar Construction, Inc. CONTRACTOR TITLE 3210 Joyce Drive Fort Worth TX 76119 ADDRESS November 1960 Revised November 1982 Revised May 1986 Revised October 1989 APPROVED BY: ATTEST: SEAL Date -... • /II .... -.· ·~ .. --...... ":" ....... ,....,, ·... "':::. . ~ ._,. .,... . . . : -..r = . ,: ·---. ... ':"""-.· -... -·. · ::}·::-~~7.2.f .. ······ Bond # 1 05025455 PERFORMANCE BOND THE STATE OF TEXAS § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS : COUNTY OF TARRANT § Travelers Casualty and Surety That we (1) Northstar Construction, Inc. as Principal herein, and (2) Company of America • a corpo~tion organized under the la'!'Vs of the State of (3) Connectjcut • and who is authorized to issue surety bonds in the State of Texas, Surety herein, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Obligee herein, in the sum of: Sb Hundred Seventy Thousand and no/100 ...................................... .-........... .,. •. -................................. , .............. ., Dollars ($670 1000.0Q) for the payment of which sum we bind ourselves , our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.jointly and severally. firmly by these present. WHEREAS, Principal ·has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee dated the :z:2nc1 of January, 2008 a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for all purposes, for the construction of: Splash Pad Improvements at Sycamore Park NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such, if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and contract documents and shall fully indemnify and hold hannlcss the Obligee from all costs and damages which Obligee may suffer by reason of Principal's default, and reimburse and repay Obligee for all outlay and expense that Obligee may incur in making good such default. then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Codo, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of such statute, to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein . IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED AND SEALED this llru! day of January,2008, ---. -... v-.. : • - . (Princip al) Secretary (SEAL) Northstar Construction, Inc. PRINS!f j ~ J /) hi . II .I BY :~0-tzp~ c"·--.:::-~:;~~;;# ~ Titl ~t3/f>t:AJT 3210 Joyce Drive Fort Worth. TX 1fil.!2 ATTEST: Secretary Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Surety a~wlkru~ Name : Staci Gross (Attorney-in-fact) Address: 1301 E . Collins Blvd .. Suite 340 Richar dson TX 75081 Telephone Number: (214) 570-6631 (l) Correct name of Principal (Contractor). (2) Correct name of Surety. (3) State of incorporation of Surety Telephone number of surety must be stated. In add ition , an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact. The date of the bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. Bond # 105025455 PAYMENT BOND THE STA TE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: COUNTY OF TARRANT § That we (1) Northstar Construction, Inc.as Principal herein, and (2) Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America a corporation organized and existing under the Jaws of the State of(3) Connecticut. as surety. are held and finnly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation located in Tarrant and Denton Counties, Texas, Ol>ligee herein, in the amount of Six: Hundred Seventy Thousand and no/100 11 m, ........... ,., ..................... ..,Dollars ($670,000.00) for the payment whereof; the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally. firmly by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered Into a certain written contract with the Obltgee dated the 22nd day of January A.D . , 2008, which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as if fully and to the same extent as if copied at length, for the following project: Splash Pad Improvements at Sycamore Park NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF TIIIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully make payment to each and every claimant (as defined in Chapter 2253, Texas Government Code, as amended) supplying labor or materials in the prosecution of the work under the contract, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended. and all liabilities on this bond shall be detennined in accordance with the provisions of said statute. to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF. the duly authorized representatives of the Principal and the Surety have executed this instrument. SIGNED AND SEALED this 22nd day of January, ™ ~u (Principal) Secretary ATTEST : Secretary ~SEAL) ~~ Witnsto Surety ~Qo/-' ~ NOTE: 1. Correct name of Principal (Contractor). 2. Correct name of Surety. 3. State of incorporation of Surety . Northstar Construction. Inc. ~~~0-14~ Name : //1,{! . .HA-a.... II. dcz/14UC.H Title : V,c_.€ fut°?IOE'NT 3210 Joyce Drive Fort Worth. TX 76119 1~11::oany m Ame,;ca Name : Staci Gross Attorney in Fact Address:------------ 1301 E Collins Blvd. Suite 340 Richardson TX 75081 · Telephone Number : (214) 570 -6631 Telephone number of surety must be stated . In addition , an original copy of Power of Attorney shall be attached to Bond by the Attorney-in-Fact. The date of bond shall not be prior to date of Contract. THE STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF TARRANT MAINTENANCE BOND § § Bond # 105025455 KNOW ALL MEN BY 1HESE PRESENTS: Travelers Casualty and That Northstar Construction. lnc.(Contractor), as principal, and Surety Company of America , a corporation organized under the laws of the State ofConnecticyt(Surety), do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Fort Worth, a Municipal Corporation chartered by virtue of Constitution and laws of the State of TeXllll, ("City") in Tarrant County, Texas the sum of Six Hundred Seventy Thousand and no/100 .. 111 •111 " ................................. Dollars ($670,000,00) lawful money of the United States, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto said City and its successors, said Contractor and Surety do hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, assigns and successors, jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned, however; that, WHEREAS, said Contractor has entered into a written Contract with the City of Fort Worth, dated the lZ"d day of January 2008 copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof, the performance of the following described public improvements: Splash Pad Improvements at Sycamore Park the same being referred to herein and in said contract as the Work and being designated as project Q.8l 801580061300arid said contract, including all of the specifications, conditions, addenda, change orders and written instruments referred to therein as Contract Documents being incorporated herein and made a part hereof, and, WHEREAS, in said Contract, Contractor binds itself to use such materials and to so e<>nstruct the work that it will remain in good repair and condition for and during a period of after the date of Two CZ) Yea cs after the date of the final acceptance of the work by the City; and WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to maintain said work in good repair and condition for said term of Two (2) Y eaN; and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself to repair or reconstruct the work in whole or in part at any time within said period, if in the opinion of the Director of the Water Department ~f the City of Fort Worth, it be necessary; and, WHEREAS, said Contractor binds itself, upon r~ceiving notice of the need therefore to repair or reconstruct said work as herein provided. NOW THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall keep and perform its said agreement to maintain, repair or reconstruct said work in accordance with all the terms and conditions of said Contract, these_presents shall be null and void, and have no force or effect Otherwise this Bond shall be and remain in full force and effect, and the City shall have and recover from the Contractor and Surety damages ln the premises prescribed by said Contract. This obligation shall be continuing one and successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches until the full amount hereof is exhausted. · IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in i_counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this 22nd day of January, A.O.~ ATTEST: --....... ATTEST : (SEAL) Northstar Construction. Inc. By.~~~~ Nam eC 1Cttf1E'--: A.it;C<.H Title : / C£ ie.e3 I D f;1,.J r Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America Surety Name: Staci Gross Title : Attorney-in -Fact 1301 E . Collins Blvd ., Suite 340 Richardson , TX 75081 Address ..... WARNING : THIS POWER OF ATTORNE Y IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER POWER OF ATTORNEY TRAVELERS J Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard S urety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company Attorney-In Fact No . 21508 2 St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company St. Paul Mercury In surance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travel er s Casualty a nd Surety Company of America United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company Certificate No. Q Q 18 5 7 5 Q 4 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS : That Seaboard Surety Co mpan y is a corporation d ul y organized under th e laws of the State of New York. that St. Pau l Fire and Marine In surance Company. St. Paul Guardian In surance Company and St. Paul Me rc ury In suran ce Company are corporati ons dul y organ ized under the Jaws o f th e State of Minnesota. that Farming ton Casualty Compan y, Travelers Casua lt y and Surety Com pa ny. and Travelers Cas ua lty a nd Surety Company of A meri ca are corporati ons dul y o rga ni zed under th e Ja ws of th e S ta te of Connecticut. that Uni ted States Fide lit y and Guaranty Company is a corporation duly organized under th e laws of th e State of Maryla nd . th at Fidelity and Guaranty In surance Company is a corp oratio n dul y organized unde r the laws of the State of Iowa, and that Fidelity and Guaranty In suran ce Underwrite rs. In c . is a corporatio n du ly organized und e r th e laws of th e State of Wi scons in (he re in collective ly called th e ··companies .. ). a nd that the Companies do hereby make. constitute and appoi nt Donal Boley , Staci Gross , and Steve Deal of th e Ci ty of Wichita Fall s . State of T exas , th e ir true and lawful Attorney(s)-in -Fact , each in their separate capac it y if mo re th a n o ne is nam ed above. to s ig n, execute , seal and acknowled ge a ny a nd a ll bonds, recognizances, conditi o nal unde rtaking s a nd o th er writings ob ligatory in th e nature thereof o n behalf of the Compa ni es in th eir bu s in ess of g uaranteein g th e fidelity of person s. guaran teeing the performance of cont rac ts and execu tin g or g uaranteeing bonds and und ertakin gs required o r perm itted in a ny actions or proceedings a ll owed by law. 23rd I WITN5~fy WHEREOF, the Comp~6eofave caused thi s instrument to be sig ned and th e ir corporate seals to be hereto affixed. thi s------------ day of . . State of Conn ec ti c ut Ci ty of Hart fo rd ss. Farmington Casualty Company Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company Fidelity and Guaranty In s urance Underwriters, Inc. Seaboard Surety Company St. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Co mpany By: St. Paul Guardian In s urance Company St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company Travelers Casualty and Surety Company Travelers Casualty and S uret y Company of America United S tates Fidelity and Guaranty Company 23rd July 2007 . On thi s the da y of , before me personall y appeared George W. Thompson, who acknow ledged him se lf to be the Senio r Vi ce President of Farmington Casua lty Company. F id e lit y and G uara nty In s urance Company. Fideli ty and Guaranty In surance Und e rwrite rs. Inc .. Seaboard Surety Comp any. St. Paul Fire and Marine In sura nce Com pany, St. Paul Guardian In s urance Company. St. Paul Mercury Insurance Co mp any, Trave le rs Casua lt y and Surety Company. Travelers Casually and Su re ty Company of America. a nd United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company. and that he . as such. being a uth orized so to do. executed th e fo regoin g instrument for the purposes therein cont a in ed by s ig nin g o n behalf of the corporatio ns by himself as a duly authorized officer. In Witness Whereof, I here unto se t my hand and official seal. My Commi ssion expires th e 30th day of Jun e, 20 I I. 58440-5-07 Printed in U.S.A . '-Mari e C. Tetreault. Notary Pub lic WARNING : THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY JS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATIORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER Thi s Power of Attorney is granted unde r and by the a uth orit y of the fo ll ow in g resoluti ons adopted by th e Board s o f Direc tors o f Farmington Casualty Co mpany. Fidelity an d Guaranty Insu ra nce Company. Fidelity and Guaranty In surance Underwriters. In c ., Sea board Surety Comp any. St. Paul Fi re a nd Mari ne In surance Company. St. Paul Guardian Ins urance Co mpa ny, St. Paul Me rcury Insuranc e Company, Travele rs Casualty and Surety Company. Travelers Casualt y and Surety Company of A merica, a nd U nited States Fide lit y a nd Guara nty Company, which reso lu tions are now in full force and effect. read in g as fo ll ows: RESOLVED . that th e C hairm an , th e Pres id ent, any Vi ce Chai rm an. a ny Executive Vice Pres id ent , any Senior Vic e Pres id e nt , an y Vice President. any Second Vice Presid e nt. th e Treasu rer. a ny Ass istant Treas ure r. th e Corporate Secretary o r any Assistant Secretary m ay a ppo int Attorneys-in-Fact a nd Age nt s to act for a nd o n behalf of the Company a nd may g ive such a ppo int ee such auth orit y as hi s o r her certificate of a uth ority may prescribe to s ig n wi th the Compa ny's name and seal w ith the Co mp any's sea l bonds, recogni za nc es, contracts o f inde mnit y, and other writin gs obli gatory in the nature o f a bond , re cog ni zance, or co nditi o nal undertaking, and any o f sa id officers or th e Board of Directors at any tim e may re mo ve any s uch appointee a nd revoke the power g ive n him o r her: and it is FU RTHE R RESOLVED , th at th e Chairm an. th e Presid e nt . any Vi ce C hairm an. a ny Exec uti ve Vice President. a ny Senior Vice Pre s ident o r any Vi ce President may delegate all or a ny part of th e foregoi ng authority to o ne o r more officers o r e m ployees of thi s Com pan y, provid ed th at each suc h del ega tion is in writin g and a co py th ereof is filed in th e office of the Secreta ry: and it is FU RT HE R RESOLVED. th at a ny bond. recogni za nce , contract of ind e mnity, o r w ritin g obl igato ry in th e nature of a bo nd , recognizance, o r conditi o nal und ert a kin g s hall be va lid and binding upon the Compan y whe n (a) sig ned by th e Presid e nt , any Vice C hairman, a ny E xec uti ve Vi ce Presid en t. any Senior Vice Pres id e nt or any Vic e Pres id e nt . any Second Vice Presid e nt. th e Treas urer, a ny Ass ista nt Treasure r. th e Corporate Secretary or a ny Ass ista nt Secretary and du ly attested and sea led wi th th e Company's seal by a Secretary o r Assistant Secretary: o r (b) dul y exec uted (und er sea l. if required) by one o r more Attorneys-in-Fact a nd Agents pursua nt to the power pre sc ribed in hi s o r her certifi cate o r th e ir certificat es of a uthority o r by o ne or mo re Company officers pursuant to a writte n delegation of a uthorit y: and it is FU RT HE R RESOLVED. that th e sig nature o f each of th e fol lowin g officers: Pres ide nt. a ny Exec uti ve Vi ce Pres ident, a ny Se ni o r Vice Pres id en t. a ny Vice Presid e nt. a ny As s istant Vi ce Presid e nt . any Secretary, a ny Assistant Secretary, and th e seal of th e Company m ay be affixed by fac s imile to any power of att orney or to any certifi cate relating th e reto appo intin g Resid e nt Vice Pres id e nt s . Res ident Assistant Secretari es or Attorneys-in-Fact for purposes o nl y of executin g and attestin g bonds a nd undertak in gs and o th e r writin gs ob li ga tory in th e nature th e reof, and any s uch power of att orney o r certificate beaii ng s uc h facsimi le sig nature o r facs imil e seal sha ll be va lid a nd binding up o n the Compa ny and an y s uch pow er so executed a nd ce11i fied by s uc h facsimile sig nature a nd facs imil e seal shall be va lid a nd bind ing o n th e Com pa ny in the future w ith res pec t to an y bo nd or understa ndin g to w hi c h it is attac hed. I, Ko ri M. Johan son, th e und e rsig ned, A ss istant Sec retary, of Farmin g ton Casua lt y Company. Fidelity a nd Guaranty In suran ce Compan y. F id e li ty a nd Guarant y Insura nce Underwriters, Inc .. Sea board S urety Com pa ny, St. Paul Fire and Marine In suran ce Company, St. Paul Guardian In surance Company, St. Paul Merc ury Insurance Company. Travelers Casua lt y and Surety Company, Trave lers Casua lt y and Sure ty C o mpany of A me ri ca, and United States F id e lity and Guaranty Company do he reby certify th at th e above and forego in g is a tru e and correc t copy of th e Power of Atto rn ey executed by sa id Companies, w hi ch is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF. I have hereunto set my hand and affixed th e seals o f said Companies thi s 22 nd _J_a_n_u_a_r~----· 20 0_§_. Kori M . Johans ® ED 1 To verify the a uth e nti c it y of thi s Power of A tt o rn ey, call 1-800-421-3880 or contact us at w ww.trave le rsbo nd .com . Pl ease refer to th e A tt o rn ey-In -Fact numbe r, th e above-named indi vidu a ls a nd th e d etail s of th e bond to which th e powe r is atta ched. WARNING : THIS POWER OF ATIORNEY IS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER IMPORT ANT NOTICE To obtain informalioo or make a can plaint You may call Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America and its affiliates' toll- free telephone m.mber for Information or to make a complaint at 1-800-328-2189 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain infonnation on companies, coverages , rights or complaints at 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance : P. 0 . Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 Fax: (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES : Should you have a dispute cancer ning your premium or about a claim you should contact your Agent or Travelers first If the dispute is not resolved, you may cootact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR BOND: This notice is for lnfonnatlon ooly and does not be come a part or condition of the attached document and is gven to comply with Texas legal and regulatory requirements. (PN-442-8) Ed. 10.18.07